Table of Contents

Section 1: Introduction - Solutions Guide

Your solutions guide....................................................................................1-4 Solutions for industry applications ........................................................1-5 Solutions for optimal performance ...........................................1-6 to 1-7 TemptranTM temperature transmitters ..................................................1-8 Custom and integrated solutions ...........................................................1-9 RTD, thermocouple, or thermistor? .....................................................1-10 Choosing sensor elements......................................................................1-11 RTD connections: 2-wire, 3-wire, 4-wire?...........................................1-12 Resistance/temperature tables ..............................................1-13 to 1-14 Thermocouple voltage/temperature tables.....................................1-14 Temperature coefficient of resistance (TCR).....................................1-15 SensorCalc program..................................................................................1-15 Miscellaneous specifications and codes ............................................1-15 Material selection guide ..........................................................................1-16

Section 6: Sanitary Sensors

Probes...............................................................................................................6-2 Assemblies......................................................................................................6-3 Installation and accessories......................................................................6-4

Section 7: Miniature Sensors

Embedment RTDs............................................................................7-2 to 7-3 Embedment thermocouples .......................................................7-4 to 7-5 Non-sparking embedment sensors ..........................................7-6 to 7-7 Bolt-on sensors..............................................................................................7-8 Economy sensors..........................................................................................7-9 Installation and accessories ...................................................................7-10

Section 8: Stators RTDs

Increased safety RTDs ....................................................................8-2 to 8-3 Single element RTDs ......................................................................8-4 to 8-5 Dual element RTDs ......................................................................................8-6 Corona resistant RTD...................................................................................8-7 Machinery protection products..............................................................8-8

Section 2: Temperature Sensor Assemblies

Tip-sensitive spring loaded ..........................................................2-2 to 2-3 Direct immersion..............................................................................2-4 to 2-5 Tip-sensitive with thermowells...................................................2-6 to 2-7 High temp. with thermowells......................................................2-8 to 2-9 Explosionproof/Flameproof ....................................................2-10 to 2-15 Flameproof ....................................................................................2-16 to 2-21 Eurostyle.........................................................................................2-22 to 2-23 Specifying custom assemblies...............................................................2-24

Section 9: HVAC Sensors

Chill-Out combination sensor..................................................9-2 to 9-3 Averaging temperature sensors .............................................................9-4 Duct and outside air temperature sensors .........................................9-5 Room air temperature sensors ................................................................9-6 Flexible Thermal-Ribbon pipe sensors ..............................................9-7 Humidity sensor/transmitter assembly ...................................9-8 to 9-9 Hazardous area humidity assembly.....................................9-10 to 9-11 Intrinsically safe humidity assembly....................................9-12 to 9-13 Thermal Vial temperature sensing system .....................9-14 to 9-15 Refrigeration and freezer temperature system...............................9-16 Fluid immersion temperature sensors ...............................................9-17 Elements and probes................................................................................9-18 Temptran 4 to 20 mA transmitters.......................................................9-19 Design notes................................................................................................9-20

Section 3: Probes
Tip-sensitive RTDs and thermocouples ...................................3-2 to 3-3 Fast response RTDs..........................................................................3-4 to 3-5 Bayonet mount tip-sensitive RTDs, thermocouples............3-6 to 3-7 Electrically isolated RTDs, thermocouples ..............................3-8 to 3-9 550C RTDs, thermocouples....................................................3-10 to 3-11 600C RTDs....................................................................................................3-12 Mineral-insulated RTDs ............................................................................3-13 Compact plug sensor........................................................................3-14 Integrated sensor transmitter........................................................3-15 Conductivity level sensor.................................................3-16 to 3-17 How to shorten cut-to-length probes ................................................3-18 PFA, FEP encapsulation tubing..............................................................3-18

Section 10: Thermal-Ribbons

Thermal-Ribbons .....................................................................10-2 to 10-3 Thermal-Tabs.............................................................................10-2 to 10-3 Discoil Thermal-Ribbons ......................................................................10-4 Strip sensing Thermal-Ribbons.............................................................10-5 Thermistor Thermal-Ribbons.................................................................10-6 Thermocouple Thermal-Ribbons .........................................................10-6 Installation and accessories ...................................................................10-7 Non-invasive sensors design kit ...........................................................10-8

Section 4: Accessories
Connection heads............................................................................4-2 to 4-3 Spring-loaded holders ................................................................................4-4 Fluid immersion fittings .............................................................................4-5 Economy thermowells ................................................................................4-6 HVAC thermowells........................................................................................4-6 Reduced tip thermowells...........................................................................4-7 Tapered thermowells...................................................................................4-7 Flanged thermowells...................................................................................4-8 Bayonet fittings .............................................................................................4-9 Extensions .......................................................................................................4-9 Metric accessories ......................................................................................4-10 Feedthroughs ..............................................................................................4-11 Leadwire and cable seal...........................................................................4-12 Elastomer rubber-filled cable.................................................................4-13 Extension wire .............................................................................................4-14

Wire-wound elements .............................................................................11-2 Thin-film elements ....................................................................................11-2 Installation....................................................................................................11-3 Extension leads...........................................................................................11-3 Design notes................................................................................................11-4

Section 5: Instruments
RTD transmitters ...............................5-2 to 5-5, 5-8 to 5-9, 5-12 to 5-13 Thermocouple transmitters .....5-6 to 5-7, 5-10 to 5-11, 5-14 to 5-15 Isolated transmitters.....................................................................5-8 to 5-11 Field rangeable transmitters ...................................................5-12 to 5-15 Programmable transmitters............................................5-16 to 5-17 HART transmitters ............................................................5-18 to 5-19 Temperature range table..........................................................5-20 to 5-21 High accuracy calibration........................................................................5-22 Mounting accessories ...............................................................................5-22 Design notes ................................................................................................5-23 Loop-powered indicators.........................................................5-24 to 5-25 CT224 12-channel monitor......................................................5-26 to 5-27 CT325 miniature DC temperature controller ....................5-28 to 5-29 CT335 PC board mount temperature controller .....5-30 to 5-31 CT15 controller/alarm ...............................................................5-32 to 5-33 CT16A temperature controller ...............................................5-34 to 5-35 CT15/CT16A accessories..........................................................................5-36

Subject index ...............................................................................12-2 to 12-3 Part number index .....................................................................12-4 to 12-5 Design notes.................................................................................12-6 to 12-7 Industry specifications.............................................................................12-8 Next steps.....................................................................................................12-9

Page 1-3

REFERENCE

Look for the Minco Truck to order STOCKED PARTS!

ELEMENTS

THERMALRIBBONS

Section 12: Reference

HVAC SENSORS

Section 11: Elements

STATOR RTDs

MINIATURE SENSORS

SANITARY SENSORS

INSTRUMENTS

ACCESSORIES

PROBES

ASSEMBLIES

INTRODUCTION

Your Sensors & Instruments Solutions Guide

How To Get Started
1. Understand and define your application requirements Many factors should be a part of the sensor system design process. The factors listed below can help you define the sensing requirements for your application. Define the typical and extremes of these environmental conditions: minimum and maximum temperatures pressure humidity shock vibration flow rate Also ask: What is the sensed medium (a surface or immersed in solid, liquid or gas)? Is the medium chemically reactive (corrosive) or hazardous (explosive)? Is there high electromagnetic interference potential from power switching, rectification, or radio waves? Finally, define the significance of these performance specifications in your application? sensing accuracy at a calibration point and/or over a temperature span repeatability stability sensor time constant insulation resistance

3. Compare sensor construction alternatives for best fit and ease of use While a sensing technology may appear to be capable of meeting the requirements of your application, the actual sensor packaging and construction must be evaluated in order to select the optimal cost/performance balance from the available technology options. Regardless of which sensing technology you consider, the packaging of the sensor introduces some level of specification compromise in terms of cost, performance or durability. Use this guide to compare Mincos various sensor constructions and instrumentation solutions to find the best fit for your application. 4. Obtain parts for testing as prototypes in your application Minco has a wide selection of standard sensor components that can often be used for prototype testing and production systems. We would appreciate the opportunity to discuss your application with you. We can help ensure that the right sensor construction is selected for your application as well as any accessory components. Often times, we are able to offer recommendations for customization to improve performance and/or lower installed cost. Order sensors and instruments easily online with our Sensors Configurator at www.minco.com/sensors_config/ or contact Access: Minco Sales and Support today to talk to an engineer about your application.

2. Determine which sensing technology options meet your requirements Several potential sensing technologies may meet the essential environmental and performance specifications of your application. This section of the Sensors and Instruments Solutions Guide will provide you with a basic understanding of Mincos sensing and instrumentation technology. For more information go to www.minco.com/sensors/.

Page 1-4

Solutions for Industry Applications

Process Control and Building Automation
Minco temperature and humidity sensors and instruments are used in process and HVAC/R applications in the most critical environments. Our sensing solutions achieve the lowest total cost of ownership (TCO) while maintaining accuracy, reliability and ease of installation.

Machinery and Motor Protection

Minco RTDs and Thermocouples are used worldwide to safeguard valuable rotating apparatus machinery. Accurate and fast-responding temperature measurement provides overtemperature protection, and our sensors can be manufactured to integrate with any instrumentation package.

Bearing and stator sensors provide accurate sensing in this motor component while Mincos 12-channel temperature monitor (CT224) provides easy and efficient thermal protection.

The Thermal-Vial Temperature Sensing System encompasses a wire-wound RTD element capable of -200C operation to provide accurate measurement and documentation of freezing, process and storage methodology.

Defense and Aerospace

Minco temperature sensors are used when ruggedness and reliability are key to an applications success. Our sensors can be manufactured to fit in the smallest spaces or across wide expanses. Fast time response and wide temperature capabilities (from -260C to 650C) handle nearly any type of harsh or extreme environment.

Industrial and Commercial Equipment

Minco products are manufactured to provide dependability and repeatability in any application. Our sensors and instruments are used in industrial and commercial equipment to ensure accurate process and quality output.

Fast response RTDs monitor oil temperature for perfect cooking results.

RTDs monitor the temperature of a heated windshield.

Flexible Thermal-Ribbons sense wing surface temperatures for wing surface de-icing.

Temperature sensors in hydraulic lines monitor fluid temperatures to prevent overheating.

Page 1-5

INTRODUCTION

Solutions for Optimal Performance

Minco offers the perfect fit for any temperature and humidity sensing application. From miniature detectors to 100 foot averaging thermometer and heavy duty probe assemblies, our selection lets you choose the best model for your needs.

Sensing technology options provide flexibility

Minco can supply sensors to work with nearly any type of instrument option. Resistance Temperature Detectors (RTDs) Platinum RTDs with wide range of TCRs Range from 0.00375 to 0.003927 0.00385 (Minco element "PD") is most popular Nickel, copper, and nickel-iron RTD elements Non-standard resistance-temperature curves Base resistances up to thousands of ohms Thin film or wire wound constructions Thermistor temperature sensors Thermocouple temperature sensors Integrated Circuit temperature sensors High accuracy humidity sensors and transmitters Signal conditioning Stainless steel in various grades Linearizing transmitters with 4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 VDC or other voltage/current outputs, and HART Protocol Explosionproof temperature and humidity sensor and transmitter assemblies Controllers, monitors and alarms for optimal compatibility with sensors Copper Hastelloy Rubber, PTFE, plastics We can plate with nickel, gold, and other metals. Additional services include electro-polishing, passivating, and pressure testing. Brass Monel Titanium Assembly with signal conditioning electronics, standard or customized Certified measurement and test in our metrology lab Certified designs for hazardous locations

Machining and materials

A sensors construction has a large impact on its thermal time response and resistance to corrosive media. Minco has an advanced machine shop with CAD/CAM capability for economic production of cases and fittings. We have extensive machining capabilities in a variety of materials:

From simple elements to complex assemblies

Minco can configure a sensor style to best fit your application and capabilities: Basic sensing elements for assembly into your own housing or protective sheath Addition of leadwires and terminations to elements Packaging into protective sheaths, laminates, custom housings, cabling Bendable case designs or preformed to your specifications Assembly with fittings, connection heads, thermowells, connectors, feedthroughs

Leadwires
Sensors may be furnished with many different types of leadwire and cables to meet application parameters: PTFE, silicone rubber, polyimide, Tefzel, PVC, mica/glass, and glass braid insulation over silver or nickel plated copper wire are common selections or specify your own leadwire or cable requirements Stainless steel overbraid or flexible armor Flat ribbon leads or sensor/flex circuit hybrids

Page 1-6

Lamination
Mincos winding and lamination technology enables manufacture of flat, flexible sensors in any size or shape. The custom Thermal-Ribbon below has a wire element to average temperatures over its entire area.

Solution: Minco specializes in fast response RTDs. Most models in this guide have a time constant of 2 seconds or less. Certain custom-designed models are faster yet. Time constant is defined as the time it takes a sensor to reflect 63% of a step temperature change:

Testing
Minco has complete in-house testing and metrology equipment to meet stringent quality requirements: NIST traceable calibrations Hydrostatic testing of thermowells Helium leak testing Automated resistance measurement Humidity testing

Step temp. change

63%

Time Time Constant

Conduction errors: Heat conducted into sensors from ambient air alters the temperature of the sensing tip. Solution: Use smaller sensors or tip-sensitive probes, and be sure they are sufficiently immersed or embedded in the sensed medium.

Designing for accuracy

How accurate is a temperature sensor? To many, the answer to this question is the sensors interchangeability specification. For example, 100 platinum RTDs are typically interchangeable within 0.1 (0.3C) at 0C. But interchangeability only tells how closely the electrical characteristics of a sensor conform to its published tables. What you really want to know is how much the temperature seen at your readout or controller deviates from the actual temperature of the material you are sensing. Interchangeability is only one of the potential sources of error in the system, and it is usually not the largest. Following are some other error modes along with suggested solutions.

Point sensing errors: In places where temperatures are stratified or gradients are large, the temperature at a single point may be unrepresentative or misleading. Solution: Use temperature averaging probes or ThermalRibbons.

Leadwire resistance: Resistance in the leads between RTDs and control points elevates apparent readings. Solutions: Specify sensors with higher resistances. Use 3 or 4-wire compensating circuits (see page 1-12). Eliminate leadwire effects with a 4 to 20 mA transmitter.

Repeatability/stability: Repeatability tells how well the sensor repeats subsequent readings at the same temperature. Stability is the absence of long term drift. In many cases, the user is less concerned with absolute accuracy than with the ability of a sensor to maintain a process at the same point once properly set. Solution: Platinum RTDs are the most stable sensor in common use and are used to interpolate over the standard temperature scale from -260 to 962C. Ordinary industrial models will drift less than 0.1C per year in normal use.

Self-heating: The measuring current through an RTD can raise its temperature above the true value. Solution: As a general rule, limit current to 5 mA for industrial applications. Most Minco RTDs, and especially ThermalRibbons, have a large surface area to dissipate heat and reduce self-heating effects.

Custom designs
If you have special requirements - or an OEM design - Minco can typically manufacture a custom sensor solution to improve accuracy and reduce cost at the same time. Contact Access: Minco Sales and Support today to discuss your application.

Time lag: When temperatures change rapidly, sensors may not keep up.

Page 1-7

INTRODUCTION

Temptran Transmitter Solutions

Why use Temptrans?

Long distance accuracy
Temptran transmitters amplify the low-level signals from RTDs or thermocouples to an industry-standard 4 to 20 mA current signal proportional to temperature or HART Protocol/output. Unlike resistance or voltage, current signals are immune to resistance in extension wires and stray electrical noise. This lets you receive accurate signals from a sensor located thousands of feet away. The 4 to 20 mA or HART output signal and DC power share the same wire pair. You dont need to run power wires to every sensor location. In fact, using HART transmitters configured in multidrop mode, up to 15 transmitters can be connected in parallel on the same pair of wires. RTD transmitters also linearize the signal to temperature, making them excellent low cost signal conditioners. Their signal increases from 4mA at the lowest temperature to 20mA at the highest temperatures.

Easy to install
Compact Temptrans fit nearly anywhere. You can install most models in standard electrical utility boxes and elbows. Or Minco offers a complete selection of complementary connection heads in Section 4.

Intrinsic safety
Most Temptrans are rated intrinsically safe by Factory Mutual (FM), a recognized testing authority for safety in hazardous areas. Division 1 installations must include a suitable barrier. Go to www.minco.com/barriers/ for a list of barriers FM approved under the system concept for use with Temptrans.

Special high-accuracy calibration

Standard transmitters can be calibrated to the nominal resistance values of the RTD at the zero and span points. Total system error includes the tolerance of both the transmitter and the RTD sensor. If you order Minco Temptrans match calibrated to the actual resistance of the RTD (traceable to NIST), this effectively eliminates the sensor tolerance from the system accuracy specifications. Temptrans match calibrated to a sensor are always ordered as assemblies. Common examples are shown in Section 2. For example, consider a transmitter with a range of 0 to 500C. The transmitter itself is accurate to 1.0C (0.2% of span, including calibration accuracy and linearity). The RTD interchangeability contributes an additional error of 0.3C at 0C and 2.8C at 500C. Total system error would be 1.3C at 0C and 3.8C at 500C. Calibration of the sensor and transmitter as a set cancels the sensor error, reducing system error to 1.0C over the full range all for a nominal extra cost. Get more information on page 5-22.

Engineered for reliability

Over 500,000 Minco transmitters are currently giving troublefree service in installations around the world. Two factors behind Temptrans exceptional stability and longevity are: Minco encapsulates all electronics in epoxy to exclude contaminants and protect components. Standard fixed-range transmitters feature 5% adjustability using 20 turn trimpots. Because a complete rotation of the trimpot represents only 0.25% of the adjustment range, slight movements from mechanical shock cause only negligible output change. In contrast, many competitive transmitters have wide ranging zero and span. With zero and span far more sensitive to potentiometer shifts, a minor bump can void the transmitters calibration.

See Section 5 for complete details and ordering information.

Page 1-8

Custom and Integrated Solutions

Minco operates four different product divisions, all coordinated in the same facility for faster, seamless integration that can decrease your time-to-market. This makes us unique in our ability to customize and integrate components into turnkey assemblies and complete solutions. All of our components can be designed, manufactured, and integrated to perfectly fit your application while providing matched system accuracy.
INTRODUCTION

Custom Solutions
Mincos customized products provide an affordable solution to meet your exact specifications. We work diligently to build our products with the greatest efficiency, quality, and accuracy to meet your critical standards and ensure ROI. Sensors and Instruments RTD and thermistor elements to match any TCR (temperature coefficient of resistance) curve Unlimited packaging options available to provide critical thermal response and perfectly fit your application Leadwire and cable options to meet your application parameters Custom transmitters, controllers, and monitors for accurate sensing solutions Thermofoil Heaters Thin and flexible, Thermofoil heaters provide critical temperature uniformity and rapid thermal response Profiled and multi-zone heaters put the heat exactly where you need it Limitless shape and size possibilities offer a precise fit in virtually any application Leadwire, flex circuit or solder pad terminations offer easy integration into your assembly Flex Circuits Single sided, double sided, multilayer and rigid-flex circuits with high layer counts meet your interconnection needs Fine lines, circuit forming and selective bonding add to space and weight savings Stiffeners, pins, connectors and full turnkey electronics packaging offer efficient integration into your application Inductive communication coils can be integrated with flex circuits to provide critical communication assemblies

Integrated Solutions
All of Mincos products - Thermofoil Heaters, Flex Circuits, Sensors, Instruments - can be integrated into a single component for greater efficiency. Whether it is a complete thermal optimization system or interconnection application, Minco's design engineers will partner with you to ensure success. With integrated solutions there is less work on your end, and less that can go wrong. Our integrated assemblies truly lower your total cost of ownership (TCO) because of less front end assembly, easy installation, and unparalleled quality and reliability.

Page 1-9

RTD, Thermocouple, or Thermistor?

Resistance temperature detectors (RTDs)
An RTD sensing element consists of a wire coil or deposited film of pure metal. The elements resistance increases with temperature in a known and repeatable manner. RTDs exhibit excellent accuracy over a wide temperature range and represent the fastest growing segment among industrial temperature sensors. Their advantages include: Temperature range: Minco models cover temperatures from -260 to 650C (-436 to 1202F). Repeatability and stability: The platinum resistance thermometer is the primary interpolation instrument used by the National Institute of Standards and Technology from -260 to 962C. Ordinary industrial RTDs typically drift less than 0.1C/year. Sensitivity: The voltage drop across an RTD provides a much larger output than a thermocouple. Linearity: Platinum and copper RTDs produce a more linear response than thermocouples or thermistors. RTD non-linearities can be corrected through proper design of resistive bridge networks. Low system cost: RTDs use ordinary copper extension leads and require no cold junction compensation. Standardization: Manufacturers offer RTDs to industry standard curves, most commonly 100 platinum to EN60751 (Minco element code PD or PE). Ruggedness: The inherent simplicity of thermocouples makes them resistant to shock and vibration. Small size/fast response: A fine-wire thermocouple junction takes up little space and has low mass, making it suitable for point sensing and fast response. Note, however, that many Minco RTDs have time constants faster than equivalent thermocouples.

Thermistors
A thermistor is a resistive device composed of metal oxides formed into a bead and encapsulated in epoxy or glass. A typical thermistor shows a large negative temperature coefficient. Resistance drops dramatically and non-linearly with temperature. Sensitivity is many times that of RTDs but useful temperature range is limited. Some manufacturers offer thermistors with positive coefficients. Linearized models are also available. There are wide variations of performance and price between thermistors from different sources. Typical benefits are: Low sensor cost: Basic thermistors are quite inexpensive. However, models with tighter interchangeability or extended temperature ranges often cost more than RTDs. High sensitivity: A thermistor may change resistance by tens of ohms per degree temperature change, versus a fraction of an ohm for RTDs. Point sensing: A thermistor bead can be made the size of a pin head for small area sensing.

Thermocouples
A thermocouple consists of two wires of dissimilar metals welded together into a junction. At the other end of the signal wires, usually as part of the input instrument, is another junction called the reference junction, which is electronically compensated for its ambient temperature. Heating the sensing junction generates a thermoelectric potential (emf ) proportional to the temperature difference between the two junctions. This millivolt-level emf, when compensated for the known temperature of the reference junction, indicates the temperature at the sensing tip. Thermocouples are simple and familiar. Designing them into systems, however, is complicated by the need for special extension wires and reference junction compensation. Thermocouple advantages include: Extremely high temperature capability: Thermocouples with precious metal junctions may be rated as high as 1800C (3272F).

RTD Temp. range -260 to 850C (-436 to 1562F)

Thermocouple Thermistor -80 to 150C -270 to 1800C (-112 to 302F) (-454 to 3272F) (typical) Low High Low Low Moderate Low Moderate Moderate Best Poor

Sensor cost Moderate System cost Moderate Stability Sensitivity Linearity Best Moderate Best

General purpose Best sensitivity sensing Highest Narrow ranges Specify for: Highest accuracy temperatures (e.g. medical) Temperature Point sensing averaging

Page 1-10

Choosing Sensor Elements

Platinum is the most widely specified RTD element type due to its wide temperature range, stability, and standardization between manufacturers. Copper, nickel, and nickel-iron can offer comparable accuracy at lower cost in many applications. Element material Temperature range Benefits Typical base resistance Sensitivity (Avg. /C, 0 to 100C) 0.39 3.90 0.04 0.62 0.81 3.13 4.79 9.58 TCR //C
INTRODUCTION

RTD element types

Platinum

-260 to 650C (-436 to 1202F) -100 to 260C (-148 to 500F) -100 to 260C (-148 to 500F) -100 to 204C (-148 to 400F)

Greatest range Best stability Good linearity Best linearity Low cost High sensitivity Low cost Highest sensitivity

100 at 0C 1000 at 0C 10 at 25C 100 at 0C 120 at 0C 604 at 0C 1000 at 70F 2000 at 70F

0.00375 to 0.003927 0.00427 0.00618 0.00672 0.00518 to 0.00527

Copper Nickel

Nickel-iron

RTD and thermistor interchangeability

The tables below show temperature tolerance the allowable deviation from nominal curves for RTDs and thermistors in this guide. Minco can supply sensors with tighter overall tolerance, or with the narrowest tolerance at a point other than 0C. Temperature C Interchangeability Platinum RTD 0.06% at 0C 0.1% at 0C (Class A) (Class B) 0.55C 1.3C 0.35C 0.8C 0.15C 0.3C 0.19C 0.4C 0.35C 0.8C 0.55C 1.3C 0.67C 1.6C 0.75C 1.8C 0.95C 2.3C 1.15C 2.8C 1.35C 3.3C 3.8C 4.3C 4.6C

0.22% at 0C

0.36% at 0C

0.5% at 0C 2.1C 1.7C 1.3C 1.6C 2.9C 4.4C 5.5C

0.1% at 70F

0.24% at 70F

-200 -100 0 20 100 200 260 300 400 500 600 700 800 850

1.3C 0.5C 0.7C 1.8C 3.1C 3.7C

0.9C 1.3C 2.3C 3.7C 4.6C

0.3C 0.3C 0.7C 1.3C

0.7C 0.6C 1.1C 1.8C

Interchangeability Temperature Copper RTD C 0.2% 0.5% at 25C at 25C -100 1.5C 2.2C 0 0.7C 1.5C 20 0.5C 1.3C 100 1.5C 2.5C 150 2.2C 3.3C 200 2.8C 4.1C 260 3.6C 5.1C

Nickel RTD 0.3% 0.5% at 25C at 0C 0.5C 0.8C 1.8C 2.5C 3.1C 3.4C 0.8C 1.2C 2.2C 3.0C 3.7C 4.0C

Nickel-iron RTD 0.26% 0.5% at 0C at 0C 2.5C 0.6C 1.1C 0.8C 1.4C 1.7C 2.4C 2.3C 3.1C 2.9C 3.8C

0.5% at 25C 2.9C 1.4C 1.2C 2.2C 2.9C 3.6C

0.12% at 70F 0.5C 0.3C 1.1C 1.6C 2.1C

0.25% at 70F 1.4C 0.7C 2.0C 2.9C 3.8C

Thermistor 0.1% at 0C 0.2C 0.2C 0.3C 1.0C

Thermocouple limits of error per NBS (NIST) Monograph 175, based on ITS-90
Junction type: Limits of error: E (Chromel-Constantan) 1.7C or 0.5% 0 to 900C J (Iron-Constantan) 2.2C or 0.75% 0 to 750C K (Chromel-Alumel) 2.2C or 0.75% 0 to 1250C T (Copper-Constantan) 1.0C or 0.75% 0 to 350C

Page 1-11

RTD Connections: 2-Wire, 3-Wire, 4-Wire?

Because an RTD is a resistance type sensor, resistance introduced by connecting copper extension wires between the RTD and control instrument will add to readings. Furthermore, this additional resistance is not constant but increases with ambient temperature. To estimate leadwire error in 2-wire circuits, multiply the total length of the extension leads times the resistance per foot in the table below. Then divide by the sensitivity of the RTD, given in the next two pages, to obtain an error figure in C. For example, assume you have connected 100 feet of AWG 22 wires to a 100 platinum RTD (PD element). Lead resistance is: R = (200 ft.) x (0.0165 / ft.) = 3.3 Approximate error is:
ES R2 R1 ES R2 EO L2 R3 L1 RT

2-wire circuit
Shown above is a 2-wire RTD connected to a typical Wheatstone bridge circuit. ES is the supply voltage; EO is the output voltage; R1, R2, and R3 are fixed resistors; and RT is the RTD. In this uncompensated circuit, lead resistances L1 and L2 add directly to RT.
R1 EO L3 R3 L1 L2 RT

3-wire circuit
Copper Leadwire AWG 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 Ohms/ft. at 25C 0.0016 0.0026 0.0041 0.0065 0.0103 0.0165 0.0262 0.0418 0.0666 0.1058

In this circuit there are three leads coming from the RTD instead of two. L1 and L3 carry the measuring current while L2 acts only as a potential lead. No current flows through it while the bridge is in balance. Since L1 and L3 are in separate arms of the bridge, resistance is canceled. This circuit assumes high impedance at EO and close matching of resistance between wires L1 and L3. Minco matches RTD leads within 5%.
L1 L2 IS EO L3 L4 RT

You can reduce leadwire error by: Using larger gauge extension wires. Specifying an RTD with greater sensitivity; 1000 instead of 100 , for example. Employing a 3 or 4-wire resistance canceling circuit as shown at right. Common leads, connected to the same end of the sensing element, are the same color. Using a 2-wire current transmitter. Its linearized signal is immune to electrical noise as well as resistance and can maintain accuracy over runs of several thousand feet. See Section 5 for more information on temperature transmitters.

4-wire circuit

4-wire RTD circuits not only cancel leadwires but remove the effects of mismatched resistances such as contact points. A common version is the constant current circuit shown above. IS drives a precise measuring current through L1 and L4. L2 and L3 measure the voltage drop across the RTD element. EO must have high impedance to prevent current flow in the potential leads. 4-wire circuits may be usable over longer distances than 3-wire, but you should consider using a transmitter in electrically noisy environments. If necessary you can connect a 2-wire RTD to a 3-wire circuit or 4-wire circuit, as shown to the right. As long as the junctions are near the RTD, as in a connection head, errors are negligible.

Extension leads

RTD leads

RT

Extension leads

RTD leads

RT

Page 1-12

Resistance/Temperature Tables
Platinum elements Element code Resistance at 0C TCR (//C) Sensitivity (Average /C) Temperature (C) -200 -180 -160 -140 -120 -100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 400 420 440 460 480 500 520 540 560 580 600 620 640 660 680 700 720 740 760 780 800 820 840 850 PJ 25.5 0.00392 PA 100 0.00392 PB 100 0.00391 PD, PE* 100 0.00385 PN 200 0.00385 PL 470 0.00392 PH 500 0.00392 PP 500 0.00391 PG 500 0.00385 PF 1000 0.00385 PW 1000 0.00375 PS 10k 0.00385 INTRODUCTION

0.1 0.392 0.391 0.385 0.77 1.845 1.963 1.955 1.925 3.85 3.75 38.5 Resistance (ohms) 4.33 17.00 17.26 18.52 37.04 79.88 84.98 86.30 92.60 185.20 1,852 6.56 25.72 25.97 27.10 54.19 120.88 128.59 129.84 135.48 270.96 2,710 8.75 34.31 34.54 35.54 71.09 161.28 171.57 172.72 177.72 355.43 3,554 10.91 42.80 43.01 43.88 87.75 201.15 213.99 215.03 219.38 438.76 4,388 13.05 51.19 51.37 52.11 104.22 240.57 255.93 256.83 260.55 521.10 5,211 15.17 59.49 59.64 60.26 120.51 279.58 297.43 298.19 301.28 602.56 6,026 17.27 67.71 67.83 68.33 136.65 318.23 338.55 339.17 341.63 683.25 6,833 19.35 75.87 75.96 76.33 152.66 356.57 379.53 379.80 381.64 763.28 7,633 21.41 83.96 84.03 84.27 168.54 394.63 419.82 420.13 421.35 842.71 846.57 8,427 23.46 92.01 92.04 92.16 184.32 432.43 460.03 460.19 460.80 921.60 923.55 9,216 25.50 100.00 100.00 100.00 200.00 470.00 500.00 500.00 500.00 1000.00 1000.00 10,000 27.53 107.95 107.92 107.79 215.59 507.35 539.73 539.58 538.96 1077.94 1075.96 10,779 29.54 115.85 115.78 115.54 231.08 544.47 579.23 578.92 577.70 1155.41 1151.44 11,554 31.54 123.70 123.60 123.24 246.48 581.38 618.49 618.02 616.21 1232.42 1226.44 12,324 33.53 131.50 131.38 130.90 261.79 618.06 657.51 656.90 654.48 1308.97 1300.96 13,090 35.51 139.26 139.11 138.51 277.01 654.53 696.31 695.54 692.53 1385.06 1375.00 13,851 37.48 146.97 146.79 146.07 292.14 690.77 734.86 733.94 730.34 1460.68 1448.56 14,607 39.43 154.64 154.42 153.58 307.17 726.79 773.18 772.11 767.92 1535.84 1521.63 15,358 41.37 162.25 162.01 161.05 322.11 762.59 811.27 810.05 805.27 1610.54 1594.22 16,105 43.31 169.82 169.55 168.48 336.96 798.18 849.12 847.75 842.39 1684.78 1666.33 16,848 45.22 177.35 177.04 175.86 351.71 833.54 886.74 885.22 879.28 1758.56 1737.96 17,586 47.13 184.82 184.49 183.19 366.38 868.68 924.12 922.46 915.94 1831.88 1809.11 18,319 49.02 192.25 191.89 190.47 380.95 903.59 961.27 959.46 952.36 1904.73 1879.78 19,047 50.91 199.64 199.24 197.71 395.42 938.29 998.18 996.22 988.56 1977.12 1949.96 19,771 52.78 206.97 206.55 204.91 409.81 972.77 1034.86 1032.76 1024.52 2049.05 2019.67 20,490 54.64 214.26 213.81 212.05 424.10 1007.03 1071.31 1069.06 1060.26 2120.52 2088.89 21,205 56.48 221.50 221.02 219.15 438.30 1041.06 1107.51 1105.12 1095.76 2191.52 2157.63 21,915 58.32 228.70 228.19 226.21 452.41 1074.88 1143.49 1140.95 1131.03 2262.06 2225.89 22,621 60.14 235.85 235.31 233.21 466.43 1108.47 1179.23 1176.55 1166.07 2332.14 2293.67 23,321 61.95 242.95 242.38 240.18 480.35 1141.85 1214.73 1211.91 1200.88 2401.76 2360.96 24,018 63.75 250.00 249.41 247.09 494.18 1175.00 1250.00 1247.04 1235.46 2470.92 2427.78 24,709 65.54 257.01 256.39 253.96 507.92 1207.93 1285.03 1281.94 1269.81 2539.62 2494.11 25,396 67.31 263.97 263.32 260.79 521.57 1240.64 1319.83 1316.60 1303.92 2607.85 2559.96 26,078 69.07 270.88 270.21 267.56 535.12 1273.14 1354.40 1351.03 1337.81 2674.62 2625.33 26,756 70.83 277.75 277.04 274.29 548.59 1305.41 1388.73 1385.22 1371.46 2742.93 2690.22 27,429 72.56 284.57 283.84 280.98 561.96 1337.46 1422.83 1419.18 1404.89 2808.78 2754.63 28,098 74.29 291.34 290.58 287.62 575.23 1369.28 1456.69 1452.91 1438.08 2876.16 28,762 76.01 298.06 297.28 294.21 588.42 1400.89 1490.31 1486.40 1471.04 2942.08 29,421 77.71 304.74 303.93 300.75 601.51 1432.28 1523.70 1519.66 1503.77 3007.54 30,075 79.40 311.37 310.54 307.25 614.51 1463.45 1556.86 1552.68 1536.27 3072.54 30,725 81.08 317.96 317.09 313.71 627.42 1494.39 1589.78 1585.47 1568.54 3137.08 31,371 82.75 324.49 323.60 320.12 640.23 1525.12 1622.47 1618.02 1600.58 3201.16 84.40 330.98 330.07 326.48 1555.62 1654.92 1650.35 86.04 337.43 336.49 332.79 1585.91 1687.14 1682.43 87.67 343.82 342.86 339.06 1615.97 1719.12 1714.29 89.29 350.17 349.18 345.28 1645.81 1750.87 1745.91 351.46 357.59 363.67 369.71 375.70 381.65 387.55 390.48

* PD is the most common platinum sensor element used by industry. PE has a wider manufacturing tolerance than PD. Note: More element options and complete tables in 1C or 1F increments are available from Minco at www.minco.com/sensorcalc/

Page 1-13

Resistance/Temperature Tables
Most RTD tables follow the modified Callendar-Van Dusen equation: or some variation thereof, where Rt is the modified resistance at temperature t, R0 is the ice point resistance, and A, B, and C are coefficients describing a given thermometer. Download Mincos white paper entitled Resistance Thermometry: Principles and Applications of Resistance Thermometers and Thermostats at www.minco.com/e2e/ for a complete set of equations and coefficients for numerical calculation of resistance vs temperature.
Copper Element code Base resistance TCR ( / /C) CA 10 at 25C .00427 Nickel NA 120 at 0C .00672 0.806 Nickel-iron FA 604 at 0C .00518 3.133 372.79 410.73 452.82 499.06 549.46 604.00 660.97 720.79 783.45 848.97 917.33 988.54 1062.60 1139.50 1219.26 1301.86 FB 1000 at 70F .00527 4.788 FC 2000 at 70F .00527 9.576 Thermistors TA 2252 at 25C TB 10k at 25C TF 50k at 25C TK 10k at 25C

R25/R125 = 29.2 R25/R125 = 23.5 R25/R125 = 31.2 R25/R125 = 26.6 -72 -287 -1523 -324

Sensitivity (Average /C) 0.039 Temperature (C) -100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260

Resistance (ohms) 5.128 5.923 66.60 6.712 79.62 7.490 92.76 8.263 106.15 9.035 120.00 9.807 134.52 10.580 149.79 11.352 165.90 12.124 182.84 12.897 200.64 13.669 219.29 14.442 238.85 15.217 259.30 15.996 280.77 16.776 303.46 17.555 327.53 18.335 353.14 19.116 380.31

826.90 908.40 995.04 1086.49 1182.50 1282.83 1387.21 1495.42 1607.18 1722.26 1840.41 1961.38

1653.81 1816.81 1990.09 2172.99 2365.01 2565.66 2774.44 2990.84 3214.37 3444.54 3680.84 3922.77

1660 K 316.5 K 75.79 K 21.87 K 7355 2814 1200 560.3 282.7 152.8 87.7 53.0

3558 K 845.9 K 239.8 K 78.91 K 29.49 K 12.26 K 5592 2760 1458 816.8 481.8 297.2

1380 K 431.8 K 155.6 K 62.24 K 26.64 K 12.31 K 6117 3256 1836

348.9 K 100.2 K 33.15 K 12.52 K 5323 2510 1293 718.5 425.0

Note: More element options and complete tables in 1C or 1F increments are available from Minco at www.minco.com/sensorcalc/

Thermocouple Voltage/Temperature Tables

Junction type: E Chromel-Constantan J Iron-Constantan K Chromel-Alumel T Copper-Constantan

+
Purple Sensitivity (mV/C): Temperature (C) -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 0.063 Millivolts -8.824 -7.279 -5.237 -2.787 0.000 3.047 6.317 9.787 13.419 17.178 21.033 24.961 28.943 32.960 36.999 41.045

_
Red 0.053

+
White

_
Red 0.041

+
Yellow

_
Red 0.043

+
Blue

_
Red

-7.890 -6.499 -4.632 -2.431 0.000 2.585 5.268 8.008 10.777 13.553 16.325 19.089 21.846 24.607 27.388 30.210

-5.891 -4.912 -3.553 -1.889 0.000 2.022 4.095 6.137 8.137 10.151 12.207 14.292 16.395 18.513 20.640 22.772

-5.603 -4.648 -3.378 -1.819 0.000 2.035 4.277 6.702 9.286 12.011 14.860 17.816 20.869

Note: Complete tables in 1C or 1F increments are available from Minco at www.minco.com/sensorcalc/

Page Rev. 04/2011

Page 1-14

Temperature Coefficient of Resistance (TCR)

TCR differentiates RTDs by their resistance/temperature curves. Sometimes called alpha ( ), it is specified in various ways by different manufacturers. In this guide TCR is the RTDs resistance change from 0 to 100C, divided by the resistance at 0C, divided by 100C: Stated another way, TCR is the average resistance increase per degree of a hypothetical RTD measuring 1 at 0C. The most common use of TCR is to distinguish between curves for platinum, which is available with TCRs ranging from 0.00375 to 0.003927. The highest TCR indicates the highest purity platinum, and is mandated by ITS-90 for standard platinum thermometers. There are no technical advantages of one TCR versus another in practical industrial applications. 0.00385 platinum is the most popular worldwide standard and is available in both wire-wound and thin-film elements. In most cases, all you need to know about TCR is that it must be properly matched when replacing RTDs or connecting them to instruments.
INTRODUCTION

For example, a platinum thermometer measuring 100 at 0C and 139.11 at 100C has TCR 0.00391 //C:

For a copper RTD, 10 at 25C, TCR is:

See whitepaper Resistance Thermometry :

www.minco.com/download-media.aspx?id=2284

SensorCalc Program
RTD and thermocouple tables are available online at www.minco.com/sensorcalc/ You can create and store tables in a variety of formats. You can also enter resistances and coefficients for custom tables, using Callendar-Van Dusen or ITS-90 equations.

Miscellaneous Specifications and Codes

Thread specifications
Thread G1/2 Applicable specifications ISO 228/1 DIN 259 BS 2779 JIS B0202 ISO 7/1 DIN 2999 BS 21 JIS B0203 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Resistance /ft. at 25C 0.1058 0.0666 0.0418 0.0262 0.0165 0.0103 0.0065 7 8

Ingress Protection (IP) Codes

First Number
Protection against solid bodies

Second Number
Protection against liquid

No protection Objects > 50 mm Objects > 12 mm Objects > 2.5 mm Objects > 1 mm Dust-protected Dust-tight

No protection Vertically dripping water 75 to 90 dripping water Sprayed water Splashed water Water jets Heavy seas Effects of immersion Indefinite immersion

R1/4 R1/8

Wire gauge conversion

Wire Gauge Cross Sectional Area mm2 Number AWG Stranded Solid 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 0.057 0.089 0.141 0.227 0.355 0.563 0.897 0.051 0.080 0.128 0.205 0.324 0.519 0.823

Approximate US Enclosure Type Equivalent to IPXX Type 1 2 3 3R IP 10 11 54 14 Type 3S 4 & 4X 5 IP 54 55 52 Type 6 & 6P 12 & 12K 13 IP 67 52 54

Page 1-15

Material Selection Guide

This guide lists the least expensive materials compatible with various corrosive media. The user should also consider unusual temperatures or levels of concentration. Consult Access: Minco Sales and Support for assistance.
Medium Acetic acid Acetic anhydride Acetone Acetylene Alcohols Alum. (Potassium or sodium) Aluminum chloride Aluminum sulfate Ammonia, dry Ammonium hydroxide Ammonium chloride 50% Ammonium nitrate Ammonium sulfate Amyl acetate Aniline Asphalt Atmosphere (industrial and marine) Barium compounds Beer Benzene Benzoic acid Bleaching powder 15% Borax Bordeaux mixture Boric acid Bromine, dry Butane Butyric acid Calcium bisulphite Calcium chloride Calcium hydroxide 20% Calcium hypochlorite Carbolic acid Carbon dioxide, dry Carbonated water Carbonated beverages Carbon disulfide Carbon tetrachloride Chlorine, dry Chlorine, moist Chloracetic acid Chloroform, dry Chromic acid Cider Citric acid Copper (10) chloride Copper (10) nitrate Copper (10) sulfate Copper plating solution (cyanide) Copper plating solution (acid) Corn oil Creosote Crude oil Ethyl acetate Ethyl chloride, dry Ethylene glycol (uninhibited) Ethylene oxide Fatty acids Ferric chloride Ferric sulphate Formaldehyde 40% Formic acid Freon Fluorine, anhydrous Furfural Gasoline Glucose Glue, pH 6-8 Glycerine Hydrobromic acid Hydrochloric acid 37-38% Hydrogen chloride, dry Hydrocyanic acid F (C) 212 (100) 300 (149) 212 (100) 400 (204) 212 (100) 300 (149) 212 (100) 212 (100) 212 (100) 212 (100) 300 (149) 300 (149) 212 (100) 300 (149) 25 (-4) 250 (121) Material Monel Nickel 304 SS 304 SS 304 SS Hastelloy C Hastelloy B 316 SS 316 SS 316 SS Monel 304 SS 316 SS 304 SS Monel 304 SS 304 SS Medium Hydrofluoric acid 60% Hydrogen fluoride, dry Hydrofluogilicic acid 40% Hydrogen peroxide 10-100% Kerosene Lacquers & thinners Lactic acid Lime Linseed oil Magnesium chloride 50% Magnesium hydroxide (or oxide) Magnesium sulphate 40% Mercuric chloride 10% Mercury 100% Methylene chloride Methyl chloride, dry Milk, fresh or sour Molasses Natural gas Nitric acid Nitric acid Oxygen Oleic acid Oxalic acid Photographic bleaching Palmitic acid Phosphoric acid Phenol Potassium compounds Propane Rosin 100% Sea water Soap & detergents Sodium bicarbonate 20% Sodium bisulphite 20% Sodium bisulphate 20% Sodium carbinate 40% Sodium chloride 30% Sodium chromate Salt or brine Sodium cyanide Sodium hydroxide 30% Sodium hypochlorite 10% Sodium nitrate 40% Sodium nitrite 20% Sodium phosphate 10% Sodium silicate 10% Sodium sulfide 30% Sodium sulfite 10% Sodium sulfate 30% Sodium thiosulfate Steam Stearic acid Sugar solution Sulfur Sulfur chloride, dry Sulfur dioxide, dry Sulfur trioxide, dry Sulfuric acid 10% Sulfuric acid 10-90% Sulfuric acid 90-100% Sulfuric acid, fuming Sulfurous acid 20% Titanium tetrachloride Tannic acid 40% Toluene Trichloracetic acid Trichloroethylene, dry Turpentine Varnish Zinc chloride Zinc sulfate F (C) Material 212 (100) Monel 175 (79) Steel 212 (100) Monel 125 (52) 304 SS 300 (149) Steel 300 (149) 304 SS 300 (149) 316 SS 212 (100) 316 SS 75 (24) Steel 212 (100) Nickel 75 (24) 304 SS 212 (100) 304 SS 75 (24) Hastelloy C 700 (371) Steel 212 (100) 304 SS 75 (24) Steel 180 (82) 304 SS See glucose 70 (21) 304 SS 75 (24) 304 SS 300 (149) 316 SS 75 (24) Steel See fatty acids 212 (100) Monel 100 (38) 304 SS See fatty acids 212 (100) 316 SS 212 (100) 316 SS See sodium compounds 300 (149) Steel 700 (371) 316 SS 75 (24) Monel 212 (100) 304 SS 212 (100) 316 SS 212 (100) 304 SS 212 (100) 304 SS 212 (100) 316 SS 300 (149) Monel 212 (100) 316 SS See sodium chloride 212 (100) 304 SS 212 (100) 316 SS 75 (24) Hastelloy C 212 (100) 304 SS 75 (24) 316 SS 212 (100) Steel 212 (100) Steel 212 (100) 316 SS 212 (100) 316 SS 212 (100) 304 SS 212 (100) 304 SS 304 SS See fatty acids See glucose 500 (260) 304 SS 75 (24) 316 SS 500 (260) 316 SS 500 (260) 316 SS 212 (100) 316 SS 212 (100) Hastelloy B 212 (100) 316 SS 175 (79) Hastelloy C 75 (24) 316 SS 75 (24) 316 SS 75 (24) Hastelloy B 75 (24) Steel 75 (24) Hastelloy B 300 (149) Monel 75 (24) 316 SS 150 (66) Steel 212 (100) Hastelloy B 212 (100) 316 SS

See calcium 70 (21) 304 SS 212 (100) Steel 212 (100) 316 SS 70 (21) Monel 212 (100) Brass 200 (93) 304 SS 400 (204) 316 SS 125 (52) Monel 400 (204) Steel 212 (100) Hastelloy C 75 (24) Hastelloy C 212 (100) Hastelloy C 300 (149) Hastelloy C See bleaching powder See phenol 800 Brass 212 (100) 304 SS 212 (100) 304 SS 200 (93) 304 SS 125 (52) Monel 100 (38) Monel 100 (38) Monel 212 (100) Monel 212 (100) Monel 300 (149) Hastelloy C 300 (149) 304 SS 212 (100) Hastelloy C 212 (100) Hastelloy C 300 (149) 316 SS 300 (149) 316 SS 180 (82) 304 SS 75 (24) 304 SS 200 (93) 304 SS 200 (93) 304 SS 300 (149) Monel See lacquer thinner 500 (260) Steel 212 (100) 304 SS 75 (24) Steel 500 (260) 316 SS 75 (24) Hastelloy C 300 (149) 304 SS 212 (100) 316 SS 300 (149) 316 SS 300 (149) Steel 100 (38) 304 SS 450 (232) 316 SS 300 (149) Steel 300 (149) 304 SS 300 (149) 304 SS 212 (100) Brass 212 (100) Hastelloy C 225 (107) Hastelloy B 500 (260) 304 SS 212 (100) 304 SS

Page 1-16

SECTION 2: ASSEMBLIES

Easy-to-order temperature sensor assemblies to fit a variety of applications RTDs, thermocouples, and transmitters Fittings, connection heads, and thermowells included Tip-sensitive, high temperature, explosionproof, and flameproof options

To specify custom assemblies see: Probes Accessories Transmitters Section 3 Section 4 Section 5

To specify humidity assemblies see Section 9

Tip-sensitive spring loaded.........................................2-2 to 2-3 Direct immersion ............................................................2-4 to 2-5 Tip-sensitive with thermowells..................................2-6 to 2-7 High temp. with thermowells ....................................2-8 to 2-9 Explosionproof/Flameproof...................................2-10 to 2-15 Flameproof...................................................................2-16 to 2-21 Eurostyle........................................................................2-22 to 2-23 Specifying custom assemblies .............................................2-24

Page 2-1

Tip-sensitive Spring-loaded RTDs

5.0" (127 mm) MAX. INSERTION DEPTH D 1.0" (25 mm) MINIMUM

14 NPT SHOWN WITH STAINLESS STEEL HEAD CONDUIT THREAD

0.250" (6.4 mm) DIAMETER

Temperature Transmitters
Mincos Temptran RTD transmitters provide a 4 to 20 mA signal or HART Protocol that can be sent over long distances with a simple 2-wire system. See Section 5 for complete temperature transmitter specifications. Special high-accuracy calibration: For high system accuracy, specify transmitters with matched calibration. Calibration data traceable to NIST will also be provided. Get more information on page 5-22.

Overview
Fast and accurate readings from bearings, blocks, and other solids. Mincos spring-loaded holder ensures solid contact in drilled holes and has a built-in oil seal. The sensing probe features a copper alloy tip for quick response to temperature changes. Tip-sensitive RTD probe for use to 260C (500F) Spring-loaded holder with fluid seal Cast iron, stainless steel, or aluminum connection head

Specification and order options

AS5004 Assembly number AS5004: Single element RTD AS5005: Dual element RTD PA Sensing element from table 67 Insertion depth D: Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 67 = 6.7 inches) Y Leads per sensing element: Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads (required for CA and CC elements) X = 4 leads (PD elements only) 2 Conduit thread: 1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT 2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT C Connection head: C = Cast iron A = Aluminum S = Stainless steel To order sensor assembly, stop here. To order with transmitters (single platinum element only) add: 211 Temptran transmitter model: 211 = TT211: Fixed Range (2-lead RTDs) 176 = TT176: Fixed Range (3-lead RTDs) 520 = TT520: Programmable (2, 3, & 4-lead RTDs) 521 = TT521: HART Programmable (2, 3, & 4-lead RTDs) A Temperature range codes starting on page 5-20 or at www.minco.com/rangecode/ 1 Calibration: 1 = Nominal calibration 2 = Match calibrated, 0.75% total system accuracy. For other calibration options, contact Minco AS5004PA67Y2C211A1 = Sample part number

Specifications
Temperature range: -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F). Material: Probe: Stainless steel with copper alloy tip. Holder: Stainless steel with Viton O-ring. Connection head: Cast iron, aluminum, or stainless steel. Pressure rating: 50 psi (3.4 bar). Insulation resistance: 100 megohms minimum at 100 VDC, leads to case. Connection: Terminal block for wires to AWG 14. Time constant: Typical value in moving water: Single element: 1.5 seconds. Dual element: 3.0 seconds.

Sensing Elements
Element Platinum (0.00392 TCR) 100 0.5% at 0C Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.1% at 0C (Meets EN60751, Class B) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.5% at 0C Copper (0.00427 TCR) 10 0.2% at 25C (dual) 10 0.5% at 25C Nickel (0.00672 TCR) 120 0.5% at 0C Code PA PD PE CA CC NA

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config
Specifications subject to change

Page 2-2

Tip-sensitive Spring-loaded Thermocouples

5.0" (127 mm) MAX. INSERTION DEPTH D 1.0" (25 mm) MINIMUM

14 NPT

0.250" (6.4 mm) DIAMETER

CONDUIT THREAD

SHOWN WITH ALUMINUM HEAD

Overview
Fast and accurate readings from bearings, blocks, and other solids. Mincos spring-loaded holder ensures solid contact in drilled holes and has a built-in oil seal. The sensing probe features a copper alloy tip for quick response to temperature changes. Tip-sensitive Thermocouple for use to 260C (500F) Spring-loaded holder with fluid seal Cast iron, stainless steel, or aluminum connection head

Specification and order options

AS5192 Assembly number AS5191: Single junction AS5192: Dual junction Junction type: E = Chromel-Constantan J = Iron-Constantan K = Chromel-Alumel T = Copper-Constantan Junction grounding: G = Grounded U = Ungrounded Insertion depth D: Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 133 = 13.3 inches)

Specifications
Temperature range: -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F). Material: Probe: Stainless steel with copper alloy tip. Holder: Stainless steel with Viton O-ring. Connection head: Cast iron, aluminum, or stainless steel. Pressure rating: 50 psi (3.4 bar). Insulation resistance: 10 megohms minimum at 100 VDC, leads to case. Ungrounded junctions only. Connection: Terminal block for wires to AWG 14. Time constant: Typical value in moving water: Grounded junction: 1.5 seconds. Ungrounded junction: 7 seconds

133 P 1

Temperature Transmitters
Mincos Temptran thermocouple transmitters provide a 4 to 20 mA signal or HART Protocol that can be sent over long distances with a simple 2-wire system. See Section 5 for complete temperature transmitter specifications.

Conduit thread: 1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT 2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT C Connection head: C = Cast iron A = Aluminum S = Stainless steel To order sensor assembly, stop here. To order with transmitter, add: 190 Temptran transmitter model: 190 = TT190: Fixed Range, Hockey Puck 205 = TT205: Fixed Range, Miniature 520 = TT520: Programmable, Hockey Puck 521 = TT521: HART Programmable, Hockey Puck A Temperature range codes starting on page 5-20 or at www.minco.com/rangecode/ AS5192EU133P1C190A = Sample part number

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specifications subject to change

Page 2-3

ASSEMBLIES

Tip-sensitive Direct Immersion RTDs

5.0" (127 mm) MAX. INSERTION DEPTH D

14 NPT SHOWN WITH CAST IRON HEAD CONDUIT THREAD

0.250" (6.4 mm) DIAMETER

Temperature Transmitters
Minco's Temptran RTD transmitters provide a 4 to 20 mA signal or HART Protocol that can be sent over long distances with a simple 2-wire system. See Section 5 for complete temperature transmitter specifications. Special high-accuracy calibration: For high system accuracy, specify transmitters with matched calibration. Calibration data traceable to NIST will also be provided. Get more information on page 5-22.

Overview
Mount sensors directly in fluid flow for fast response. Probes are rated to 100 psi (6.9 bar). For use in non-corrosive fluids only. RTD probe for use to 260C (500F) Adjustable fluid seal fitting Cast iron, stainless steel, or aluminum connection head

Specification and order options

AS5200 Assembly number AS5200: Single element AS5201: Dual element PD Sensing element from table 100 Insertion depth D: Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 100 = 10.0 inches) Z Leads per sensing element: Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads (required for CA and CC elements) X = 4 leads (PD elements only) 2 Conduit thread: 1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT 2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT C Connection head: C = Cast iron A = Aluminum S = Stainless steel To order sensor assembly, stop here. To order with transmitters (single platinum element only) add: 211 Temptran transmitter model: 211 = TT211: Fixed Range (2-lead RTDs) 176 = TT176: Fixed Range (3-lead RTDs) 520 = TT520: Programmable (2, 3, & 4-lead RTDs) 521 = TT521: HART Programmable (2, 3, & 4-lead RTDs) A Temperature range codes starting on page 5-20 or at www.minco.com/rangecode/ 1 Calibration: 1 = Nominal calibration 2 = Match calibrated, 0.75% total system accuracy. For other calibration options, contact Minco AS5200PD100Z2C211A1 = Sample part number

Specifications
Temperature range: -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F). Material: Probe: Stainless steel with copper alloy tip. Fitting: Stainless steel, silicone rubber O-ring. Connection head: Cast iron, aluminum, or stainless steel. Pressure rating: 100 psi (6.9 bar). Insulation resistance: 100 megohms minimum at 100 VDC, leads to case. Connection: Terminal block for wires to AWG 14. Time constant: Typical value in moving water: Single element: 2.0 seconds. Dual element: 5.0 seconds.

Sensing elements
Element Platinum (0.00392 TCR) 100 0.5% at 0C Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.1% at 0C (Meets EN60751, Class B) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) Copper (0.00427 TCR) (dual) Nickel (0.00672 TCR) 100 0.5% at 0C 10 0.2% at 25C 10 0.5% at 25C 120 0.5% at 0C Code PA PD PE CA CC NA

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config
Specifications subject to change

Page 2-4

Tip-sensitive Direct Immersion Thermocouples

5.0" (127 mm) MAX. INSERTION DEPTH D
ASSEMBLIES

14 NPT

0.250" (6.4 mm) DIAMETER

CONDUIT THREAD

SHOWN WITH ALUMINUM HEAD

Overview
Mount sensors directly in fluid flow for fast response. Probes are rated to 100 psi (6.9 bar). For use in non-corrosive fluids only. Thermocouple for use to 260C (500F) Adjustable fluid seal fitting Cast iron, stainless steel, or aluminum connection head

Specification and order options

AS5205 Assembly number AS5205: Single junction AS5206: Dual junction Junction type: E = Chromel-Constantan J = Iron-Constantan K = Chromel-Alumel T = Copper-Constantan Junction grounding: G = Grounded U = Ungrounded Insertion depth D: Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 215 = 21.5 inches)

Specifications
Temperature range: -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F). Material: Probe: Stainless steel with copper alloy tip. Fitting: Stainless steel, silicone rubber O-ring. Connection head: Cast iron, aluminum, or stainless steel. Pressure rating: 100 psi (6.9 bar). Insulation resistance: 10 megohms minimum at 100 VDC, leads to case. Ungrounded junctions only. Connection: Terminal block for wires to AWG 14. Time constant: Typical value in moving water: Grounded junction: 1.5 seconds. Ungrounded junction: 7 seconds.

215 P 1

Temperature Transmitters
Mincos Temptran thermocouple transmitters provide a 4 to 20 mA signal or HART Protocol that can be sent over long distances with a simple 2-wire system. See Section 5 for complete temperature transmitter specifications.

Conduit thread: 1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT 2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT C Connection head: C = Cast iron A = Aluminum S = Stainless steel To order sensor assembly, stop here. To order with transmitter, add: 190 Temptran transmitter model: 190 = TT190: Fixed Range, Hockey Puck 205 = TT205: Fixed Range, Miniature 520 = TT520: Programmable, Hockey Puck 521 = TT521: HART Programmable, Hockey Puck A Temperature range codes starting on page 5-20 or at www.minco.com/rangecode/ AS5205EU215P1C190A = Sample part number

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specifications subject to change

Page 2-5

Tip-sensitive RTDs with Thermowells

WITH EXTENSION: 11.0" (279 mm) MAX. NO EXTENSION: 6.2" (165 mm) MAX. 7.2" (183 mm) WITH EXTENSION 2.6" (66.0 mm) NO EXTENSION THERMOWELL LENGTH U 2.5" (64 mm)

Temperature Transmitters
Minco's Temptran RTD transmitters provide a 4 to 20 mA signal or HART Protocol that can be sent over long distances with a simple 2-wire system. See Section 5 for complete temperature transmitter specifications. Special high-accuracy calibration: For high system accuracy, specify transmitters with matched calibration. Calibration data traceable to NIST will also be provided. Get more information on page 5-22.

PROCESS THREAD CONDUIT THREAD

0.5" (12.7 mm) DIAMETER DIAMETER: 14 NPT THREAD: 0.625" (15.9 mm) 14 NPT THREAD: 0.750" (19.0 mm)

SHOWN WITH STAINLESS STEEL HEAD AND UNION/NIPPLE EXTENSION

Overview
Thermowells protect sensors from the effects of fluid flow and pressure. These assemblies are spring-loaded for positive probe contact against the bottom of the thermowell. The probes copper alloy tip provides superior time response and reduces error from stem conduction. 316 stainless steel thermowell Tip-sensitive RTD probe for use to 260C (500F) Spring-loaded probe Cast iron, stainless steel, or aluminum connection head

Specification and order options

AS5140 Assembly number AS5140: Single element RTD AS5141: Dual element RTD CA Sensing element from table 60 Thermowell length U: Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 60 = 6.0 inches) Z Leads per sensing element: Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads (required for CA and CC elements) X = 4 leads (PD elements only) 2 Conduit thread: 1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT 2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT C Connection head: C = Cast iron A = Aluminum S = Stainless steel 1 Thermowell process thread: 1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT 2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT U Extension option: P = Coupling/nipple extension N = No extension U = Union/Nipple extension To order sensor assembly, stop here. To order with transmitters (single platinum element only) add: 211 Temptran transmitter model: 211 = TT211: Fixed Range (2-lead RTDs) 176 = TT176: Fixed Range (3-lead RTDs) 520 = TT520: Programmable (2, 3, & 4-lead RTDs) 521 = TT521: HART Programmable (2, 3, & 4-lead RTDs) A Temperature range codes starting on page 5-20 or at www.minco.com/rangecode 1 Calibration: 1 = Nominal calibration 2 = Match calibrated, 0.75% total system accuracy. For other calibration options, contact Minco AS5140CA60Z2C1U211A1 = Sample part number

Specifications
Temperature range: -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F). Material: Probe: Stainless steel with copper alloy tip. Connection head: Cast iron, aluminum, or stainless steel. Thermowell: 316 stainless steel. Extension: Stainless steel. Pressure rating: 7000 psi (483 bar) at 21C, reducing to 6300 psi (433 bar) at 260C. Standard U dimensions: 2.5, 4.5, 6.0, 7.5, 8.0, 10.5, 13.5, 16.5, and 22.5". Insulation resistance: 100 megohms minimum at 100 VDC, leads to case. Connection: Terminal block for wires to AWG 14. Time constant: 17 seconds typical in moving water.

Sensing elements
Element Platinum (0.00392 TCR) 100 0.5% at 0C Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.1% at 0C (Meets EN60751, Class B) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.5% at 0C Copper (0.00427 TCR) 10 0.2% at 25C (dual) 10 0.5% at 25C Nickel (0.00672 TCR) 120 0.5% at 0C Code PA PD PE CA CC NA

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config
Specifications subject to change

Page 2-6

Tip-sensitive Thermocouples with Thermowells

WITH EXTENSION: 11.0" (279 mm) MAX. NO EXTENSION: 6.2" (165 mm) MAX. 7.2" (183 mm) WITH EXTENSION 2.6" (66.0 mm) NO EXTENSION THERMOWELL LENGTH U 2.5" (64 mm)

PROCESS THREAD CONDUIT THREAD

DIAMETER: 14 NPT THREAD: 0.625" (15.9 mm) 14 NPT THREAD: 0.750" (19.0 mm)

0.5" (12.7 mm) DIAMETER

Overview

SHOWN WITH ALUMINUM HEAD AND COUPLING/NIPPLE EXTENSION

Thermowells protect sensors from the effects of fluid flow and pressure. These assemblies are spring-loaded for positive probe contact against the bottom of the thermowell. The probes copper alloy tip provides superior time response and reduces error from stem conduction. 316 stainless steel thermowell Tip-sensitive thermocouple for use to 260C (500F) Spring-loaded probe Cast iron, stainless steel, or aluminum connection head

Specification and order options

AS5145 Assembly number AS5145: Single junction TC AS5146: Dual junction TC Junction type: E = Chromel-Constantan J = Iron-Constantan K = Chromel-Alumel T = Copper-Constantan Junction Grounding: G = Grounded U = Ungrounded Thermowell length U: Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 135 = 13.5 inches) Conduit thread: 1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT 2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT

Specifications
Temperature range: -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F). Material: Probe: Stainless steel with copper alloy tip. Connection head: Cast iron, aluminum, or stainless steel. Thermowell: 316 stainless steel. Extension: Stainless steel. Pressure rating: 7000 psi (483 bar) at 21C, reducing to 6300 psi (433 bar) at 260C. Standard U dimensions: 2.5, 4.5, 6.0, 7.5, 8.0, 10.5, 13.5, 16.5, and 22.5". Insulation resistance: 10 megohms min. at 100 VDC, leads to case. Ungrounded junctions only. Connection: Terminal block for wires to AWG 14. Time constant: Typical value in moving water. Grounded junction: 17 seconds. Ungrounded junction: 22 seconds.

135 P 1

Temperature Transmitters
Mincos Temptran thermocouple transmitters provide a 4 to 20 mA signal or HART Protocol that can be sent over long distances with a simple 2-wire system. See Section 5 for complete temperature transmitter specifications.

Connection head: C = Cast iron A = Aluminum S = Stainless steel 1 Thermowell process thread: 1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT 2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT U Extension option: P = Coupling/nipple extension N = No extension U = Union/Nipple extension To order sensor assembly, stop here. To order with transmitter, add: 190 Temptran transmitter model: 190 = TT190: Fixed Range, Hockey Puck 205 = TT205: Fixed Range, Miniature 520 = TT520: Programmable, Hockey Puck 521 = TT521: HART Programmable, Hockey Puck A Temperature range codes starting on page 5-20 or at www.minco.com/rangecode/ AS5145EU135P1C1U190A = Sample part number

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specifications subject to change

Page 2-7

ASSEMBLIES

550C RTDs with Thermowells

WITH EXTENSION: 11.0" (279 mm) MAX. NO EXTENSION: 6.2" (165 mm) MAX. 7.2" (183 mm) WITH EXTENSION 2.6" (66.0 mm) NO EXTENSION THERMOWELL LENGTH U 2.5" (64 mm)

PROCESS THREAD CONDUIT THREAD

DIAMETER: 14 NPT THREAD: 0.625" (15.9 mm) 14 NPT THREAD: 0.750" (19.0 mm)

0.5" (12.7 mm) DIAMETER

Temperature Transmitters
Mincos Temptran RTD transmitters provide a 4 to 20 mA signal or HART Protocol that can be sent over long distances with a simple 2-wire system. See Section 5 for complete temperature transmitter specifications. Special high-accuracy calibration: For high system accuracy, specify transmitters with matched calibration. Calibration data traceable to NIST will also be provided. Get more information on page 5-22.

SHOWN WITH STAINLESS STEEL HEAD AND UNION/NIPPLE EXTENSION

Overview
Sense temperature in high-pressure fluids and gases. These assemblies are spring-loaded for positive probe contact against the bottom of the thermowell. 316 stainless steel thermowell RTD probe for use to 550C (1022F) Spring-loaded probe Cast iron, stainless steel, or aluminum connection head
Note: For temperatures less than 260C (500F), assemblies using tip-sensitive sensors are recommended.

Specification and order options

AS5160 Assembly number AS5160 PB Sensing element from table 105 Thermowell length U: Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 105 = 10.5 inches) Z Leads per sensing element: Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads X = 4 leads (PD elements only) 2 Conduit thread: 1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT 2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT C Connection head: C = Cast iron A = Aluminum S = Stainless steel 1 Thermowell process thread: 1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT 2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT U Extension option: P = Coupling/nipple extension N = No extension U = Union/Nipple extension To order sensor assembly, stop here. To order with transmitters add: 211 Temptran transmitter model: 211 = TT211: Fixed Range (2-lead RTDs) 176 = TT176: Fixed Range (3-lead RTDs) 520 = TT520: Programmable (2, 3, & 4-lead RTDs) 521 = TT521: HART Programmable (2, 3, & 4-lead RTDs) A Temperature range codes starting on page 5-20 or at www.minco.com/rangecode/ 1 Calibration: 1 = Nominal calibration 2 = Match calibrated, 0.75% total system accuracy. For other calibration options, contact Minco AS5160PB105Z2C1U211A1 = Sample part number

Specifications
Temperature range: Thermowell and sensor: -100 to 550C (-148 to 1022F). Connection head: Cast iron: 260C (500F) max. Aluminum: 316C (600F) max. Stainless steel: 121C (250F) max. Material: Probe: 316 stainless steel. Connection head: Cast iron, aluminum, or stainless steel. Thermowell: 316 stainless steel. Extension: Stainless steel. Pressure rating: 7000 psi (483 bar) at 21C, reducing to 2500 psi (172 bar) at 550C. Standard U dimensions: 2.5, 4.5, 6.0, 7.5, 8.0, 10.5, 13.5, 16.5, and 22.5". Insulation resistance: 10 megohms min. at 100 VDC, leads to case. Connection: Terminal block for wires to 14 AWG. Time constant: 23 seconds typical in moving water.

Sensing elements
Element Platinum (0.00391 TCR) 100 0.1% at 0C Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.1% at 0C (Meets EN60751, Class B) Code PB PD

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config
Specifications subject to change

Page 2-8

550C Thermocouples with Thermowells

WITH EXTENSION: 11.0" (279 mm) MAX. NO EXTENSION: 6.2" (165 mm) MAX. 7.2" (183 mm) WITH EXTENSION 2.6" (66.0 mm) NO EXTENSION THERMOWELL LENGTH U 2.5" (64 mm)
ASSEMBLIES

PROCESS THREAD CONDUIT THREAD

DIAMETER: 14 NPT THREAD: 0.625" (15.9 mm) 14 NPT THREAD: 0.750" (19.0 mm)

0.5" (12.7 mm) DIAMETER

SHOWN WITH ALUMINUM HEAD AND COUPLING/NIPPLE EXTENSION

Overview
Sense temperature in high-pressure fluids and gases. These assemblies are spring-loaded for positive probe contact against the bottom of the thermowell.
Note: For temperatures less than 260C (500F), assemblies using tip-sensitive sensors are recommended.

Temperature Transmitters
Mincos Temptran thermocouple transmitters provide a 4 to 20 mA signal or HART Protocol that can be sent over long distances with a simple 2-wire system. See Section 5 for complete temperature transmitter specifications.

316 stainless steel thermowell Thermocouple probe for use to 550C (1022F) Spring-loaded probe Cast iron, aluminum or stainless steel connection head

Specification and order options

AS5165 K Assembly number: AS5165 Junction type: E = Chromel-Constantan J = Iron-Constantan K = Chromel-Alumel Junction Grounding: G = Grounded U = Ungrounded Thermowell length U: Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 135 = 13.5 inches)

Specifications
Temperature range: Thermowell and sensor: -100 to 550C (-148 to 1022F). Connection head: Cast iron: 260C (500F) max. Aluminum: 316C (600F) max. Stainless steel: 121C (250F) max. Material: Probe: 316 stainless steel. Connection head: Cast iron, aluminum, or stainless steel. Thermowell: 316 stainless steel. Extension: Stainless steel. Pressure rating: 7000 psi (483 bar) at 21C, reducing to 2500 psi (172 bar) at 550C. Standard U dimensions: 2.5, 4.5, 6.0, 7.5, 8.0, 10.5, 13.5, 16.5, and 22.5". Insulation resistance: 10 megohms min. at 100 VDC, leads to case. Ungrounded junctions only. Connection: Terminal block for wires to 14 AWG. Time constant: 60 seconds typical in moving water.

135 P 1

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config
Specifications subject to change

Conduit thread: 1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT 2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT C Connection head: C = Cast iron A = Aluminum S = Stainless steel 1 Thermowell process thread: 1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT 2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT U Extension option: P = Coupling/nipple extension N = No extension U = Union/Nipple extension To order sensor assembly, stop here. To order with transmitter, add: 190 Temptran transmitter model: 190 = TT190: Fixed Range, Hockey Puck 205 = TT205: Fixed Range, Miniature 520 = TT520: Programmable, Hockey Puck 521 = TT521: HART Programmable, Hockey Puck A Temperature range codes starting on page 5-20 or at www.minco.com/rangecode/ AS5165KU135P1C1U190A = Sample part number

Page 2-9

Explosionproof/Flameproof RTD Sensors

L REF.

INSERTION DEPTH D 27 mm MINIMUM 47 mm Welded

Ex d IIC AEx d IIC

CONDUIT THREAD

Overview
Explosionproof and flameproof rating for hazardous areas where accurate temperature sensing is critical. Tip sensitive, all stainless or MgO filled probes available Hazardous area rated High temp process temperature options (600C) available. Contact Minco for more information.

Specifications
Temperature range: -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F). Material: Probe: Stainless steel (tip sensitive models have copper alloy tip). Holder: Stainless steel. Connection head: Copper free aluminum alloy (CH104) 316L stainless steel (CH106). Pressure rating: See table on next page. Insulation resistance: 10 megohms min. at 100 VDC, leads to case. Connection: Terminal block for wires to 14 AWG. Time constant: Typical value in moving water. Tip sensitive: Single element 1.5 seconds. Dual element 5 seconds. All stainless and MgO filled: 10 seconds.

Explosionproof and flameproof ratings: National and Canadian Electrical Code: Class I, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups B, C, and D, Class II, Groups E, F, and G, T6 (Ta = 40C), T2 (Ta = 260C). Ta limited to 160C for CSA Class II locations. National Electrical Code (Article 505): Class I, Zones 1 and 2, AEx d IIC, T6 (Ta =40C), T2 (Ta = 260C). Canadian Electrical Code (IEC 60079): Zones 1 and 2, Ex d IIC, T6 (Ta = 40C), T2 (Ta = 260C).

Hazardous area requirements

Refer to Minco's Application Aid #19 entitled Specifying Temperature Sensors for Hazardous Areas for more information on how to classify a hazardous area, methods of protection, and the various standards and agencies (including FM, CSA, CENELEC and ATEX). Application Aid #19 is available at www.minco.com/sensoraid/.

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specifications subject to change

Page 2-10

Probe diameters Number of elements Tip-sensitive All stainless MgO filled (platinum only)

0.215" (5.5 mm) Single Dual AS760 AS761 AS762 AS763

0.236" (6.0 mm) Single Dual AS700 AS701 AS702 AS703 AS704

0.250" (6.4 mm) Single Dual AS720 AS721 AS722 AS723 AS724 AS725

Connection head and fitting options

CH104: Aluminum IP65, Type 3 and 4. CH106: 316L stainless steel IP66, Type 3, 4, and 4X. Fitting Welded Welded Welded Welded Adjustable spring-loaded Adjustable spring-loaded Adjustable spring-loaded Adjustable spring-loaded Fixed spring-loaded Fixed spring-loaded Process thread
1/ 1/ 2 2

Pressure Rating 200 psi (13.8 bar) 200 psi (13.8 bar) 200 psi (13.8 bar) 200 psi (13.8 bar) 50 psi (3.4 bar) 50 psi (3.4 bar) 50 psi (3.4 bar) 50 psi (3.4 bar) None None

L REF.

Head

Code

4.4" (112 mm) CH104 0* 4.2" (106 mm) CH106 1* G 1/2 4.2" (107 mm) CH104 2* G 1/2 4.0" (101 mm) CH106 3* 1/ - 14 NPT 5.7" (144 mm) CH104 4 2 1/ - 14 NPT 5.4" (138 mm) CH106 5 2 G 1/2 5.7" (144 mm) CH104 6 G 1/2 5.4" (138 mm) CH106 7 1/ - 14 NPT 4.4" (112 mm) CH104 8** 2 1/ - 14 NPT 4.2" (106 mm) CH106 9** 2 * 0.250 diameter only for all stainless and MgO probes (not available in tip-sensitive, 0.215" diameter or 0.236" diameter probes).
** 0.236 and 0.250 diameters only for fixed spring-loaded fittings. Note: Connection head dimensions are found on pages 4-2 to 4-3.

- 14 NPT - 14 NPT

Minimum Insertion Depth (mm) 47 47 47 47 27 27 27 27 27 27

Sensing elements
Element Platinum (0.00392 TCR) 100 0.5% at 0C Code Single Dual PA PD PM PE PW CA NA NB CCCC NANA NBNB PAPA PDPD PMPM PEPE PWPW

Specification and order options

AS720 4 PD 100 X Assembly number from table Connection head/fitting from table Sensing element from table Insertion depth D (mm): See table for minimums Leads per sensing element: Y = 2 leads (n/a for copper) Z = 3 leads X = 4 leads (n/a for dual models) Conduit thread: 3 = 1/2 - 14 NPT 4 = 3/4 - 14 NPT

Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.1% at 0C (Meets EN60751, Class B) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.06% at 0C (Meets EN60751, Class A) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.5% at 0C 10 0.2% at 25C 10 0.5% at 25C 120 0.5% at 0C 100 0.22% at 0C Platinum (0.00375 TCR) 1000 0.12% at 0C Copper (0.00427 TCR) (dual) Nickel (0.00672 TCR) Nickel (0.00618 TCR)

AS7204PD100X3 = Sample part number

Specifications subject to change

Page 2-11

ASSEMBLIES

Assembly numbers

Explosionproof/Flameproof Thermocouple Sensors

L REF. INSERTION DEPTH D 27 mm MINIMUM 47 mm Welded

Ex d IIC AEx d IIC

CONDUIT THREAD

Overview
Explosionproof and flameproof rating for hazardous areas where accurate temperature sensing is critical. Tip sensitive, MgO filled probes available Hazardous area rated

Specifications
Temperature range: -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F). Material: Probe: Stainless steel (tip sensitive models have copper alloy tip). Holder: Stainless steel. Connection head: Copper free aluminum alloy (CH104) 316L stainless steel (CH106). Pressure rating: See table on next page. Insulation resistance: 10 megohms min. at 100 VDC, leads to case. Ungrounded junctions only. Connection: Terminal block for wires to 14 AWG. Time constant: Typical value in moving water. Tip sensitive: Grounded 1.5 seconds. Ungrounded 7 seconds. MgO filled: Grounded: 1.5 seconds. Ungrounded: 5.0 seconds.

Explosionproof and flameproof ratings: National and Canadian Electrical Code: Class I, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups B, C, and D, Class II, Groups E, F, and G, T6 (Ta = 40C), T2 (Ta = 260C). Ta limited to 160C for CSA Class II locations. National Electrical Code (Article 505): Class I, Zones 1 and 2, AEx d IIC, T6 (Ta =40C), T2 (Ta = 260C). Canadian Electrical Code (IEC 60079): Zones 1 and 2, Ex d IIC, T6 (Ta = 40C), T2 (Ta = 260C).

Temperature Transmitters
Minco's Temptran RTD transmitters provide a 4 to 20 mA signal or HART Protocol that can be sent over long distances with a simple 2-wire system. See Section 5 for complete temperature transmitter specifications.
Contact Minco if transmitter is required

Hazardous area requirements

Refer to Mincos Application Aid #19 entitled Specifying Temperature Sensors for Hazardous Areas for more information on how to classify a hazardous area, methods of protection, and the various standards and agencies (including FM, CSA, CENELEC and ATEX). Application Aid #19 is available at www.minco.com/sensoraid/.

Specifications subject to change

Page 2-12

CH104: Aluminum IP65, Type 3 and 4. CH106: 316L stainless steel IP66, Type 3, 4, and 4X. Fitting Welded Welded Welded Welded Adjustable spring-loaded Adjustable spring-loaded Adjustable spring-loaded Adjustable spring-loaded Fixed spring-loaded Fixed spring-loaded Process thread - 14 NPT 2 - 14 NPT G 1/2 G 1/2 1/ - 14 NPT 2 1/ - 14 NPT 2 G 1/2 G 1/2 1/ - 14 NPT 2 1/ - 14 NPT 2
1/ 1/ 2

Pressure Rating 200 psi (13.8 bar) 200 psi (13.8 bar) 200 psi (13.8 bar) 200 psi (13.8 bar) 50 psi (3.4 bar) 50 psi (3.4 bar) 50 psi (3.4 bar) 50 psi (3.4 bar) None None

L REF. 4.4" (112 mm) 4.2" (106 mm) 4.2" (107 mm) 4.0" (101 mm) 5.7" (144 mm) 5.4" (138 mm) 5.7" (144 mm) 5.4" (138 mm) 4.4" (112 mm) 4.2" (106 mm)

Head CH104 CH106 CH104 CH106 CH104 CH106 CH104 CH106 CH104 CH106

Code 0* 1* 2* 3* 4 5 6 7 8** 9**

Minimum Insertion Depth (mm) 47 47 47 47 27 27 27 27 27 27

* Welded fitting only available with 0.250 Mg0 filled probes [minimum insertion (2.5 63mm)] ** 0.236 and 0.250 diameters only for fixed spring-loaded fittings. Note: Connection head dimensions are found on pages 4-2 to 4-3.

Assembly numbers
Probe diameters Number of elements Tip-sensitive MgO filled 0.215" (5.5 mm) 0.236" (6.0 mm) Single Dual Single Dual AS766 AS767 AS706 AS707 AS708 AS709 0.250" (6.4 mm) Single Dual AS726 AS727 AS728 AS729

Specification and order options

AS706 4 E U Assembly number from table Connection head/fitting from table Junction type from table Junction Grounding: G = Grounded U = Ungrounded Insertion depth D (mm): See table for minimums Conduit thread: 3 = 1/2 - 14 NPT 4 = 3/4 - 14 NPT

Junction types
Thermocouple Junction Chromel-Constantan Iron-Constantan Chromel-Alumel Copper-Constantan Code Single Dual E J K T EE JJ KK TT

100 P 3

AS7064EU100P3 = Sample part number

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specify and order products at:

Specifications subject to change

Page 2-13

ASSEMBLIES

Connection head and fitting options

Explosionproof/Flameproof RTDs with Transmitters

L REF. INSERTION DEPTH D 27 mm MINIMUM

Ex d IIC AEx d IIC

Temperature Transmitters
CONDUIT THREAD

Mincos Temptran RTD transmitters provide a 4 to 20 mA or HART Protocol signal that can be sent over long distances with a simple 2-wire system. Leadwires: 2-lead RTD: TT211, TT520, TT521 3-lead RTD: TT176, TT520, TT521 4-lead RTD: TT520, TT521 Physical: Epoxy potted for moisture resistance. See Section 5 for complete temperature transmitter specifications.

Overview
Tip sensitive, all stainless or MgO filled RTD probe Temptran transmitter for long signal path

Specifications
Temperature range: -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F). Material: Probe: Stainless steel (tip sensitive models have copper alloy tip). Holder: Stainless steel. Connection head: Copper free aluminum alloy (CH104) 316L stainless steel (CH106). Pressure rating: See table on next page. Insulation resistance: 10 megohms min. at 100 VDC, leads to case. Connection: Terminal block for wires to 14 AWG. Time constant: Typical value in moving water. Tip sensitive: Single element 1.5 seconds. Dual element 5 seconds. All stainless and MgO filled: 10 seconds. Explosionproof and flameproof ratings: National and Canadian Electrical Code: Class I, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups B, C, and D, Class II, Groups E, F, and G, T6 (Ta = 40C), T2 (Ta = 260C). Ta limited to 160C for CSA Class II locations. National Electrical Code (Article 505): Class I, Zones 1 and 2, AEx d IIC, T6 (Ta =40C), T2 (Ta = 260C). Canadian Electrical Code (IEC 60079): Zones 1 and 2, Ex d IIC, T6 (Ta = 40C), T2 (Ta = 260C).

Hazardous area requirements

Refer to Minco's Application Aid #19 entitled Specifying Temperature Sensors for Hazardous Areas for more information on how to classify a hazardous area, methods of protection, and the various standards and agencies (including FM, CSA, CENELEC and ATEX). Application Aid #19 is available at www.minco.com/sensoraid/.

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specifications subject to change

Page 2-14

Connection head and fitting options

CH104: Aluminum IP65, Type 3 and 4. CH106: 316L stainless steel IP66, Type 3, 4, and 4X. Fitting Process thread Pressure Rating L REF. Head Code Minimum Insertion Depth (mm) 0* 47 1* 47 2* 47 3* 47 4 27 27 27 27 27 27

Welded Welded Welded Welded Adjustable spring-loaded Adjustable spring-loaded Adjustable spring-loaded Adjustable spring-loaded Fixed spring-loaded Fixed spring-loaded

- 14 NPT 2 - 14 NPT G 1/2 G 1/2 1/ - 14 NPT 2

1/ 1/ 2 1/ 2

200 psi (13.8 bar) 200 psi (13.8 bar) 200 psi (13.8 bar) 200 psi (13.8 bar) 50 psi (3.4 bar) 50 psi (3.4 bar) 50 psi (3.4 bar) 50 psi (3.4 bar) None None

4.4" (112 mm) 4.2" (106 mm) 4.2" (107 mm) 4.0" (101 mm) 5.7" (144 mm)

CH104 CH106 CH104 CH106 CH104

- 14 NPT

5.4" (138 mm) CH106 5 5.7" (144 mm) CH104 6 5.4" (138 mm) CH106 7 4.4" (112 mm) CH104 8** 4.2" (106 mm) CH106 9**

G 1/2 G 1/2
1/ 2

- 14 NPT - 14 NPT

1/

* 0.250 diameter only for all stainless and MgO probes. (not available in tip-sensitive, 0.215" diameter or 0.236" diameter probes) ** 0.236 and 0.250 diameters only for fixed spring-loaded fittings. Note: Connection head dimensions are found on page 4-2.

Popular ranges below. More range codes starting on page 5-20 and at www.minco.com/rangecode/ Code Range EO -50 to 100C -58 to 212F BC -30 to 30C -22 to 86F S -17.8 to 37.8C 0 to 100F AC -17.8 to 93.3C 0 to 200F AN -17.8 to 148.9C 0 to 300F AG -17.8 to 260C 0 to 500F AP -6.7 to 21.1C 20 to 70F A -6.7 to 48.9C 20 to 120F N 0 to 50C 32 to 122F C 0 to 100C 32 to 212F J 0 to 150C 32 to 302F K 0 to 200C 32 to 392F V 10 to 65.6C 50 to 150F P 37.8 to 179.4C 100 to 355F BH 50 to 150C 122 to 302F

Specification and order options Assembly numbers

Probe diameters 0.215" (5.5 mm) Tip-sensitive AS760 All stainless AS762 MgO filled 0.236" (6.0 mm) AS700 AS702 AS704 0.250" (6.4 mm) AS720 AS722 AS724 AS720 4 PD 100 Assembly number from table Connection head/fitting from table Sensing element from table Insertion depth D (mm): See table for minimums X Leads per sensing element: Y = 2 leads (n/a for copper) Z = 3 leads X = 4 leads (n/a for dual models) 3 Conduit thread: 3 = 1/2 - 14 NPT 4 = 3/4 - 14 NPT TT176 Temptran model number: TT211: Fixed Range (2-lead RTDs) TT176: Fixed Range (3-lead RTDs) TT520: Programmable (2, 3, & 4-lead RTDs) TT521: HART Programmable (2, 3, & 4-lead RTDs) N Temperature range code from table 1 Calibration: 1 = Nominal calibration 2 = Match calibrated, 0.75% total system accuracy. For other calibration options, contact Minco AS7204PD100X3TT176N1 = Sample part number

Sensing elements
Element Platinum (0.00392 TCR) 100 0.5% at 0C Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.1% at 0C (Meets EN60751, Class B) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.06% at 0C (Meets EN60751, Class A) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.5% at 0C Platinum (0.00375 TCR) 1000 0.12% at 0C Copper (0.00427 TCR) 10 0.2% at 25C Nickel (0.00672 TCR) 120 0.5% at 0C Nickel (0.00618 TCR) 100 0.22% at 0C
Specifications subject to change

Code: Single PA PD PM PE PW CA NA NB

Page 2-15

ASSEMBLIES

Temperature transmitter range codes

Flameproof RTD Sensors Metric Dimensioned

L REF. INSERTION DEPTH D (35 mm MINIMUM)

0344
PROCESS THREAD: - 14 NPT (SHOWN) OR ISO 228/1-G PROBE

II 2 G Ex d IIC T6

ATEX
CONDUIT THREAD

Overview
Flameproof sensors are designed to contain an explosion as well as prevent the transmission of an explosion to the surrounding atmosphere. These sensors are suitable for use in Zone 1 or Zone 2. Approved for use in hazardous locations defined by IEC/EN 60079-0 and IEC/EN 60079-1, ATEX directive 94/9/EC (KEMA 03 ATEX 2389 X), and II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Features tip-sensitive, all stainless or MgO filled RTD probe for fast response Spring-loaded holder ensures good probe contact U.S. or metric threads

Pressure rating: Spring-loaded holder: 50 psi (3.4 bar). Fluid seal fitting: 100 psi (6.9 bar). Insulation resistance: 100 megohms min. at 100 VDC, leads to probe case. Connection: Terminal block for wires up to AWG 14. Time constant: Typical value in moving water. Tip sensitive: Single element 1.5 seconds. Dual element 7 seconds. All stainless and MgO filled: 10 seconds.

Specifications
Temperature range: -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F). Material: Tip-sensitive probe: Stainless steel with copper alloy tip. All stainless RTD: Stainless steel. MgO filled RTD: Inconel. Fittings: Stainless steel. Connection head: CH356: 316L stainless steel IP66, Type 3, 4, and 4X. CH357: Aluminum alloy IP65, Type 3 and 4. CH358: Epoxy coated aluminum alloy IP66, Type 3, 4, and 4X.

Hazardous area requirements

Refer to Mincos Application Aid #19 entitled Specifying Temperature Sensors for Hazardous Areas for more information on how to classify a hazardous area, methods of protection, and the various standards and agencies (including FM, CSA, CENELEC and ATEX). Application Aid #19 is available at www.minco.com/sensoraid/.

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specifications subject to change

Page Rev. 04/2011

Page 2-16

Fitting options
Fitting Fluid Seal Fluid Seal Set screw spring-loaded Set screw spring-loaded Fixed spring-loaded Welded Welded Release knob spring-loaded Release knob spring-loaded
ASSEMBLIES

Process Thread
1/ 2

L REF. CH356 4.3" (108mm) 4.1" (103 mm) 5.3" (135 mm) 5.0" (128mm) 4.5" (115 mm) 4.2"(107 mm) 4.0" (101 mm) 5.4" (137 mm) 5.2" (132 mm) CH357/CH358 4.6" (116 mm) 4.4" (111 mm) 5.6" (143 mm) 5.4" (136 mm) N/A 4.5" (115 mm) 4.3" (109 mm) 5.7" (145 mm) 5.5" (140 mm)

Code 0* 1* 2 3 4 6** 7** 8 9

- 14 NPT
1/ 2

G
1/

2 - 14 NPT 1/ 2

G
1/ 1/

2 - 14 NPT 2

- 14 NPT

G 1/2
1/ 2 - 14 NPT 1/ 2

* Not available with CH356 stainless steel connection head. ** 0.250" (6.4mm) for all stainless and MgO only (not available in tip-sensitive or 0.236" diameter models).

RTD Assembly Numbers

Connection Head Probe Diameters Number of elements Tip Sensitive All Stainless MgO Platinum CH356 Stainless 0.236" (6.0mm) Single AS800 AS802 AS804 Dual AS801 AS803 0.250" (6.4mm) Single AS810 AS812 AS814 Dual AS811 AS813 AS815 CH357 Aluminum 0.236" (6.0mm) Single AS830 AS832 AS834 Dual AS831 AS833 CH358 Epoxy Coated 0.250" (6.4mm) 0.236" (6.0mm) 0.250" (6.4mm) Single AS840 AS842 AS844 Dual Single Dual Single Dual

AS841 AS860 AS843 AS862 AS845 AS864

AS861 AS870 AS871 AS863 AS872 AS873 AS874 AS875

Notes: CH356: 316L stainless steel IP66, Type 3, 4, and 4X. CH357: Aluminum alloy IP65, Type 3 and 4. CH358: Epoxy coated aluminum alloy IP66, Type 3, 4, and 4X. Get more information on connection heads on pages 4-2 to 4-3.

Sensing elements
Element Platinum (0.00392 TCR) 100 0.5% at 0C Code Single Dual PA PD PM PE PW CA NA NB CCCC NANA NBNB PAPA PDPD PMPM PEPE PWPW

Specification and order options

AS800 4 PD 100 X Assembly number from table Fitting from table Sensing element from table Insertion depth D (in mm): (35-3000 mm) Leads per sensing element: Y = 2 leads (n/a for copper) Z = 3 leads X = 4 leads (n/a for dual models)

Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.1% at 0C (Meets EN60751, Class B) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.06% at 0C (Meets EN60751, Class A) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.5% at 0C 10 0.2% at 25C 10 0.5% at 25C 120 0.5% at 0C 100 0.22% at 0C Platinum (0.00375 TCR) 1000 0.12% at 0C Copper (0.00427 TCR) (dual) Nickel (0.00672 TCR) Nickel (0.00618 TCR)

Conduit thread: 3 = 1/2 - 14 NPT 4 = 3/4 - 14 NPT 5 = M20 x 1.5 AS8004PD100X3 = Sample part number
Specifications subject to change

Page 2-17

Flameproof Thermocouple Sensors Metric Dimensioned

L REF. INSERTION DEPTH D (35 mm MINIMUM)

0344
PROCESS THREAD: - 14 NPT (SHOWN) OR ISO 228/1-G PROBE

II 2 G Ex d IIC T6

ATEX
CONDUIT THREAD

Overview
Flameproof sensors are designed to contain an explosion as well as prevent the transmission of an explosion to the surrounding atmosphere. These sensors are suitable for use in Zone 1 or Zone 2. Approved for use in hazardous locations defined by IEC/EN 60079-0 and IEC/EN 60079-1, ATEX directive 94/9/EC (KEMA 03 ATEX 2389 X), and II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Features tip-sensitive or MgO filled thermocouple probe for fast response Spring-loaded holder ensures good probe contact U.S. or metric threads

Time constant: Typical value in moving water. Tip sensitive: Single element 1.5 seconds. Dual element 7 seconds. All stainless and MgO filled: 10 seconds.

Temperature Transmitters
Mincos Temptran thermocouple transmitters provide a 4 to 20 mA signal or HART Protocol that can be sent over long distances with a simple 2-wire system. See Section 5 for complete temperature transmitter specifications.
Contact Minco if transmitter is required.

Specifications
Temperature range: -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F). Material: Tip-sensitive probe: Stainless steel with copper alloy tip. MgO filled thermocouple: Stainless steel. Fittings: Stainless steel. Connection head: CH356: 316L stainless steel IP66, Type 3, 4, and 4X. CH357: Aluminum alloy IP65, Type 3 and 4. CH358: Epoxy coated aluminum alloy IP66, Type 3, 4, and 4X. Pressure rating: Spring-loaded holder: 50 psi (3.4 bar). Fluid seal fitting: 100 psi (6.9 bar). Insulation resistance: 100 megohms min. at 100 VDC, leads to probe case. Ungrounded junction models only on thermocouples. Connection: Terminal block for wires up to AWG 14.

Hazardous area requirements

Refer to Mincos Application Aid #19 entitled Specifying Temperature Sensors for Hazardous Areas for more information on how to classify a hazardous area, methods of protection, and the various standards and agencies (including FM, CSA, CENELEC and ATEX). Application Aid #19 is available at www.minco.com/sensoraid/.

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specifications subject to change

Page Rev. 04/2011

Page 2-18

Fitting options
Fitting Fluid Seal Fluid Seal Set screw spring-loaded Set screw spring-loaded Fixed spring-loaded Welded Welded Release knob spring-loaded Release knob spring-loaded Process Thread
1/ 2

- 14 NPT
1/ 2

G
1/ 2

0* 1* 2 3 4 6** 7** 8 9

- 14 NPT
1/ 2

5.3" (135 mm) 5.0" (128mm) 4.5" (115 mm) 4.2"(107 mm) 4.0" (101 mm) 5.4" (137 mm) 5.2" (132 mm)

5.6" (143 mm) 5.4" (136 mm) N/A 4.5" (115 mm) 4.3" (109 mm) 5.7" (145 mm) 5.5" (140 mm)

G
1/ 1/

2 - 14 NPT 2

- 14 NPT

G 1/2
1/ 2

- 14 NPT

G 1/2

* Not available with CH356 stainless steel connection head. ** 0.250" (6.4mm) for MgO only (not available in tip-sensitive or 0.236" diameter models).

Thermocouple Assembly Numbers

Connection Head Probe Diameters Number of elements Tip Sensitive MgO CH356 Stainless 0.236" (6.0mm) Single AS806 AS808 Dual AS807 AS809 0.250" (6.4mm) Single AS816 AS818 Dual AS817 AS819 CH357 Aluminum 0.236" (6.0mm) Single AS836 AS838 Dual AS837 AS839 CH358 Epoxy Coated 0.250" (6.4mm) 0.236" (6.0mm) 0.250" (6.4mm) Single AS846 AS848 Dual Single Dual Single Dual

AS847 AS866 AS849 AS868

AS867 AS876 AS877 AS869 AS878 AS879

Notes: CH356: 316L stainless steel IP66, Type 3, 4, and 4X. CH357: Aluminum alloy IP65, Type 3 and 4. CH358: Epoxy coated aluminum alloy IP66, Type 3, 4, and 4X. Get more information on connection heads on pages 4-2 to 4-3.

Junction types
Thermocouple Junction Chromel-Constantan Iron-Constantan Chromel-Alumel Copper-Constantan Code Single Dual E J K T EE JJ KK TT

Specification and order options

AS806 4 EE U Assembly number from table Fitting from table Junction type from table Junction Grounding: G = Grounded U = Ungrounded Insertion depth D (in mm): (35-3000 mm)

450 P 3

Conduit thread: 3 = 1/2 - 14 NPT 4 = 3/4 - 14 NPT 5 = M20 x 1.5 AS8064EEU450P3 = Sample part number
Specifications subject to change

Page 2-19

ASSEMBLIES

L REF. CH356 4.3" (108mm) 4.1" (103 mm)

CH357/CH358 4.6" (116 mm) 4.4" (111 mm)

Code

Flameproof RTDs With Transmitters Metric Dimensioned

L REF.

0344

INSERTION DEPTH D (35 mm MINIMUM)

II 2 G Ex d IIC T6

PROCESS THREAD: - 14 NPT (SHOWN) OR ISO 228/1-G

PROBE

ATEX
Overview
Flameproof sensors are designed to contain an explosion as well as prevent the transmission of an explosion to the surrounding atmosphere. These sensors are suitable for use in Zone 1 or Zone 2. Approved for use in hazardous locations defined by IEC/EN 60079-0 and IEC/EN 60079-1, ATEX directive 94/9/EC (KEMA 03 ATEX 2389 X), and II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Features tip-sensitive, all stainless or MgO filled RTD probe for fast response Spring-loaded holder ensures good probe contact U.S. or metric threads

CONDUIT THREAD

Temperature Transmitters
Mincos Temptran RTD transmitters provide a 4 to 20 mA or HART Protocol signal that can be sent over long distances with a simple 2-wire system. Leadwires: 2-lead RTD: TT211, TT520, TT521 3-lead RTD: TT176, TT520, TT521 4-lead RTD: TT520, TT521 Physical: Epoxy potted for moisture resistance. See Section 5 for complete temperature transmitter specifications.

Specifications
Temperature range: -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F). Material: Tip-sensitive probe: Stainless steel with copper alloy tip. All stainless RTD: Stainless steel. MgO filled RTD: Inconel. Fittings: Stainless steel. Connection head: CH356: 316L stainless steel IP66, Type 3, 4, and 4X. CH357: Aluminum alloy IP65, Type 3 and 4. CH358: Epoxy coated aluminum alloy IP66, Type 3, 4, and 4X. Pressure rating: Spring-loaded holder: 50 psi (3.4 bar). Fluid seal fitting: 100 psi (6.9 bar). Insulation resistance: 100 megohms min. at 100 VDC, leads to probe case. Connection: Terminal block for wires to 14 AWG. Time constant: Typical value in moving water. Tip sensitive: Single element 1.5 seconds. All stainless and MgO filled: 10 seconds.

Hazardous area requirements

Refer to Mincos Application Aid #19 entitled Specifying Temperature Sensors for Hazardous Areas for more information on how to classify a hazardous area, methods of protection, and the various standards and agencies (including FM, CSA, CENELEC and ATEX). Application Aid #19 is available at www.minco.com/sensoraid/.

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specifications subject to change

Page Rev. 04/2011

Page 2-20

Fitting options
Fitting Fluid Seal Fluid Seal Set screw spring-loaded Set screw spring-loaded Fixed spring-loaded Welded Welded Release knob spring-loaded Release knob spring-loaded Process Thread
2 - 14 NPT G 1/2 1/ - 14 NPT 2 G 1/2 1/ - 14 NPT 2 1/ - 14 NPT 2 G 1/2 1/ - 14 NPT 2 G 1/2 1/

L REF. CH356 4.3" (108mm) 4.1" (103 mm) 5.3" (135 mm) 5.0" (128mm) 4.5" (115 mm) 4.2"(107 mm) 4.0" (101 mm) 5.4" (137 mm) 5.2" (132 mm)

CH357/CH358 4.6" (116 mm) 4.4" (111 mm) 5.6" (143 mm) 5.4" (136 mm) N/A 4.5" (115 mm) 4.3" (109 mm) 5.7" (145 mm) 5.5" (140 mm)

Code 0* 1* 2 3 4 6** 7** 8 9

ASSEMBLIES

* Not available with CH356 stainless steel connection head.

RTD Assembly Numbers

Connection Head Probe Diameters Number of elements Tip Sensitive All Stainless MgO Platinum CH356 Stainless 0.236" (6.0mm) Single AS800 AS802 AS804

** 0.250" (6.4mm) for all stainless and MgO only (not available in tip-sensitive or 0.236" diameter models).

0.250" (6.4mm) Single AS810 AS812 AS814

CH357 Aluminum 0.236" (6.0mm) 0.250" (6.4mm) Single Single AS830 AS840 AS832 AS842 AS834 AS844

CH358 Epoxy Coated 0.236" (6.0mm) 0.250" (6.4mm) Single Single AS860 AS870 AS862 AS872 AS864 AS874

Notes: CH356: 316L stainless steel IP66, Type 3, 4, and 4X. CH357: Aluminum alloy IP65, Type 3 and 4. CH358: Epoxy coated aluminum alloy IP66, Type 3, 4, and 4X. Get more information on connection heads on pages 4-2 to 4-3.

Sensing elements
RTD sensing element Platinum (0.00392 TCR) 100 0.5% at 0C Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.1% at 0C (Meets EN60751, Class B) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.5% at 0C Code PA PD PE

Temperature transmitter range codes

Popular ranges below. More range codes on pages 5-20 and at www.minco.com/rangecode/ Code EO BC S AC AN AG AP A N C J K V P BH Range -50 to 100C -30 to 30C -17.8 to 37.8C -17.8 to 93.3C -17.8 to 148.9C -17.8 to 260C -6.7 to 21.1C -6.7 to 48.9C 0 to 50C 0 to 100C 0 to 150C 0 to 200C 10 to 65.6C 37.8 to 179.4C 50 to 150C -58 to 212F -22 to 86F 0 to 100F 0 to 200F 0 to 300F 0 to 500F 20 to 70F 20 to 120F 32 to 122F 32 to 212F 32 to 302F 32 to 392F 50 to 150F 100 to 355F 122 to 302F

Specification and order options

AS800 4 PD 100 X Assembly number from table Fitting from table Sensing element from table Insertion depth D (in mm): (35-3000 mm) Leads per sensing element: Y = 2 leads (n/a for copper) Z = 3 leads X = 4 leads (n/a for dual models) 3 Conduit thread: 3 = 1/2 - 14 NPT 4 = 3/4 - 14 NPT 5 = M20 x 1.5 TT176 Temptran model number: TT211: Fixed Range (2-lead RTDs) TT176: Fixed Range (3-lead RTDs) TT520: Programmable (2, 3, & 4-lead RTDs) TT521: HART Programmable (2, 3, & 4-lead RTDs) N Temperature range code from table 1 Calibration: 1 = Nominal calibration 2 = Match calibrated, 0.75% total system accuracy. For other calibration options, contact Minco AS8004PD100X3TT176N1 = Sample part number

Specifications subject to change

Page 2-21

Eurostyle Sensors

4.2" (107 mm) MAX.

THERMOWELL LENGTH U

PROCESS THREAD CABLE GLAND

0.375" (9.5 mm) DIAMETER

Overview
These low priced assemblies come complete with thermowells, spring-loaded probes, and connection heads. They provide accurate sensing and quick response in liquid or air streams. Specify U.S. or metric thread for global compatibility. Compact, economical RTD or thermocouple assembly Metric straight thread or U.S. tapered thread Tip-sensitive probe for use to 260C (500F) Optional European Form B connection head to DIN 43729 Stainless steel thermowell

Specifications
Temperature range: -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F). Material: Probe: Stainless steel with copper alloy tip. Connection head: Cast aluminum. Thermowell: 300 series stainless steel. Pressure rating: 2755 psi (190 bar) at 25C, reducing to 493 psi (34 bar) at 600C. Insulation resistance: 10 megohms min. at 100 VDC, leads to case. Ungrounded junctions only on thermocouples. Connection: Terminal block for wires to 14 AWG. Time constant: Typical in moving water: RTD: 35 seconds. Thermocouple: 27 seconds.

Temperature Transmitters
Mincos Temptran RTD transmitters provide a 4 to 20 mA signal or HART Protocol that can be sent over long distances with a simple 2-wire system. See Section 5 for complete temperature transmitter specifications. Special high-accuracy calibration: For high system accuracy, specify transmitters with matched calibration. Calibration data traceable to NIST will also be provided. Get more information on page 5-22.

Specifications subject to change

Page 2-22

RTD sensing element Platinum (0.00392 TCR) 100 0.5% at 0C Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.1% at 0C (Meets EN60751, Class B) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) Copper (dual) (0.00427 TCR) Nickel (0.00672 TCR) 100 0.5% at 0C 10 0.2% at 25C 10 0.5% at 25C 120 0.5% at 0C

Code PA PD PE CA CC NA

AS5245

135

RTD specification and order options

AS5240 Assembly number: AS5240: Single element RTD AS5241: Dual element RTD PD Sensing element from table 40 TW length U in 0.1" increments [Ex: 40 = 4.0 inches (102 mm)] Z Leads per sensing element: Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads (required for CA/CC) X = 4 leads (single element only) 2 Conduit thread: 1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT 2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT 3 = PG cable gland (Eurostyle only) A Connection head: A = Standard aluminum head E = Eurostyle aluminum head 1 TW process thread: 1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT 2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT 3 = ISO 228/1 - G 1/2 To order sensor assembly, stop here. To order with transmitters, add: TT176 Temptran model: TT176: Fixed Range (3-lead RTDs) TT520: Programmable (2, 3, & 4-lead RTDs) TT521: HART Programmable (2, 3, & 4-lead RTDs) A Temperature range codes starting on page 5-20 or at www.minco.com/rangecode/ 1 Calibration: 1 = Nominal calibration 2 = Match calibrated, 0.75% total system accuracy. For other calibration options, contact Minco AS5240PD40Z2A1TT176A1 = Sample part number P 3

Assembly number: AS5245: Single junction TC AS5246: Dual junction TC Junction type: E = Chromel-Constantan J = Iron-Constantan K = Chromel-Alumel T = Copper-Constantan Junction grounding: G = Grounded U = Ungrounded TW length U in 0.1" increments Specify in 0.1" increments [Ex: 135 = 13.5 inches (343 mm)]

Conduit thread: 1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT 2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT 3 = PG cable gland (Eurostyle only) E Connection head: A = Standard aluminum head E = Eurostyle aluminum head 3 TW process thread: 1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT 2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT 3 = ISO 228/1 - G 1/2 To order sensor assembly, stop here. To order with transmitters, add: TT190 Temptran model: 190 = TT190: Fixed Range, Hockey Puck 520 = TT520: Programmable, Hockey Puck 521 = TT521: HART Programmable, Hockey Puck A Temperature range codes starting on page 5-20 or at www.minco.com/rangecode/ AS5245EG135P3E3190A = Sample part number

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config
Specifications subject to change

Page 2-23

ASSEMBLIES

Sensing elements

Thermocouple specification and order options

Specifying Custom Assemblies

The standard assemblies in this section will fit a wide variety of installations. However, for more versatility you can create new assemblies from the probes, accessories, and transmitters in the pages listed.

4. Attach a connection head

Finish off your assembly with a connection head for termination to remote extension wires. See page 4-2 for specifications. Factors to consider are: Connection head size Temperature rating Correct pipe threads for fitting and conduit Number of terminals or wire nuts Hazardous area requirements

Follow these steps:

1. Choose a probe
Select an RTD or thermocouple from Section 3. The section includes tip-sensitive, high temperature, and fast response models. Some have integral fittings or bayonet lockcaps. Factors to consider are: Temperature rating Compatibility with receiving instruments Probe style and diameter Accuracy vs. cost

5. Install a transmitter
Transmitters convert sensor output to a 4 to 20 mA current signal, immune to leadwire resistance. See Section 5 for RTD and thermocouple transmitters. Factors to consider are:

2. Add a fitting
See Section 4 for probe mounting fittings. Adjustable fittings, combined with cut-to-length probes, allow instant fabrication of assemblies to any length required. Included are spring-loaded holders, pressure fittings, and bayonet-style fittings. Factors to consider are: Temperature rating Probe diameter Correct NPT threads Pressure ratings Compatibility with environment

Transmitter accepts sensor input Transmitter fits connection head Ambient temperature range acceptable

6. How to calculate probe length

All Minco fittings have probe length adders to help you determine total probe length. Total length L is the insertion depth D plus the adder A.
PROBE CASE LENGTH L ADDER A INSERTION DEPTH D

3. Select a thermowell
Thermowells protect sensors from the effects of fluid flow and pressure. See Section 4 for a variety of well styles and materials. Factors to consider are: Pressure rating Compatibility with fluid media Insertion depth Correct NPT thread

Thermowell drawings show an adder to convert thermowell length U to insertion depth D. Then use D plus the fitting adder A to find total probe length L.
THERMOWELL LENGTH U

ADDER A

INSERTION DEPTH D PROBE CASE LENGTH L

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Page 2-24

SECTION 3: PROBES

RTDs and thermocouples in a variety of configurations for easy installation Tip-sensitive and fast response probes for quick and accurate temperature sensing High temperature probes to 650C for extreme environments Single and dual elements offer high reliability Cut-to-length models are marked with (see page 3-18 for instructions)

Tip-sensitive RTDs and thermocouples. . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 to 3-3 Fast Response RTDs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 to 3-5 Bayonet mount tip-sensitive RTDs, thermocouples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 to 3-7 Electrically isolated RTDs, thermocouples . . . . . . . . 3-8 to 3-9 550C RTDs, thermocouples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 to 3-11 600C RTDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

Mineral-insulated RTDs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 Compact plug sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 Integrated sensor transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Conductivity level sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 to 3-17 How to shorten cut-to-length probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 PFA, FEP encapsulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18

Page 3-1

Tip-sensitive RTDs & Thermocouples

Overview
The probe sensing tip is constructed of copper alloy which is twenty times more conductive than stainless steel. The sensors react more quickly to changes and indicate tip temperature instead of stem temperature. The result is better accuracy in thermowells, bearings, and other installations. Minco recommends 0.250" diameter probes for use in thermowells. Copper alloy tip for fast response Accurate sensing to 260C (500F) Non-armor models can be user-shortened

Insulation resistance: Thermocouple: 10 megohms minimum at 100 VDC, leads to case, ungrounded junctions only. RTD: Single element probes: 1000 megohms min. at 500 VDC, leads to case. Dual element probes: 100 megohms min. at 100 VDC, between elements and leads to case. Vibration: Withstands 10 to 2000 Hz at 20 Gs min. per MIL-STD-202, Method 204, Test Condition D. Shock: Withstands 100 Gs min. sine wave shock of 8 milliseconds duration.

Specifications
Temperature range: Thermocouple: -184 to 260C (-300 to 500F). RTD: -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F). Case: Stainless steel with copper alloy tip. Minimum case length: Thermocouple: 2.5" (63.5 mm). RTD: Single element probes: 2.8" (71.1 mm). Dual element probes: 4.0" (101.6 mm). Maximum case length: 48" (1220 mm), longer on special order. Leads: Thermocouple: Solid thermocouple wire, AWG 20 (except AWG 24 on model TC355). Specify PTFE insulation, stainless steel overbraid, or stainless steel armor. RTD: 2, 3, or 4 leadwires, stranded copper with PTFE insulation. AWG 22, except 0.188" diameter dual probes AWG 24. For 2-lead RTDs add 0.03 per foot (0.05 per foot for 0.188" diameter dual probes) of combined case and lead length to element tolerance. Copper (CA, CC) models must have 3 leads. Time constant: Thermocouple: Typical value in moving water: Grounded junction: 1.5 seconds. Ungrounded junction: 7 seconds. RTD: 2.0 seconds typical in moving water. 3.0 seconds for dual element models. Pressure rating: 100 psi (6.9 bar).

Model numbers: Thermocouples

Model for probe diameter: 0.188" 0.215" 0.250" (4.8 mm) (5.5 mm) (6.4 mm) TC354 TC356 TC358 TC355 TC357 TC359

Single junction Dual junction

Specification and order options: Thermocouples

TC356 T Model number from table Junction type: E = Chromel-Constantan J = Iron-Constantan K = Chromel-Alumel T = Copper-Constantan Junction grounding: G = Grounded U = Ungrounded Case length: Specify in 0.1" increments: Ex: 200 = 20.0 inches Covering over leadwires: T = PTFE only G = Glass braid only S = Stainless steel overbraid A = Stainless steel armor Lead length in inches

200 S

24

TC356TG200S24 = Sample part number

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config
Specifications subject to change

Page 3-2

Model numbers: RTDs

Element Model for probe diameter: 0.188" 0.215" 0.250" (4.8 mm) (5.5 mm) (6.4 mm) Single element RTDs: No armor over leads Platinum (0.00392 TCR) S54PA S51PA S53PA 100 0.5% at 0C Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.06% at 0C S554PM S551PM S553PM (Meets EN60751, Class A) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.1% at 0C S854PD S851PD S853PD (Meets EN60751, Class B) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) S884PE S881PE S883PE 100 0.5% at 0C Copper (0.00427 TCR) S54CA S51CA S53CA 10 0.2% at 25C Nickel (0.00672) S54NA S51NA S53NA 120 0.5% at 0C Single element RTDs: With armor over leads Add element code S154__ S151__ S153__ (Ex: S154__ =S154NA) Dual element RTDs: No armor over leads Platinum (0.00392 TCR) S59PA S56PA S57PA 100 0.5% at 0C Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.06% at 0C S559PM S556PM S557PM (Meets EN60751, Class A) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.1% at 0C S859PD S856PD S857PD (Meets EN60751, Class B) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) S889PE S886PE S887PE 100 0.5% at 0C Copper (0.00427 TCR) S56CC S57CC 10 0.5% at 25C Nickel (0.00672) S59NA S56NA S57NA 120 0.5% at 0C Dual element RTDs: With armor over leads Add element code S159__ S156__ S157__ (Ex: S159__ =S159NA)

STOCKED PARTS
# of Lead Lead Case Case LeadLength Covering Length Stock Part # Material wires Stainless 12.0" S54CA120Z36 PTFE Steel with CA 3 36" Insulated 18.0" S54CA180Z36 Copper Leads 24.0" S54CA240Z36 Alloy Tip Stainless 12.0" S54NA120Z36 PTFE Steel with 36" NA 3 Insulated 18.0" S54NA180Z36 Copper Leads 24.0" S54NA240Z36 Alloy Tip 0.188" (4.8mm) Stainless 12.0" S54PA120Z36 PTFE Steel with 36" PA 3 Insulated 18.0" S54PA180Z36 Copper Leads 24.0" S54PA240Z36 Alloy Tip Stainless 12.0" S854PD120Z36 PTFE Steel with 36" PD 3 Insulated 18.0" S854PD180Z36 Copper Leads 24.0" S854PD240Z36 Alloy Tip Stainless 12.0" S51CA120Z36 PTFE Steel with CA 3 36" Insulated 18.0" S51CA180Z36 Copper Leads 24.0" S51CA240Z36 Alloy Tip Stainless 12.0" S51NA120Z36 PTFE Steel with 36" NA 3 Insulated 18.0" S51NA180Z36 Copper Leads 24.0" S51NA240Z36 Alloy Tip 0.215" (5.5mm) Stainless 12.0" S51PA120Z36 PTFE Steel with 36" PA 3 Insulated 18.0" S51PA180Z36 Copper Leads 24.0" S51PA240Z36 Alloy Tip Stainless 12.0" S851PD120Z36 PTFE Steel with 36" PD 3 Insulated 18.0" S851PD180Z36 Copper Leads 24.0" S851PD240Z36 Alloy Tip Stainless 12.0" S53CA120Z36 PTFE Steel with CA 3 36" Insulated 18.0" S53CA180Z36 Copper Leads 24.0" S53CA240Z36 Alloy Tip Stainless 12.0" S53NA120Z36 PTFE Steel with 36" Insulated 18.0" S53NA180Z36 NA 3 Copper Leads 24.0" S53NA240Z36 Alloy Tip 0.250" (6.4mm) Stainless 12.0" S53PA120Z36 PTFE Steel with 36" Insulated 18.0" S53PA180Z36 PA 3 Copper Leads 24.0" S53PA240Z36 Alloy Tip Stainless 12.0" S853PD120Z36 PTFE Steel with 36" PD 3 Insulated 18.0" S853PD180Z36 Copper Leads 24.0" S853PD240Z36 Alloy Tip Note: Available up to 10 pieces or contact Minco Customer Service Case Diameter Sensing Element

Specification and order options: RTDs

S56NA Model number from table 125 Case length: Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 125 = 12.5 inches) Y # of leads per sensing element: Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads (reqd for copper elements) X= 4 leads (PD only) 36 Lead length in inches S56NA125Y36 = Sample part number
Page Rev. 04/2011

Specify and order products at: www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specifications subject to change

Page 3-3

PROBES

Fast Response RTDs

Sensing elements
RTD sensing element Platinum (0.00392 TCR) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) (Meets EN60751, Class B) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) (N/A for model S602) Copper (0.00427 TCR) Nickel (0.00672 TCR) 100 0.5% at 0C 100 0.1% at 0C 100 0.5% at 0C 1000 0.1% at 0C 10 0.2% at 25C 120 0.5% at 0C Code PA PD PE PF CA NA

Overview

S601, S603

Specification and order options: Fast response probes

Specify 0.125" or 0.188" for fastest response, 0.250" or 0.215" for greater strength and cut-to-length capability (PTFE and SS braid models).
S604 Model number: S601: 0.215" (5.5 mm) Cut-to-length probe S602: 0.125" (3.2 mm) S603: 0.250" (6.4 mm) Cut-to-length probe S604: 0.188" (4.8 mm) Sensing element from table Case length: Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 140 = 14.0 inches) Number of leadwires: Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads (required for copper elements) X = 4 leads (PD only) Lead length in inches Covering over leadwires: (S, A not available on S602) T = PTFE only S = Stainless steel braid A = Stainless steel armor

These probes have rugged stainless steel cases for use in high pressures or corrosive fluids. Yet their time constants are comparable to copper-tipped probes at 2 to 4 seconds, compared to 8 to 10 seconds for other all-stainless probes.
All-stainless steel probes for use to 260C (500F) Unique low-mass element reacts quickly to temperature changes Non-armor models can be user-shortened

Specifications
Temperature range: -269 to 260C (-452 to 500F). Case material: S601, S603, S604: 316 stainless steel. S602, S614: 304/305 stainless steel. Case length: Minimum case length: S602, S604: 2.0" (50.8 mm) with PTFE insulated leads; 3.0" (76.2 mm) with SS braid over leads. S601, S603: 3.0" (76.2 mm). Maximum case length: 48" (1220 mm), longer on special order. Time constant: Typical in moving water: S602, S604, S614: 2 seconds. S601: 3 seconds. S603: 4 seconds. Pressure rating: 1500 psi (103 bar). Leads: 2, 3, or 4 leadwires, AWG 22, stranded copper with PTFE insulation, stainless steel braid, or stainless steel armor. For 2-lead RTDs add 0.03 per foot of combined case and lead length to element tolerance (model S602 has AWG 26; add 0.08 per foot for 2-lead). Insulation resistance: 1000 megohms minimum at 500 VDC, leads to case. Vibration: Withstands 10 to 2000 Hz at 20 Gs minimum per MIL-STD-202, Method 204, Test Condition D. Shock: Withstands 100 Gs minimum sine wave shock of 8 milliseconds duration.
Specifications subject to change

PD 140 X

36 T

S604PD140X36T = Sample part number

Short probes
S614 PA Z Model number (case with fixed length of 2.4" (61 mm)) Sensing element from table Number of leadwires: Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads (required for copper elements) X = 4 leads (PD only) Lead length in inches Covering over leadwires: T = PTFE only

12 S

S = Stainless steel braid

S614PAZ12S = Sample part number

STOCKED PARTS
Case Sensing Diameter Element 0.188" (4.8mm) 0.250" (6.4mm) PA PD PF PD # of Lead Lead Case Case LeadLength Covering Length Material wires 304/305 Stainless 304/305 Stainless 3 36" PTFE Insulated Leads 2.4" 12.0" 24.0" Stock Part # S614PAZ36T S614PDZ36T S614PFZ36T S603PD120Z36T S603PD240Z36T
Page Rev. 04/2011

PTFE Insulated PD Leads Note: Available up to 10 pieces or contact Minco Customer Service 3 36"

Page 3-4

Fast Response Immersion RTDs

Sensing elements
RTD sensing element Platinum (0.00392 TCR) 100 0.5% at 0C Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.1% at 0C (Meets EN60751, Class B) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.5% at 0C Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 1000 0.1% at 0C (N/A for model S602) Copper (0.00427 TCR) 10 0.2% at 25C Nickel (0.00672 TCR) 120 0.5% at 0C Code PA PD PE PF CA NA

Overview
You can mount these probes directly in fluid streams for accurate, reliable sensing. Time constant is just 2 seconds, compared to 10 seconds for an ordinary stainless probe or up to 50 seconds for a thermowell. The result is more accurate monitoring of dynamic processes. Stainless steel probes for use to 260C (500F) Pressure rating 1500 psi (103 bar) Quick reaction to changing fluid and gas temperatures NPT (U.S.) or metric threads

Specification and order options: Immersion probes

These probes have welded fittings to mount directly into fluid vessels. Add a connection head for termination of extension leads. S623 Model number: S623: 1/2 - 14 NPT thread [2] S628: ISO 228/1-G1/2 process thread (1/2 - 14 NPT on leads end)

PF

Specifications
Temperature range: -269 to 260C (-452 to 500F). Case material: S623, S628: 316 stainless steel. S634, S639: 304/305 stainless steel. Case length: Minimum case length: 1.5" (38.1 mm). Maximum case length: 48" (1220 mm), longer on special order. Time constant: Typical value in moving water: S623, S628: 4 seconds. S634, S639: 2 seconds. Pressure rating: 1500 psi (103 bar). Leads: 2, 3, or 4 leadwires, AWG 22, stranded copper with PTFE insulation, stainless steel braid, or stainless steel armor. For 2-lead RTDs add 0.03 per foot of combined case and lead length to element tolerance. Insulation resistance: 1000 megohms minimum at 500 VDC, leads to case. Vibration: Withstands 10 to 2000 Hz at 20 Gs minimum per MIL-STD-202, Method 204, Test Condition D. Shock: Withstands 100 Gs minimum sine wave shock of 8 milliseconds duration.
Specifications subject to change
Page Rev. 04/2011

Sensing element from table Case length: Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 60 = 6.0 inches) Y Number of leads: Y = 2 leads X = 4 leads (PD only) Z = 3 leads (required for copper elements) 72 Lead length in inches A Covering over leadwires: T = PTFE only A = Stainless steel armor S = Stainless steel braid S623PF60Y72A = Sample part number 60

Plug type sensors

Save space and get accurate readings with this compact, easy-to-install probe. S634 Model number: S634: 1/2 - 14 NPT thread S639: ISO 228/1-G1/2 thread NA Sensing element from table Y Number of leads: Y = 2 leads X = 4 leads (PD only) Z = 3 leads (required for copper elements) 24 Lead length in inches T Covering over leadwires: T = PTFE only S = Stainless steel braid S634NAY24T = Sample part number

STOCKED PARTS
Case Sensing Diameter Element 0.188" (4.8mm) PD # of Lead Lead Case Case Stock Part # Material Leadwires Length Covering Length 304/305 Stainless 3 24" PTFE Insulated Leads 2.0" S634PD2Z4T

Note: Available up to 10 pieces or contact Minco Customer Service

Page 3-5

PROBES

Bayonet Mount Tip-sensitive RTDs

Overview
Bayonet mounting provides easy and inexpensive springloaded installation of probes into solids. All models have a copper alloy tip for fast time response and increased tip sensitivity. See page 4-9 for bayonet fittings or page 4-10 for metric fittings. Lockcap and spring for twist-and-release spring-loading Accurate sensing to 260C (500F)

Model numbers
RTD sensing element Platinum (0.00392 TCR) 100 0.5% at 0C Model S44PA S844PD S874PE S44NA

Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.1% at 0C (Meets EN60751, Class B) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) Copper (0.00427 TCR) Nickel (0.00672 TCR) 100 0.5% at 0C 120 0.5% at 0C

10 0.2% at 25C S44CA

Specification and order options Specifications

Temperature range: -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F). Case: Stainless steel with copper alloy tip. Minimum case length: 3.0" (76.2 mm). Maximum case length: 48" (1220 mm), longer on special order. Time constant: 2 seconds typical in moving water. Leads: 2, 3, or 4 leadwires, AWG 22, stranded copper with PTFE insulation, stainless steel armor, and 1/2" conduit connector. For 2-lead RTDs add 0.03 per foot of combined case and lead length to element tolerance. Insulation resistance: 1000 megohms min. at 500 VDC, leads to case. Vibration: Withstands 10 to 2000 Hz at 20 Gs minimum per MIL-STD-202, Method 204, Test Condition D. Shock: Withstands 100 Gs minimum sine wave shock of 8 milliseconds duration. S874PE 110 Y Model number from table Case length: Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 110 = 11.0 inches) Number of leads: Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads (required for copper elements) X = 4 leads (PD only) Lead length in inches

36

S874PE110Y36 = Sample part number

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specifications subject to change

Page Rev. 04/2011

Page 3-6

Bayonet Mount Tip-sensitive Thermocouples

Overview
Bayonet mounting provides easy and inexpensive springloaded installation of probes into solids. All models have a copper alloy tip for fast time response and increased tip sensitivity. See page 4-9 for bayonet fittings or page 4-10 for metric fittings. Lockcap and spring for twist-and-release spring-loading

Specification and order options

TC360 Model number: TC360 = Single junction TC361 = Dual junction Junction type: E = Chromel-Constantan J = Iron-Constantan K = Chromel-Alumel T = Copper-Constantan Junction grounding: G = Grounded U = Ungrounded Case length: Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 95 = 9.5 inches) Covering over leadwires: T = PTFE only G = Glass braid A = Stainless steel armor S = Stainless steel overbraid Lead length in inches

G Accurate sensing to 260C (500F) 95

Specifications
Temperature range: -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F). Case: Stainless steel with copper alloy tip. Minimum case length: 3.0" (76.2 mm). Maximum case length: 48" (1220 mm), longer on special order. Leads: Solid thermocouple wire, AWG 20 (single) or AWG 24 (dual). Specify PTFE insulation, glass braid insulation, stainless steel braid over glass braid, or stainless steel armor over PTFE. Time constant: Typical value in moving water: Grounded junction: 1.5 seconds. Ungrounded junction: 7 seconds. Insulation resistance: 10 megohms minimum at 100 VDC, leads to case, ungrounded junctions only. Vibration: Withstands 10 to 2000 Hz at 20 Gs minimum per MIL-STD-202, Method 204, Test Condition D. Shock: Withstands 100 Gs minimum sine wave shock of 8 milliseconds duration.

12

TC360EG95A12 = Sample part number

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specifications subject to change

Page 3-7

PROBES

Electrically Isolated RTDs

LEAD LENGTH CASE LENGTH 3.0" (76 mm) ISOLATION INSULATOR 0.215" (5.5 mm) DIAMETER RTD STAINLESS PROBE

Overview
Electrically isolated sensing tip for hot bearings Accurate sensing to 260C (500F) Copper alloy tip for fast time response and increased tip sensitivity

Specification and order options

S52CA Model number from isolated tip table 355 Case length: Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 355 = 35.5 inches) Z Number of leads: Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads (required for copper elements) X = 4 leads (PD only) 36 Lead length in inches S52CA355Z36 = Sample part number

Specifications
Dielectric strength of isolation insulator: 1000 volts RMS at 60 Hz for 30 seconds, between case sections, 1 mA max. leakage current. Pressure rating: 30 psi (2.1 bar). Vibration: Withstands 10 to 2000 Hz at 20 Gs minimum per MIL-STD-202, Method 204, Test Condition D. Shock: Withstands 100 Gs minimum sine wave shock of 8 milliseconds duration.

Isolated tip RTDs

RTD sensing element Platinum (0.00392 TCR) 100 0.5% at 0C Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.1% at 0C (Meets EN60751, Class B) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.5% at 0C Copper (0.00427 TCR) 10 0.2% at 25C Nickel (0.00672 TCR) 120 0.5% at 0C Model S52PA S852PD S882PE S52CA S52NA

STOCKED PARTS
# of Case Sensing Lead Lead Case Case LeadDiam. Element Material Length Covering Length wires PA 0.215" (5.5mm) PD Stock Part #

Temperature Range: -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F). Case: Stainless steel with copper alloy tip. Minimum case length: 4.0" (101.6 mm). Maximum case length: 48" (1220 mm), longer on special order. Leads: 2, 3, or 4 leadwires, AWG 22, stranded copper with PTFE insulation. For 2-lead RTDs add 0.03 per foot of combined case and lead length to element tolerance. Time constant: 2 seconds typical in moving water. Insulation resistance: 1000 megohms min. at 500 VDC, leads to case.

Stainless 18.0" S52PA180Z36 PTFE Steel with 3 36" Insulated 24.0" S52PA240Z36 Copper Leads 12.0" S52PA120Z36 Alloy Tip Stainless 18.0" S852PD180Z36 PTFE Steel with 3 36" Insulated 24.0" S852PD240Z36 Copper Leads 12.0" S852PD120Z36 Alloy Tip Note: Available up to 10 pieces or contact Minco Customer Service

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specifications subject to change

Page Rev. 04/2011

Page 3-8

Electrically Isolated Thermocouples

10" (254 mm)

LEAD LENGTH

CASE LENGTH 3.0" (76 mm) 0.188" (4.8 mm) DIAMETER

THERMOCOUPLE PROBE

ISOLATION INSULATOR

Electrically isolated sensing tip for hot bearings Accurate sensing to 260C (500F) Copper alloy tip for fast time response and increased tip sensitivity

Time constant: Typical value in moving water: Grounded junction: 1.5 seconds. Ungrounded junction: 7 seconds. Insulation resistance: 10 megohms min. at 100 VDC, leads to case, ungrounded junctions only.

Specifications
Dielectric strength of isolation insulator: 1000 volts RMS at 60 Hz for 30 seconds, between case sections, 1 mA max. leakage current. Pressure rating: 30 psi (2.1 bar). Vibration: Withstands 10 to 2000 Hz at 20 Gs minimum per MIL-STD-202, Method 204, Test Condition D. Shock: Withstands 100 Gs minimum sine wave shock of 8 milliseconds duration. Temperature Range: -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F). Case: Stainless steel with copper alloy tip. Minimum case length: 4.0" (101.6 mm). Maximum case length: 48" (1220 mm), longer on special order. Leads: Solid thermocouple wire, AWG 20 (AWG 24 for stainless steel braid option). Specify PTFE insulation or PTFE with stainless steel armor and shrink tubing over all.

Specification and order options

TC2198 E Model number: TC2198 Junction type: E = Chromel-Constantan J = Iron-Constantan K = Chromel-Alumel T = Copper-Constantan Junction grounding: G = Grounded U = Ungrounded Case length: Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 225 = 22.5 inches) Covering over leadwires: T = PTFE only A = Stainless steel armor plus shrink tubing S = SS braid over PTFE (5" min. case length) Lead length in inches

225 T

48

TC2198EU225T48 = Sample part number

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specifications subject to change

Page 3-9

PROBES

Overview

550C RTD Probes

Overview
Install these probes in steam lines, exhaust gases, or wherever you need precise readings of elevated temperatures. RTD probes feature high temperature ceramic elements, assembled into stainless steel cases in a configuration that provides longterm reliable service. Models S80 and S81 can be shortened by the user. You can stock standard lengths and cut them to the size required with an ordinary tubing cutter. Bayonet-style probes have a lockcap and spring for springloaded installation. See page 4-9 for more information on bayonet fittings. 0.250" diameter cut-to-length RTDs 0.188" diameter straight and bayonet RTDs

Time constant: 10 seconds typical in moving water. Insulation resistance: 10 megohms min. at 100 VDC, leads to case. Model numbers: Straight probe: 0.188" (4.8 mm) Element Model Platinum (0.00391 TCR) 100 0.1% at 0C S71PB Platinum (0.00385 TCR)* 100 0.1% at 0C S72PD Bayonet probe: 0.188" (4.8 mm) Element Model Platinum (0.00391 TCR) 100 0.1% at 0C S73PB Platinum (0.00385 TCR)* 100 0.1% at 0C S74PD Cut-to-length: 0.250" (6.4 mm) Element Model Platinum (0.00391 TCR) 100 0.1% at 0C S80PB Platinum (0.00385 TCR)* 100 0.1% at 0C S81PD
*Meets EN60751, Class B

Specifications
Temperature range: -100 to 550C (-148 to 1022F). Leadwires: 500C (932F) max. Case: 316 stainless steel. Minimum case length: 0.250" diameter: S80, S81: 4.0" (101.6 mm). 0.188" diameter: S71, S72: 2.0" (50.8 mm) S73, S74: 3.0" (76.2 mm). Maximum case length: 48" (1220 mm), longer on special order. Pressure rating: 1500 psi (103 bar). Vibration: Withstands 10 to 2000 Hz at 20 Gs minimum per MIL-STD-202, Method 204, Test Condition D. Shock: Withstands 100 Gs minimum sine wave shock of 8 milliseconds duration. Leads: 2 or 3 leadwires, AWG 22, stranded copper with mica/glass insulation. For 2-lead RTDs add 0.04 per foot of combined case and lead length to element tolerance.
Specifications subject to change

Specification and order options

S74PD 145 Model number from table Case length: Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 145 = 14.5 inches) Z Number of leads: Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads 6 Lead length in inches S74PD145Z6 = Sample part number

STOCKED PARTS
# of Case Sensing Lead Lead Case Case LeadDiameter Element Material Length Covering Length wires 316 Stainless 3 36" Mica/Glass Steel 0.250" (6.4mm) 316 PB Stainless 3 36" Mica/Glass Steel Note: Available up to 10 pieces or contact Minco Customer Service PD 24.0" Stock Part #

S81PD240Z36

24.0"

S80PB240Z36

Page 3-10

550C Thermocouple Probes

LEAD LENGTH

CASE LENGTH 0.280" (7.1 mm) DIAMETER

BAYONET PROBE 0.188" (4.8 mm) DIAMETER

PROBES

4" (102 mm)

LEAD LENGTH ARMOR OPTION SHOWN

CASE LENGTH 0.188" (4.8 mm) DIAMETER

STRAIGHT PROBE

Overview
Install these probes in steam lines, exhaust gases, or wherever you need precise readings of elevated temperatures. Bayonet-style probes have a lockcap and spring for springloaded installation. See page 4-9 for more information on bayonet fittings.

Specification and order options

TC173 Model number: TC173: Straight probe TC171: Bayonet mount Junction type: E = Chromel-Constantan J = Iron-Constantan K = Chromel-Alumel T = Copper-Constantan Junction grounding: G = Grounded U = Ungrounded Case length: Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 45 = 4.5 inches) Covering over leadwires: G = Glass braid only S = Stainless steel overbraid A = Stainless steel armor Lead length in inches

Specifications
Temperature range: -100 to 550C (-148 to 1022F). Leadwires: 500C (932F) max. Case: 316 stainless steel. Minimum case length: 2.5" (63.5 mm) Maximum case length: 48" (1220 mm), longer on special order. Pressure rating: 1500 psi (103 bar). Vibration: Withstands 10 to 2000 Hz at 20 Gs minimum per MIL-STD-202, Method 204, Test Condition D. Shock: Withstands 100 Gs minimum sine wave shock of 8 milliseconds duration. Leads: Solid thermocouple wire, AWG 20. Specify glass braid insulation, stainless steel overbraid, or stainless steel armor. Time constant: 7 seconds typical in moving water. Insulation resistance: 10 megohms minimum at 100 VDC, leads to case, ungrounded junctions only. 24 U

45 G

TC173JU45G24 = Sample part number

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specifications subject to change

Page 3-11

600C RTDs
LEAD LENGTH CASE LENGTH

1.5" (38.1 mm) LEAD LENGTH CASE LENGTH

4" (100 mm)

0.375" (9.5 mm) leadwire transition boot; recommended for best durability

Overview
These RTDs cover the full temperature scale of the international standard EN60751. Precision sensing elements are capable of measurements from -200 to 600C (-328 to 1112F) with typical ice point drift less than 0.05C. Platinum elements to EN60751, Class A or B English and metric diameters

Leadwire options:
Code Description Max. temp.* G Mica/glass insulated stranded copper, 600C AWG 22. 1112F T PTFE insulated stranded copper, 260C AWG 22. 500F C AWG 24, PTFE insulated, stranded 260C copper wires with silver-plated copper 500F braid and PTFE over all (4 leads only).
* Temperature rating for leads and last 2" of case.

Specifications
Element: Platinum, 100 at 0C, TCR = 0.00385 //C. Temperature range: -200 to 600C (-328 to 1112F). Reduced temperature rating for leads and last 2" (50 mm) of case see leadwire chart. Case: 316 stainless steel. Minimum case length: 2.0" (50.8 mm). Probe diameter Maximum case length: 48.0" (1220 mm), 0.188" (4.8 mm) longer on special order. 0.236" (6.0 mm) 0.250" (6.4 mm) Tolerance: EN60751 Class A or B. Class A: 0.06% Class B: 0.12%

Specification and order options

Model S914 S912 S913 S914 PD 06 Model number from table 100 Platinum, 0.00385 TCR Tolerance at 0C: 06 = 0.06%, EN60751 Class A 12 = 0.12%, EN60751 Class B Leadwire code from table Case length: Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 120 = 12.0 inches) Number of leads: Z = 3 leads X = 4 leads Lead length in inches Probe termination: BS= Boot and spring B = Boot only N = No boot or spring

G 120 X

Repeatability: Meet IEC requirements. Typical shift less than 0.05C (0.02 ) at 0C after ten cycles over range. Stability: Meet IEC stability specifications after 250 hours exposure to extremes of temperature range. Typical drift is less than 0.05C (0.02 ) at 0C. Vibration: Will withstand 10 to 5000 Hz at 2 Gs minimum per EN60751. Shock: Will withstand 250 mm drop onto 8 mm thick steel plate (approximately 1400 Gs for 0.08 ms). Time constant: 10 seconds typical in moving water. Pressure rating: 1000 psi (69 bar) at 25C. Insulation resistance: 10 megohms minimum at 100 VDC, leads to case.

24 BS

S914PD06G120X24BS = Sample part number

Specifications subject to change

Page 3-12

Mineral-insulated RTDs
Overview
Mineral-insulated RTDs provide excellent performance, even when exposed to high levels of shock and vibration in tough industrial environments. Typical applications include process control and steam turbine efficiency measurement.
LEAD LENGTH 2.5" (64 mm) 1.5" (38 mm) 0.3" (7.6 mm) DIA. PROBE DIA. CASE LENGTH

0.38" (9.5 mm) DIA.

2.0" (51 mm)

BENDABLE REGION

2.0" (51 mm)

Probes can be bent around a mandrel diameter at least 3 times the probe diameter without kinking. Custom designed RTDs and thermocouples are available. Mineral MgO packing protects element from shock and contamination Field bendable Inconel or stainless steel sheath High precision RTD elements for stable, repeatable measurements Dual sensing element model S953 is excellent for redundancy and failure protection

Single element models

Probe diameter 0.236" (6.0 mm) 0.236" (6.0 mm) 0.250" (6.4 mm) 0.250" (6.4 mm) 0.188" (4.8 mm) Max. temp. 550C (1022F) 650C (1202F) 550C (1022F) 650C (1202F) 550C (1022F) Case material 316 stainless steel Inconel 600 316 stainless steel Inconel 600 316 stainless steel Model S942 S932 S943 S933 S944

Dual element model

Probe diameter Max. temp. 0.250" (6.4 mm) 550C (1022F) Case material Model 316 stainless steel S953

Specification and order options Specifications

Element: Platinum, 100 at 0C, TCR=0.00385 //C. Temperature range: Reduced to 260C (500F) for leadwires and potting boot. S932, S933: -200 to 650C (-328 to 1202F). S942, S943, S944: -200 to 550C (-328 to 1022F). S953: -200 to 260C (-328 to 500F). Tolerance: EN60751 Class B (0.12 = 0.3C) or Class A (0.06 = 0.15C) Repeatability: Meets EN60751 requirements. Typical shift less than 0.05C (0.1F) when cycled over temperature range. Stability: Meets EN60751 specifications after 250 hours exposure to extremes of temperature range. Typical drift of less than 0.05C (0.1F) at 0C. Vibration: Withstands 10 to 5000 Hz at 2 Gs per EN60751. Also withstands 50 to 250 Hz at 50 Gs at 500C. Shock: Withstands a 1 meter drop onto an 8 mm steel plate (1 meter is 4 times the EN60751 height requirement of 250 mm). Time constant: 10 seconds typical in moving water. Pressure rating: 69 bar (1000 psi) at 25C. Insulation resistance: 10 megohms minimum at 100 VDC. S933 PD 06 Model number from table 100 platinum, 0.00385 TCR Tolerance at 0C: 06 = 0.06%, EN60751 Class A (NA for dual element S953) 12 = 0.12%, EN60751 Class B Leadwire insulation: T = PTFE leadwires C = PTFE cable (4 lead only, NA for dual element S953) Case length: Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 120 = 12.0 inches) Number of leadwires: Y = 2 leads per element Z = 3 leads per element X = 4 leads per element Lead length in inches

120 X

36 BS

Lead exit configuration: (B or BS option recommended for best lead exit strength) BS = Potting boot and strain relief spring B = Potting boot N = No potting boot or spring S933PD06T120X36BS = Sample part number

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config
Specifications subject to change

Page 3-13

PROBES

Compact Plug Sensor

Overview
The S205459 is a platinum RTD temperature sensor with convenient plug in connection. Sensor measuring and operating range is from -50 to 300F (-45.5 to 148.9C). Connection is made using an industry-standard Packard/Delphi: Metri-pack 150 connector

Specification and order options

S205459 PD Model number: S205459 Compact Plug Sensor Element Type: PD Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 +/- 0.12% at 0C PF Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 1000 +/- 0.12% at 0C Case Length: 10 =1.0" 20 = 2.0" 30 = 3.0" 40 = 4.0" Thread size: P2 = 1/8 -27 NPT P4 = 1/4 -18 NPT P6 = 3/8 -18 NPT P8 = 1/2 -14 NPT Case Material: S = Stainless Steel

20

Specifications
Temp Range: -50 to 300F (-45.5 to 148.9C) Case Material: 316 Stainless Steel Connector: Packard /Delphi METRI-PACK 150 Pressure Rating: Stainless Steel: 1500 psi Brass: 500 psi Insulation Resistance: 1000 megaohms min at 500 V Vibration: Withstands 10 to 2000 Hz at 20 G's min per MIL-STD-202, Method 204 Test Condition D Shock: Withstands 100 G's min sine wave shock of 8 milliseconds duration. Sensor Housing: Stainless steel sensor end with a choice of NPT threads; end connector (Packard/Delphi: Metri-pack 150) S P2

S205459PD20P2S = Sample Part Number

Contact Minco to learn more about custom design options for your application.

S205459 Mating Cable Assembly

72" Shielded cable 2-conductor, AWG #18, copper braid shield with drain wire Terminated with a female Metri-pack 150 connector

Specification and order options: S205459 Mating Cable Assembly

AC203350 L72 Model Number: AC203350 72" lead length

AC203350L72 = Sample Part Number

Specifications subject to change
Page Rev. 04/2011

Page 3-14

Integrated Sensor/Transmitter

Overview
The TT363 is an integrated platinum RTD temperature sensor with 4-20mA current loop output. Combines transmitter capability with a platinum sensing element in a single package for an easier-to-install temperature sensing solution. Power and signal are provided through a 4-20mA current loop connection. Sensor measuring and operating range is from -50 to 300F (-45.5 to 148.9C). The high-temperature plastic case and electronics can be used in applications with an ambient temperature up to 185F (85C). Connection is made using an industry-standard Packard/Delphi: Metri-pack 150 connector. P2

Specification and order options

TT363 AN Model number: TT363 Temperature Sensor/Transmitter Range Code: Temperature range code [AN = -17.8 to 148.9C(0 to 300F)] Case Length: 10 =1.0" 20 = 2.0" 30 = 3.0" 40 = 4.0" Thread size: P2 = 1/8 -27 NPT P4 = 1/4 -18 NPT P6 = 3/8 -18 NPT P8 = 1/2 -14 NPT Case Material: S = Stainless Steel

20

Specifications
Output: 4-20mA over range specified, linear with temperature. Sensor Operating Temperature: -50 to 300F (-45.5 to 148.9C) Ambient Temperature: Operation: -40 to 185F (-40 to 85C), non-condensing Storage: -67 to 212F (-55 to 100C), non-condensing Supply Voltage: 7.6 to 35VDC, reverse polarity protected Loop resistance: Maximum allowable resistance of the signal-carrying loop, including wires and load resistors given by: Rloopmax = (Vsupply-7.6)/.02Amps Warmup drift: Less than +/-0.025mA; stable within 30 minutes. Ambient temperature error: Less than +/-0.15mA Voltage Stability: Change in loop current < .01 mA from 7.6 to 35 VDC Sensor Housing: Stainless steel sensor case with a choice of NPT threads; transmitter body is nylon with 30% glass plastic encapsulation; end connector (Packard/Delphi: Metri-pack 150)

TT363AN20P2S = Sample Part Number

Contact Minco to learn more about custom design options for your application.

TT363 Mating Cable Assembly

72" Shielded cable 2-conductor, AWG #18, copper braid shield with drain wire Terminated with a female Metri-pack 150 connector

Specification and order options: TT363 Mating Cable Assembly

AC203350 L72 Model Number: AC203350 72" lead length
Specifications subject to change

AC203350L72 = Sample Part Number

Page 3-15

PROBES

Conductivity Level Sensor

Overview
The LT364 Level Sensor provides point fluid detection with virtually any conductive fluid. Two 316 stainless steel pins provide for operation in mildly corrosive fluids within plastic or metal containers. Fluid presence is measured by passing a low voltage AC signal between the stainless steel probes. The use of an AC voltage eliminates the effects of galvanic corrosion on the probes. Power to the sensor and output from the sensor is derived from a current loop. Sensor output is 8 mA with fluid present and 16 mA with no fluid present. No calibration necessary. Injection molded, high-temperature plastic case. Electronics can be used in applications with an ambient temperature up to 185F (85C). Connection is made using an industry-standard Packard/Delphi Metri-pack 150 connector providing an easy-to-connect, polarized connection.

Loop resistance: Maximum allowable resistance of the signal-carrying loop, including wires and load resistors given by: Rloopmax = (Vsupply-7.6)/.02Amps Voltage Stability: Change in loop current < .01 mA from 7.6 to 35 VDC Sensor Housing: 3/8 - 18 NPT process thread, nylon with 30% glass plastic encapsulation; end connector is Packard/Delphi Metri-pack 150. Weight: Approximately 2.5 oz (70 g)

Specification and order options Application Ideas

Radiator low-fluid level detection Pump recovery tanks Fluid leak detection Parts washers Automated test equipment LT364 Model number: LT364 Level Sensor Variable lengths are available. Contact Minco to learn more about custom design options for your application.

LT364 Mating Cable Assembly

72" Shielded cable 2-conductor, AWG #18, copper braid shield with drain wire

Specifications
Sensor Output: 8 mA 1 mA with fluid present and 16 mA 1 mA with no fluid present Ambient Temperature (electronics): Operation: -40 to 185F, non-condensing Storage: -67 to 212F, non-condensing Supply Voltage: 7.6 to 35VDC, reverse polarity protected

Terminated with a female Metri-pack 150 connector

Specification and order options LT364 Mating Cable Assembly

AC203350 L72 Model Number: AC203350 72" lead length

AC203350L72 = Sample Part Number

Specifications subject to change
Page Rev. 04/2011

Page 3-16

Wiring Diagram

Dimensional Drawings Side View

Connection End
3/4 HEX 0.17 0.57 2 0.70 1 0.39 0.53
Page Rev. 04/2011

Measurement End

0.150 (2) 0.175 (2) .068

Specifications subject to change

Page 3-17

PROBES

How to Shorten Cut-to-length Probes

Shorten probes easily with a tubing cutter

The AC101248 probe cutting system makes clean, precise cuts.

Overview
Many probe models can be cut to the required length using an ordinary tubing cutter. Cut-to-length models are marked with the icon shown at right. Benefits are: You can keep standard lengths in inventory, and shorten them as needed for urgent requirements Stocking and shortening probes, instead of ordering a few pieces at a time, may let you take advantage of quantity discounts Minco stocks most cut-to-length probes and can trim and ship them within 24 hours of your call

How to shorten probes

Remove the PTFE or brass ferrule from the lead exit end of the probe. Mark the proper length, then cut, going slowly to avoid crimping the case or damaging the leads. Use a good quality tubing cutter that is intended to cut stainless steel tubing or conduit. The cutter must have a sharp blade to prevent rolling in during cutting of the tubing. Suitable models are available from Imperial Eastman and Sears Industrial. After cutting, discard the hollow tube section, carefully deburr the cut end, and replace the ferrule. You can slit the PTFE ferrule for easier installation. If you use many cut-to-length probes consider the AC101248 probe cutting system. It includes an electric Dremel tool (120 VAC @ 60 Hz), flexible shaft, and accessories to allow clean, precise cuts. The system includes a convenient carrying case and comes with easy to follow instructions.

PFA or FEP Encapsulation Tubing

Protect probes from chemical attack
Overview
The tube is sealed at one end and can be easily heat-shrunk onto any probe. Supplied separately.

FEP Specifications
FEP: Fluorinated Ethylene Propylene Temperature range: -70 to 200C (-94 to 392F). Maximum temperature 204C (400F) Excellent dielectric insulation properties, chemically resistant, unaffected by weather, extreme heat, or cold temperatures.

Specification and order options

AC100375 L120 Model number Length: 120 = 12.0" 240 = 24.0" Can be cut to any length P Encapsulation type: P = clear PFA F = clear FEP 188 Probe diameter: 125 = 0.125" (3.2 mm) 188 = 0.188" (4.8 mm) 215 = 0.215" (5.5 mm) 250 = 0.250" (6.4 mm) AC100375L120P188 = Sample part number

PFA Specifications
PFA: Perfluoroalkoxy Temperature range: -70 to 260C (-94 to 500F). Maximum temperature 260C (500F) Combines attributes of PTFE and FEP, chemically resistant to all common solvents, maintains mechanical strength at high temperatures.
Specifications subject to change

Page 3-18

S E C T I O N 4 : ACC E S S O R I E S

A wide selection of fittings and accessories adapt sensors to any installation Adjustable fittings with cut-to-length probes provide off-the-shelf versatility Choose from a variety of materials to meet your critical environment requirements

Connection heads........................................................................4-2 to 4-3 Spring-loaded holders..............................................................................4-4 Fluid immersion fittings ..........................................................................4-5 Economy thermowells .............................................................................4-6 HVAC thermowells......................................................................................4-6 Reduced tip thermowells.......................................................................4-7 Tapered thermowells ................................................................................4-7 Flanged thermowells ................................................................................4-8 Bayonet fittings.............................................................................................4-9 Extensions ........................................................................................................4-9 Metric accessories ....................................................................................4-10 Feedthroughs..............................................................................................4-11 Leadwire and cable seal.......................................................................4-12 Elastomer rubber-filled cable............................................................4-13 Extension wire ............................................................................................4-14

Page 4-1

Connection Heads
Dimensions in inches (mm)
CH103 3.5 (89) H 3.5 (89) L 1.9 (48) D 1.9 (48) T CH366 3.0 (76) H 3.7 (94) L 1.37 (35) D 1.9 (48) T CH359 3.5 (89) H 3.5 (89) L 2.0 (51) D 1.75 (44) T CH301 2.33 (59.2) H 4.25 (108) L 1.25 (31.8) D 3.60 (91.4) T CH302 2.60 (66.0) H 5.20 (132) L 1.50 (38.1) D 4.25 (108) T CH360 3.5 (89) H 3.5 (89) L 2.0 (51) D 1.75 (44) T CH335/CH339 2.5 (64) 3.5 (89) H 0.95 (20) D
H SENSOR THREAD A L T

Body/gasket material

IP/NEMA Max Pipe thread Rating Temp. codes

Temptran models

Approx. Model weight

Nickel-plated cast IP55 iron with SS chain/ Type 3 silicone gasket and 4

All models 316C P1, P2, P3, P4 except TT220 (600F) and TT221

2.0 lbs. CH103 (0.9 kg.)

CONDUIT THREAD B H

L T

White polypropylene (FDA approved)/ neoprene gasket

IP55 Type 3 and 4

110C P3 only (230F)

All models except TT220 and TT221

0.2 lbs. CH366 (0.1 kg.)

D H SENSOR THREAD A L T

Aluminum/ silicone gasket

IP55 Type 3 and 4

All models 316C P1, P2, P3, P4 except TT220 (600F) and TT221

0.8 lbs. CH359 (0.4 kg.)

CONDUIT THREAD B H

D PIPE THREADS (2)

L T

Aluminum/ neoprene gasket

IP55 Type 3 and 4

CH301: P3 only 115C (240F) CH302: P2 only

CH301 Miniature TT111 and TT211 models 0.5 lbs. (0.2 kg.) CH302

H SENSOR THREAD A L T

316 SS with silicone gasket

IP56 Type 3, 4 and 4x IP56 Type 3, 4 and 4x IP56 Type 3, 4 and 4x

All models 316C P1, P2, P3, P4 except TT220 (600F) and TT221 121C P3 only (250F) 121C P3 only (250F) All models except TT220 and TT221 All models except TT220 and TT221 IP/NEMA Rating Max Temp.

1.8 lbs. CH360 (0.8 kg.)

CONDUIT THREAD B

D H

300 series SS with Buna N O-ring

D

2.6 lbs. CH335 (1.2 kg.) 2.6 lbs. CH339 (1.2 kg.)

300 series SS with Buna N O-ring and chain Body/gasket material

Dimensions in inches (mm)

Hazardous location rating

Approx. Model weight

Explosionproof/flameproof heads FM/CSA approved

CH104: 4.60 (116.8) L 3.50 (88.9) H 1.63 (41.4) D 3.35 (85.1) T CH106: 4.20 (106.7) L 3.50 (88.9) H 1.35 (34.3) D 3.22 (81.8) T
H SENSOR THREAD A

Copper-free aluminum/ Buna-N O-ring

L T

CONDUIT THREAD B

Stainless steel/ Buna-N O-ring

Division 1; Division 2 Class I, Groups B, C, D; Class II, Groups E, F, G; Class I, Zone 1, AEx d IIC; Zone 1, EX d IIC; T6 (Ta = 40C), T2 (Ta = 260C)

IP65 121C* Type 3 and (250F) 4

1.5 lbs. CH104 (0.7 kg.)

IP66 Type 3, 4, and 4X

121C* (250F)

2.4 lbs. CH106 (1.1 kg.)

*Maximum temperature increases to 500F (260C) if O-ring is removed. Environmental rating drops to Type 3, IP54. Specifications subject to change

Page 4-2

Dimensions in inches (mm)

Body/gasket material

Hazardous location rating Division 1; Class I, Groups A, B, C, D; Class II, Groups E, F, G; Class III (FM approved only)

IP/NEMA Rating IP54 Type 3 IP65 Type 3 and 4

Max Approx. Model Temp. weight 260C (500F)

Explosionproof heads FM/CSA approved

CH405/CH407/ CH342/CH343/ CH330/CH328: 4.60 (116.8) L 3.60 (91.4) H 1.63 (41.4) D 3.70 (96.0) T
H SENSOR THREAD A

Copper-free aluminum Copper-free aluminum/ Buna-N O-ring

CH405 CH407

L T

1.4 lbs. Copper-free aluminum, gray 121C (0.6 kg.) epoxy coat, no chain/ Division 1; (250F) IP66 Buna-N O-ring D Class I, Groups B, C, D; CONDUIT THREAD B Type 3, 4 Class II, Groups E, F, G; Copper-free aluminum, gray and 4X epoxy coat, with chain/ Buna-N O-ring Note: The following models have lower cost but no FM/CSA approval or label. IP65 Division 1; Aluminum/ Buna-N O-ring Type 3 and 4 121C 1.4 lbs. Class I, Groups B, C, D; Aluminum with FDA approved Class II, Groups E, F, G; IP66 (250F) (0.6 kg.) white epoxy coat, no Type 3, 4 Class III chain/Buna-N O-ring and 4X Flameproof heads CENELEC/ATEX approved II 2G Ex d IIC T6
CH357/CH358: 4.49 (114) L 3.60 (91.4) H 1.63 (41.4) D 3.78 (96.0) T CH356: 4.20 (106.7) L 3.50 (88.9) H 1.35 (34.3) D 3.22 (81.8) T
H SENSOR THREAD A

CH342

CH343
ACCESSORIES

CH330 CH328

Copper-free aluminum/ Buna-N O-ring Copper-free aluminum, epoxy coated/Buna-N O-ring Stainless steel/Buna-N O-ring

Zone 1, Group IIC

IP65 Type 3 and 4 55C 1.4 lbs. (104F) (0.6 kg.)

CH357

L T

Zone 1, Group IIC

D CONDUIT THREAD B

IP66 Type 3, 4 and 4X

CH358 121C 2.4 lbs. CH356 (250F) (1.1 kg.)

Replacement terminal boards

Model CH103 CH104 CH106 CH301 CH302 CH328 CH330 CH331 CH335 CH339 CH342 CH343 CH356 CH357 CH358 CH359 CH360 CH405 CH407
Page Rev. 04/2011

6-position board AC103029 AC1039 AC1039 AC101377T6 AC101377T6 AC1039 AC1039 AC100427 AC100427 AC100427 AC1039 AC1039 AC1039 AC1039 AC1039 AC100427 AC100427 AC1039 AC1039

8-position board AC101926 AC101122 AC101122

Notes: View photos of terminal boards under accessories at www.minco.com/sensors_config/ All Temptran transmitter models may be used with connection heads on these pages. AC103133 dual miniature Temptran mounting kit fits CH104, CH106, and CH356. CH106 and CH356 also require AC103625 modification. AC103528 dual miniature Temptran mounting kit fits CH342, CH343, CH405, CH407, CH328, CH330, CH357, and CH358. See Section 5 for more information.

Specification and order options

AC101122 AC101122 AC101926 AC101926 AC101122 AC101122 AC101122 AC101122 AC101122 AC101926 AC101926 AC101122 AC101122 Model number from table Pipe thread code: Thread A Thread B 3/ - 14 1/ - 14 P1 = 4 2 3/ - 14 3/ - 14 P2 = 4 4 1/ - 14 1/ - 14 P3 = 2 2 1/ - 14 3/ - 14 P4 = 2 4 P5 (CH356 only) = 1/2 - 14 M20 x 1.5 P6 (CH356 only) = 3/4 - 14 M20 x 1.5 Connection type: T T = Terminal board for wires AWG 14 or smaller W = Wire nuts for wires AWG 14 to 22 Number of terminal posts or wire nuts: 6 0, 6 or 8 (see terminal board table at right for model options) T0: transmitter mounting hardware W0: empty enclosure CH104P2T6 = Sample part number CH104 P2
Specifications subject to change

Page 4-3

Spring-loaded Holders
Exclusive Minco user-friendly design!
Mincos spring-loaded holders provide a quick and simple installation and removal of probe sensors pull out and twist the knob, insert the probe until it bottoms out, and release the knob. To remove probe, pull out and twist the knob. Spring pressure holds the probe tip in contact with the measuring surface for faster response and more reliable measurements. Many models feature a rubber O-ring that doesnt crimp the probe but prevents oil leakage to 50 psi (3.4 bar) at up to 260C. High temperature models are usable to 450C. Nylon versions provide electrical insulation.

ALL PARTS STOCKED

Note: Available up to 10 pieces or contact Minco Customer Service

Fluoroelastomer O-ring seal: 50 psi pressure rated fluid seal Body material Temperature Thread range CH Process thread
1/ 2 - 14 NPT

Hex size 11/8 (29 mm) 11/8 (29 mm)

Adder A Probe Model (Total length) inch (mm) 0.188 (4.8) FG114-1 3.6 (91 mm) 0.215 (5.5) FG110-1 0.250 (6.4) FG113-1 0.188 (4.8) FG914 3.6 (91 mm) 0.215 (5.5) FG912 0.250 (6.4) FG911 0.188 (4.8) FG314 0.215 (5.5) FG310 0.250 (6.4) FG313 0.125 (3.2) FG216N 0.188 (4.8) FG214N

300 series -40 to 260C 3/4 - 14 stainless steel (-40 to 500F) NPT 316 -40 to 260C 3/4 - 14 stainless steel (-40 to 500F) NPT -40 to 120C 3/4 - 14 (-40 to 248F) NPT

1/

2 - 14 NPT

Nylon

1/

2 - 14 NPT

1 (25 mm) 3.6 (91 mm) wrench flats

300 series -40 to 260C stainless steel (-40 to 500F)

1/

- 14 NPT

1/

- 14 NPT

7/

(22 mm) 2.6 (66 mm)

0.215 (5.5) FG210N 0.250 (6.4) FG213N 0.236 (6.0) FG215N

2.8 (71 mm) 300 series -40 to 260C None stainless steel (-40 to 500F)
1/ 8

0.125 (3.2) FG116 0.188 (4.8) FG112 0.215 (5.5) FG111 0.250 (6.4) FG117 0.188 (4.8) FG101072

- 27 NPT

5/

(16 mm)

3.6 (91 mm)

300 series -40 to 260C None stainless steel (-40 to 500F)

1/

4 - 18 NPT

5/

8 (16 mm) 1.9 (48 mm)

0.215 (5.5) FG101078 0.250 (6.4) FG101080

High temperature: No pressure rating or fluid seal Body material Temperature Thread range CH
1/ 2 - 14 NPT

Process thread
1/ 2 - 14 NPT

Hex size
7/

Adder A Probe Model (Total length) inch (mm) 0.188 (4.8) FG801 FG802 FG810 0.215 (5.5) 0.250 (6.4)

(Set screw installation)

300 series -40 to 450C stainless steel (-40 to 842F)

8 (22 mm) 2.3 (58 mm)

Specify and order products at: www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specifications subject to change

Page 4-4

Fluid Immersion Fittings

Overview
Install probes directly into fluid streams and pressure vessels. Simply position the fitting on the probe and tighten the sealing nut. Fluid seal fittings are best for moderate temperatures and pressures. Pressure fittings, constructed of stainless steel, can withstand corrosive media and greater extremes of pressure and temperature. Fluid seal fittings to 260C (500F) Body material Thread CH None None Brass None None None None Stainless steel
1/ 2 - 14 NPT

Be sure to check the pressure ratings of probes intended for direct immersion.

ALL PARTS STOCKED

Note: Available up to 10 pieces or contact Minco Customer Service

Process thread
1/ 1/ 1/ 1/ 1/ 1/ 8

- 27 NPT - 27 NPT - 18 NPT - 27 NPT

4 - 18 NPT 8 4 8

0.188 (4.8) 1.2 min. (31 mm) 0.215 (5.5) 0.250 (6.4) 0.188 (4.8)

FG143 FG140 FG126 FG120 FG151 FG130 FG142 FG122 FG132

4 - 18 NPT

1/

2 - 14 NPT

2.4 (61 mm)

0.215 (5.5) 0.250 (6.4)

Note: Fluid seal fittings are rated to 200 psi (17 bar) when using the repositionable silicone rubber O-ring. They are rated to 500 psi (34 bar) when using the non-repositionable compression ring. These fittings come with both the O-ring and the compression ring.

Pressure fittings to 871C (1600F) Body material Thread CH Process thread Adder A Probe Model (Total length) inch (mm) None None None None 316 None stainless steel None - 14 NPT
1/ 1/ 1/ 1/ 1/ 1/ 8 4

- 27 NPT - 18 NPT 1.5 min. (39 mm)

FG141T3P2 0.188 (4.8) FG141T3P4 FG141T3P8 FG141T4P2 0.250 (6.4) FG141T4P4 FG141T4P8 0.125 (3.2) FG145T2 2.9 (74 mm) 0.188 (4.8) FG145T3 0.250 (6.4) FG145T4

2 - 14 NPT 8 - 27 NPT 4 2

- 18 NPT - 14 NPT

1/

1/

- 14 NPT

Note: Pressure fittings are rated to 1500 psi (103 bar) at 25C/77F, reducing to 500 psi (34 bar) at 630C/1166F. The probe cannot be repositioned after installation.
PROBE CASE LENGTH ADDER A INSERTION DEPTH

To determine the ideal probe length add the insertion depth to the adder A for the fitting you will use.

THREAD "CH"

PROCESS THREAD

Specify and order products at: www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specifications subject to change

Page 4-5

ACCESSORIES

Adder A (Total length)

Probe inch (mm)

Model

Economy and HVAC Thermowells

Overview
Thermowells protect probes from pressure, flow, and corrosion. The models on this page have integral fittings for probe and connection head mounting. Immerse the thermowell at least 2.5" (65 mm) for accurate readings. The well should extend beyond the center of the fluid stream without touching the opposite wall. Installation in an elbow or tee may be necessary for sufficient immersion in small pipes. For fastest time response, Minco can furnish thermowells with heat sink compound in the tip. This eliminates the air gap between the probe and inside wall of the well and can reduce time constant by as much as 50%. Order AC101750.
0.55" (14mm) 1.90" (48.3mm) 0.34" (8.6 mm)

HVAC thermowell specifications Model: TW488

Probes: use with HVAC probes on page 9-19 Body material: 316 stainless steel, nickel-plated brass sealing nut with silicone rubber O-ring Temperature limit: 260C (500F) Pressure rating: 1880 psi (129.7) bar Hex size: 7/8" (22 mm) Standard U dimension: 3.0, 6.0, 12.0, and 18.0". Other lengths are available. Probe diameter Thread CH Process Thread
1

Model

THERMOWELL LENGTH U

0.250" (6.4 mm) 1 /2 -14 NPT Tip 0.188" (4.8 mm)

0.375" (9.5mm)

/2 -14 NPT

TW488

TW201, TW203, TW204 - 14 NPT [2] PROCESS THREAD TW488: REDUCED I.D. AT TIP

Specification and order options

TW203 Model number U Thermowell length U: Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 60 = 6.0 inches) TW203U60 = Sample part number 60

PROBE CASE LENGTH = U + 2.7"

Economy thermowell specifications Models: TW204 / TW201 / TW203

Probes: use with tip-sensitive probes on pages 3-2 to 3-3 Body material: 300 series stainless steel, nickel-plated brass sealing nut with brass compression ring Temperature limit: 260C (500F) Pressure rating: 1000 psi (69.9) bar Hex size: 7/8" (22 mm) Standard U dimension: 0.1" increments to 48" Probe diameter 0.188" (4.8 mm) 0.215" (5.5 mm) 0.250" (6.4 mm) Thread CH
1

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

STOCKED PARTS
Probe Diameter Body Material U Length 6.0" 3.0" 4.0" 6.0" Stock Part # TW203U60 TW488U30 TW488U40 TW488U60

Process Thread
1

Model TW204 TW201 TW203

Probe 0.250 (6.4 mm) 300 Series Stainless Steel Tip 0.188 (4.8 mm) 316 Stainless Steel

/2 -14 NPT

/2 -14 NPT

Note: Available up to 10 pieces or contact Minco Customer Service Specifications subject to change

Page 4-6

Reduced Tip and Tapered Thermowells

Reduced Tip Thermowell Tapered Thermowell

Overview
Protect probes from pressure, flow, and corrosive fluids. Thermowells on this page are machined from solid bar stock. Specify reduced tip style for fast response, tapered style for maximum rigidity in high flow conditions. Immerse the thermowell at least 2.5" (65 mm) for accurate readings. The well should extend beyond the center of the fluid stream without touching the opposite wall. Installation in an elbow or tee may be necessary for sufficient immersion in small pipes. Spring-loaded probe installation is recommended, using either spring-loaded holders or bayonet-mount probes. 0.250" diameter probes provide the best fit. For fastest time response, Minco can furnish thermowells with heat sink compound in the tip. This eliminates the air gap between the probe and inside wall of the well and can reduce time constant by as much as 50%. Order AC101750. Contact Access: Minco Sales and Support for other thermowell styles and materials.

Tapered thermowell specifications

- 14 NPT THERMOWELL LENGTH U DIA. Q 0.625 (16) DIA. 0.260 (6.6) I.D. PROCESS THREAD PROBE INSERTION DEPTH = U + 1.5" 0.25 (6.4)

Standard U dimensions: 2.5, 4.5, 6.0, 7.5, 8.0, 10.5, 13.5, 16.5, and 22.5". Other dimensions available. Body material Process thread (NPT) 3 /4 - 14 1 - 11 1/2 304 stainless steel TW477 TW252 316 stainless steel TW1218 TW1237 Diameter Q Hex size 0.875" (22 mm) 1.06" (27 mm) 1.125" (29 mm) 1.375" (35 mm)

Pressure ratings
Body material Temperature 21C (70F) 538C (1000F) 304 stainless steel 7000 psi 4500 psi 483 bar 310 bar 316 stainless steel 7000 psi 5100 psi 483 bar 352 bar Monel 6500 psi 1500 psi 448 bar 103 bar 650C (1200F) 1650 psi 114 bar 2500 psi 172 bar

Reduced tip thermowell specifications

- 14 NPT THERMOWELL LENGTH U DIA. Q 2.5 (63.5) 0.500 (12.7) DIA.

DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES (MM)

0.260 (6.6) I.D. PROCESS THREAD 0.120 (3) WALL PROBE INSERTION DEPTH = U + 1.5"

0.25 (6.4)

Specification and order options

TW222 U 45 Model number from table

Temperature limit: Stainless steel: 900C (1650F). Monel: 538C (1000F). Standard U dimensions: 2.5, 4.5, 6.0, 7.5, 8.0, 10.5, 13.5, 16.5, and 22.5". Other dimensions available. Body material Process thread (NPT) 1 3 /2 - 14 /4 - 14 304 stainless steel TW239 TW228 316 stainless steel TW222 TW248 Monel TW1204 TW447 Diameter Q Hex size 1 - 11 1/2 TW238 TW234 TW1231

Thermowell length U: Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 45 = 4.5 inches) TW222U45 = Sample part number

STOCKED PARTS
Probe Diameter Body Material U Length Stock Part # TW222U25 TW222U45 TW222U60 TW248U25 TW248U45 TW248U60 TW239U45

0.625" (16 mm) 0.750" (19 mm) 0.875" (22 mm) 1.125" (29 mm) 1.375" (35 mm)

Specify and order products at:

Specifications subject to change

www.minco.com/sensors_config

2.5" 4.5" 6.0" 316 Stainless Steel 0.250 2.5" (6.4 mm) 4.5" 6.0" 304 Stainless Steel 4.5" Note: Available up to 10 pieces or contact Minco Customer Service

Page 4-7

ACCESSORIES

Temperature limit: Stainless steel: 900C (1650F).

Flanged Thermowells
Overview
Flanged thermowells are available in three standard flange sizes: 1.0", 1.5", and 2.0" per ANSI B16.5. Specify U dimension and pressure rating. Immerse the thermowell at least 2.5" (65 mm) for accurate readings. The well should extend beyond the center of the fluid stream without touching the opposite wall. Installation in an elbow or tee may be necessary for sufficient immersion in small pipes.

TW1219 Flanged Straight Thermowell

DIM A THERMOWELL LENGTH U

Specifications - Models TW1219 / TW1220

Body material: 316 stainless steel. Temperature limit: 607C (1125F).
0.750" (19.0 mm)

- 14 NPT

0.260" (6.60 mm)

1.25" (32.0 mm)

Pressure rating: Specify flange pressure rating. (1 bar = 14.5 psi). Pressure rating Dimension A 3.25" (83mm) 150, 300, 400, 600 psi 2.25" (64mm)

SPECIFY FLANGE SIZE AND TYPE PROBE INSERTION DEPTH = U + (A - 0.25")

900, 1500, 2500 psi

Thread: 1/2 -14 NPT internal thread. Probe diameter: 0.250" (6.4 mm).

TW1220 Flanged Tapered Thermowell

DIM A THERMOWELL LENGTH U

Standard U dimensions: 2.5, 4.5, 6.0, 7.5, 8.0, 10.5, 13.5, 16.5, and 22.5". Other dimensions available.

- 14 NPT

SPECIFY FLANGE SIZE AND TYPE 0.875 (22.23 mm) 0.750" (19.0 mm) 0.260 (6.60 mm)

Specification and order options:

TW1219 Model number: TW1219 = Straight TW1220 = Tapered U 105 S Thermowell length U: Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 105 = 10.5 inches) Flange size: 10 = 1.0" 15 = 1.5" 20 = 2.0" Pressure rating in pounds per square inch

1.125 (32.0 mm)

PROBE INSERTION DEPTH = U + (A - 0.25")

10

F 300 RF Flange type: RF = Raised face RTJ = Ring type joint TW1219U105S10F300RF = Sample part number
Specifications subject to change

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Page 4-8

Bayonet Fittings, Extensions

Bayonet adapter style
ALL PARTS STOCKED

Bayonet fittings are for spring-loaded installation of probes Note: Available up to 10 pieces or contact Minco Customer Service equipped with springs and lockcaps. Insert the probe, hook the lockcap over the pin on the fitting, and release. Bayonet adapter style Body material Thread CH Process thread Hex size
1

Adder A

Probe diameter Model

303 stainless steel None

/8 - 27 NPT

None

1.2" min. (31 mm) 0.188 (4.8 mm) FG180

316 stainless steel 1/2 - 14 NPT

Note: Temperature limit: 871C (1600F)

/2 - 14 NPT

/8 " (22 mm) 2.4" (61 mm)

0.188 (4.8 mm) FG144T3

ACCESSORIES

FITTING ADDER A

PROBE CASE LENGTH INSERTION DEPTH

Extension nipples, couplings, unions

Extensions in assemblies serve to isolate connection heads from process connections in order to clear pipe insulation or limit heat conduction into the head. Choose from galvanized or stainless steel nipples, couplings, and unions. Nipples are short lengths of pipe to extend connection heads away from processes. Couplings and unions have two 1/2 -14 NPT female threads to join nipples to other fittings. Unions allow installation without rotating the connection head. Style Length Galvanized steel to 260C (500F) Stainless steel to 871C (1600F) FG563 Adder C: 0.2" (5mm) FG556L20 Adder C: 1.0" (25mm) FG556L30 Adder C: 2.0" (51mm) FG556L40 Adder C: 4.0" (102mm) FG556L60 Adder C: 5.0" (127mm) FG602 Adder B: 1.7" (43mm) FG709 (no fluid seal) Adder B: 1.9 (48 mm) FG537 Adder C: 0.2" (5mm) FG579L20 Adder C: 1.0" (25mm) FG579L30 Adder C: 2.0" (51mm) FG579L40 Adder C: 4.0" (102mm) FG579L60 Adder C: 5.0" (127mm) FG854 Adder B: 1.4" (36mm) FG714 Adder B: 1.6 (41 mm)
PROBE CASE LENGTH FITTING ADDER A B C INSERTION DEPTH

1.2 (34 mm) 2.0" (51 mm) 3.0" (76 mm) Nipple 4.0" (102 mm) 6.0" (152 mm)

Coupling

Same as Adder B length

Union
Note: All threads are 1/2 -14 NPT [2].

Same as Adder B length

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specifications subject to change

Page 4-9

Metric Accessories
Overview
Metric fittings and thermowells help you design your equipment to meet global standards. Use these fittings to install Minco sensors in process lines, rotating machinery, and all types of industrial equipment. Special threads and accessories are available. See Eurostyle Sensors Assemblies on page 2-22. Fluid seal spring-loaded holders: Spring-loaded holders provide fast installation and simple adjustment or removal of probes. Mincos unique designs work with straight probes and provide sealing for the typical oil pressures found in rotating machines. Body material Temp. limit Pressure rating Fluid seal fittings: Fluid seal fittings are a low cost solution where a connection head is not required. Bayonet adapters: Bayonet adapters work with Mincos springloaded bayonet fitted probes. Adapter bushings: Adapter bushings allow fitting 1/2 - 14 NPT fittings into metric threaded process connections. Thermowells: Thermowells provide high-pressure protection and allow probe replacement without opening the system.

Thread CH

Process Hex thread size

Probe Model diameter

Fluid seal spring-loaded holder Probe length adder A: 3.6" (91mm)

303 series stainless steel 260C 3.4 bar per (500F) (50 psi) DIN 1.4300, AISI 303

G 1/2 /4 - 14 NPT ISO 228/1 parallel

0.188 MFG812P477 (4.8 mm) 1 /16" (27 mm) 0.215" MFG812P546 (5.5 mm)
1

0.250" MFG812P635 (6.4 mm)

9 /16 " R 1/4 7 (14 mm) 0.250" ISO /1 MFG816 (6.4 mm) tapered

Fluid seal fitting Probe length adder A: 1.1" min. (28 mm)

Brass

Silicone rubber O-ring: 17.2 bar 260C (250 psi) None (500F) Brass compression ring: 34.5 bar (500 psi)

303 series stainless steel 871C per No fluid seal (1600F) DIN 1.4300, Bayonet adapter Probe length adder A: 1.2" (31 mm) AISI 303 303 series stainless steel 871C per No fluid seal (1600F) Adapter bushing DIN 1.4300, Probe length adder A: 1.2" (31 mm) AISI 303
U .375" (9.5 mm)

None

R 1/8 ISO 7/1 None tapered

0.188" MFG817 (4.8 mm)

G 1/2 /2 - 14 NPT 1 1/16" ISO 228/1 All (Female) (27 mm) parallel
1

MFG811

Thermowell Probe length = U + 30 mm + fitting adder A (U= 13 mm min./1200 mm max.)

303 series stainless steel 871C per (1600F) DIN 1.4300, AISI 303

190 bar (2755 psi) at 25C, reducing 1 G 1/2 1 0.250" to 34 bar (493 psi) /2 - 14 NPT ISO 228/1 1 /16" MTW1208 (Female) (27 mm) (6.4 mm) at 600C parallel

Thermowell specification and order options

MTW1208 U 100 Model number

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Thermowell length U: Specify in millimeters Minimum: 13 mm Maximum: 1200 mm MTW1208U100 = Sample part number
Specifications subject to change

Page 4-10

Feedthroughs - Prevent Oil Seepage

STOP OIL SEEPAGE!
SENSOR LEAD LENGTH B FEEDTHROUGH LENGTH D SEE TABLE FOR C SENSOR

Overview
Feedthroughs provide an oil-tight-seal where a cable exits a machine housing. The stainless steel tube is epoxy filled and each wire is sealed to the individual conductor. This prevents wicking of oil inside the wires as well as leakage around the wire insulation. The pressure rating to 25 psi (1.7 bar) is suitable for most oil and coolant pump systems. Feedthroughs can be ordered as an accessory to any sensor in this guide. When ordering feedthroughs with case style B bearing sensors, the spring and retaining ring are automatically included. Fluid seal fittings allow easy installation of feedthroughs into standard NPT threaded machine housings. See page 4-4, 4-5 or 4-10 (metric) for fluid seal fittings, or page 4-12 for transitions through housings.

Specifications
Material: Stainless steel with epoxy potting. Temperature limit: 149C (300F). Pressure limit: 25 psi (1.7 bar). Sheath 0.188" (4.8 mm) 0.215" (5.5 mm) 0.250" (6.4 mm) 0.375" (9.5 mm) Max. Cable 0.12" (3.0 mm) 0.14" (3.6 mm) 0.17" (4.3 mm) 0.26" (6.6 mm) Model AC958 AC717 AC718 AC961

Specification and order options

AC717 Model number from table Lead length B or C in inches (specify one): B6 B = Lead end C = Sensor end D250 Feedthrough length D in 0.01" increments: Min. length: 1.6" (40.6 mm) (Ex: 250 = 2.50") AC717B6D250 = Sample part number

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specifications subject to change

Page 4-11

ACCESSORIES

Leadwire and Cable Seal - Prevent Oil Seepage

MACHINE HOUSING
SPLIT GROMMET VITON SEE PLUGS DETAIL FG3015
DETAIL TO SHOW SLITS IN GROMMET HOLES

BULKHEAD OR HOUSING

3.25" (82.6 mm)

BODY SEALING GROMMET CAP

FG1015

CONNECTION THREAD 1 HEX [2] 8

PROCESS THREAD

Overview
The FG1015 and FG3015 seal RTD or thermocouple leadwires where they exit oil-filled bearing housings of rotating equipment. Both versions include a grommet that provides the seal and allows adjustment of the wire or cable position. With the FG1015 the wire or cable ends must be threaded through the grommet holes. The FG3015 features a split grommet so it can be fitted over the wire or cable where access to the wire ends isnt practical. Order the 6-hole version to seal around PTFE-insulated wires. Order the 2-, 3-, or 4-hole version to allow multiple feedthroughs or cables to exit to a single connection head.

Specifications
Material: Stainless steel. Temperature: -40 to 150C (-40 to 320F). Pressure: 50 psi (3.4 bar) at 20C.
Notes: Viton plugs are provided for unused holes on 6 hole and split grommets. Insulated leadwires must be used; do not use bare stranded leadwires. Wires must be oil sealed on sensor end.

STOP OIL SEEPAGE! Pipe thread table

Grommet table
Number FG3015 FG1015 of holes split grommet 1 2 3 4 6 Grommet hole Cable/tube range

Connection thread - 14 NPT 3/ - 14 NPT 4 1/ - 14 NPT 2 3/ - 14 NPT 4

1/ 2

Process thread - 14 NPT 4 - 14 NPT 1/ - 14 NPT 2 1/ - 14 NPT 2

3/ 3/ 4

Pipe thread code P1 P2 P3 P4

0.130" (3.30 mm) 0.160" (4.06 mm) 0.220" (5.59 mm) 0.130" (3.30 mm) 0.160" (4.06 mm) 0.190" (4.83 mm) 0.220" (5.59 mm) 0.257" (6.53 mm) 0.130" (3.30 mm) 0.160" (4.06 mm) 0.190" (4.83 mm) 0.100" (2.54 mm) 0.130" (3.30 mm) 0.160" (4.06 mm) 0.050" (1.27 mm)

0.100" to 0.130" (2.54 to 3.30 mm) 0.130" to 0.160" (3.30 to 4.06 mm) 0.190" to 0.220" (4.83 to 5.59 mm) 0.100" to 0.130" (2.54 to 3.30 mm) 0.130" to 0.160" (3.30 to 4.06 mm) 0.160" to 0.190" (4.06 to 4.83 mm) 0.190" to 0.220" (4.83 to 5.59 mm) 0.227" to 0.257" (5.77 to 6.53 mm) 0.100" to 0.130" (2.54 to 3.30 mm) 0.130" to 0.160" (3.30 to 4.06 mm) 0.160" to 0.190" (4.06 to 4.83 mm) 0.080" to 0.100" (2.03 to 2.54 mm) 0.100" to 0.130" (2.54 to 3.30 mm) 0.130" to 0.160" (3.30 to 4.06 mm) 0.035" to 0.050" (0.76 to 1.27 mm)

Specification and order options

FG1015 Model number: FG1015: Cable seal FG3015: Cable seal with split grommet P2 SS 2 V 220 Pipe thread code from table Fitting material: SS = Stainless steel Number of holes from grommet table Grommet material: V = Viton Hole diameter in 0.001" increments from grommet table (Ex: 220 = 0.220")

Replacement grommet/washer kits

For replacement grommet/washer kits order model AC1015 or AC3015 (split grommet). Specify the number of holes and hole diameter required from the table above.

FG1015P2SS2V220 = Sample part number

Specifications subject to change

Specify and order products at: www.minco.com/sensors_config

Page 4-12

Sealed Elastomer Rubber-filled Cable Prevent Oil Seepage

STOP OIL SEEPAGE!
Cross section of typical cable Outer jacket

SPECIFY OVERALL LEAD LENGTH IN SENSOR PART NUMBER B

(FEP EXTENSION)

Stainless steel braid

J

Insulated wire
SPECIFY OVERALL LEAD LENGTH IN SENSOR PART NUMBER C BEARING OR PROBE SENSOR
2.0" MAX. (50 mm)

Elastomer

Overview
Model AC100324 is a sensor cable with elastomer fill between the wires, stainless steel braid, and outer jacket. This fill can extend along the entire length of the cable, or a specified portion. Seal the outside of the cable with an FG1015 or FG3015 leadwire and cable seal fitting. See page 4-12 for more information. While the AC100324 provides a good seal, a minuscule amount of oil may escape inside the individual wires.

Lead size AWG 20 24 24 24 26 - 28 30 30

Number of leads 2 2 3 and 4 6 2, 3, 4, and 6 2, 3, and 4 6

Grommet hole 0.160 0.130 0.160 0.190 0.130 0.100 0.130

Number of sensing elements 1

Case style A B C D A B C

Specifications
Temperature range: -50 C to 125C (-58F to 257F). Tolerance on lead length: +1/-0" (+25/-0mm) for lead lengths 24" or less; +5/-0% for lead length greater than 24". B length: Cable is filled starting at leadwire end of cable. Tubing ends at B length; stainless steel braid extends to case. C length: Cable is filled starting 2" from case. If J length is specified, stainless steel braid extends to lead end. J length: Unfilled FEP extension length. 2

Grommet hole Leads/RTD 2 3 .130 .160 .130 .160 .130 .130 .100 .100 .160 .190 .130 .130 .100 .130

Learn more about FG1015 or FG3015 leadwire and cable seal fittings on page 4-12.

Specification and order options

AC100324 B24 Model number Elastomer filled length B or C in inches (if not specified, entire length will be filled) B = Lead end C = Sensor end (Max fill length = 144")

Using the AC100324 with FG1015/FG3015 oil seal fittings

To order standard filled cable, stop here. To order an optional jacket extension add: J Jacket extension AC100324B24J = Sample part number When selecting the FG1015 or FG3015 for use with silicone filled cable use the grommet hole size from the tables.
Note: The sensor model number dictates all specifications other than the elastomer filled length B or C and optional extension J. You must specify sensor model including SS braid covering over the leadwires when ordering. Some sensor models do not include the option for SS braid lead covering; contact Minco for assistance with these sensors. Specifications subject to change

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Page 4-13

ACCESSORIES

(BRAID AND FEP)

Extension Wire
Overview
Use extension wire and cable to connect sensor leadwires to remote instrumentation. Unless informed otherwise, wire and cable will be supplied in continuous lengths. Ends are not stripped.

Wire for RTDs

Choose single conductor copper wire or cable. Description Temperature Limit Color White Single conductor wire, stranded PTFE insulation 260C (500F) Red Blue Yellow Single conductor wire, stranded, mica/glass insulation 3 conductor cable, PTFE insulation, stainless steel braid over all 6 conductor cable, PTFE insulation, stainless steel braid over all 550C (1022F) 260C (500F) White Red tracer Red/White/ White Red/White/ White/Blue/ Yellow/Yellow Red/White/ White WS522T Model number for AWG 22 WS122W WS122R WS122B WS122Y WS222W WS222R WS322S WS326S 26 WS126W WS126R WS126B WS126Y

Specification and order options

WS122R 10 Model number from table Length in feet

WS122R10 = Sample part number

260C (500F)

WS426S

3 conductor cable, PTFE insulation, 260C (500F) copper shield and PTFE jacket over all

Single Pair Thermocouple Cable

All thermocouple wire meets standard limits of error per NBS (NIST) Monograph 175, based on ITS-90. Description Temperature Model number for AWG Limit 20 24

Specification and order options

WT120S J 25 Model number from table Junction type: E, J, K, or T Length in feet

Single pair thermocouple cable, glass braid insulation 482C (900F) WT120G WT124G Single pair thermocouple cable, PTFE insulation 260C (500F) WT120T WT124T WT124S

Single pair thermocouple cable, glass braid insulation 482C (900F) WT120S with stainless steel braid over all

WT120SJ25 = Sample part number

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specify and order products at:

Specifications subject to change

Page 4-14

S E C T I O N 5 : I N S T R U M E N TS

RTD and thermocouple Temptran transmitters provide accurate signals over thousands of feet. Fixed range, dip switch field rangeable or programmable 4-20mA output or HART protocol Miniature, hockey puck, DIN rail and isolated versions High-accuracy calibration available matched to individual RTDs Controllers, indicators and alarms for precise monitoring and control
RTD transmitters...................................................5-2 to 5-5, 5-8 to 5-9, .............................................................................................................5-12 to 5-13 Thermocouple transmitters ....................5-6 to 5-7, 5-10 to 5-11, .............................................................................................................5-14 to 5-15 Isolated transmitters.................................................................5-8 to 5-11 Field rangeable transmitters.............................................5-12 to 5-15 Programmable transmitters..............................................5-16 to 5-17 HART transmitters .................................................................5-18 to 5-19 Temperature range table....................................................5-20 to 5-21 High accuracy calibration ....................................................................5-22 Mounting accessories.............................................................................5-22 Design notes ................................................................................................5-23 Loop-powered indicators...................................................5-24 to 5-25 CT224 12-channel monitor...............................................5-26 to 5-27 CT325 miniature DC temperature controller.........5-28 to 5-29 CT335 PC board mount temperature controller............................. .............................................................................................................5-30 to 5-31 CT15 controller/alarm...........................................................5-32 to 5-33 CT16A temperature controller........................................5-34 to 5-35 CT15/CT16A accessories ......................................................................5-36
Page 5-1

Miniature Temptran RTD Transmitters

TT111 only

TT211 only

TT111, TT211

Overview
Two models: TT111: UL-recognized component for Canada and United States. TT211: Wider ambient rating; Factory Mutual (FM) approved intrinsically safe and nonincendive. Optional high-accuracy calibration to Minco RTDs for improved accuracy; see next page and page 5-22 for more information.

Maximum load resistance: The maximum allowable resistance of the signal carrying loop is:

Example: With supply voltage 24 VDC, maximum loop resistance is 775 . Minimum span: 27.8C (50F). Hazardous atmospheres: All models may be used with Minco flameproof/explosionproof connection heads. Models TT211 is Factory Mutual approved nonincendive for use in Class I, Division 2 areas and intrinsically safe for Class I, Division 1 areas (requires approved barrier) . Transmitter entity parameters: Vmax = 35 volts; Imax = 150 mA; Ci = 0 F and Li = 0 mH. Connections: Terminal block for wires AWG 22 to AWG 14. Physical: Polycarbonate case, epoxy potted for moisture resistance. Weight: 1.1 oz. (30 g).

Specifications
Output: 4 to 20 mA over specified range, linear with temperature. Calibration accuracy: 0.1% of span. Linearity: Referenced to actual sensor temperature. Platinum RTD input: 0.1% of span. Nickel and nickel-iron RTD input: 0.25% of span for spans less than 100C. 0.25% of span per 100C of span for spans greater than 100C. Adjustments: Zero and span, 5% of span. Factory set. Ambient temperature: TT111: 0 to 50C (32 to 122F). TT211: -25 to 85C (-13 to 185F). Storage: -55 to 100C (-67 to 212F). Ambient temperature effects: 0.013% of span per C. 0.025% of span per C for spans less than 55C. Warmup drift: 0.1% of span max., with Vsupply = 24 VDC and Rloop = 250 . Stable within 30 minutes. Supply voltage: 8.5 to 35 VDC. Voltage effect 0.001% of span per volt. Reverse polarity protected.

Hazardous area requirements

Refer to Minco's Application Aid #19 entitled Specifying Temperature Sensors for Hazardous Areas for more information on how to classify a hazardous area, methods of protection, and the various standards and agencies (including FM, CSA, CENELEC and ATEX). Application Aid #19 is available at www.minco.com/sensoraid/.
Specifications subject to change

Page 5-2

Miniature RTD Transmitters

RTD input types

2-wire resistance thermometer: Element Platinum (0.00392 TCR) Platinum (0.00391 TCR) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) Platinum (0.00375 TCR) Nickel-iron (0.00518 TCR) Nickel-iron (0.00527 TCR) Nickel-iron (0.00527 TCR) Nickel (0.00672 TCR) 100 at 0C 100 at 0C 100 at 0C 1000 at 0C 1000 at 0C 604 at 0C 1000 at 70F 2000 at 70F 120 at 0C Code PA PB PD, PE PF PW FA FB FC NA

Special high-accuracy calibration

For high system accuracy, specify transmitters with matched calibration. Temptrans match calibrated to a sensor are always ordered as assemblies. Common examples are shown in Section 2.

Specification and order options:

TT111 PD 1 C Model number: TT111 or TT211 RTD element code from table Output: 4 to 20 mA DC Temperature range code starting on page 5-20 [Ex: C = 0 to 100C (32 to 212F)]

Dimensions in inches (mm)

ZERO 0.50 (12.7)
1 2 3 4

TT111PD1C = Sample part number

0.08 (2.0) MAX.

SPAN 1.0 (25.4) 0.25 (6.4)

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config
0.675 (17.1) 1.09 (27.1)

0.149 (3.8) I.D. THROUGH 1.5 (38.1)

MOUNTING USE #6 SCREW THROUGH OR #8 THREAD FORMING SCREW

Wiring Diagram
TT111 TT211
RED 1 BROWN 2 BLACK 3 ORNG 4 DC SUPPLY COPPER LEADS, TWISTED PAIR R1 CONTROLLER AND/OR INDICATOR CONTROL ROOM LINE POWER

4 TO 20 mA LOOP

RESISTANCE THERMOMETER

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-3

INSTRUMENTS

TT176, TT246 RTD Transmitters

TT176 RTD Transmitter, current output

TT246 RTD Transmitter, voltage output

Overview
Specify these rugged, accurate transmitters for process control and other industrial applications. Model TT176 provides a linearized 4 to 20 mA current signal for long-distance transmission. It has a built-in LED indicator to monitor operation. TT246 outputs 1 to 5 VDC proportional to temperature. It draws only 3 mA of quiescent current, making it ideal for solar or battery powered systems. TT176: 4 to 20 mA current signal TT246: 1 to 5 VDC voltage signal 2 or 3-wire RTD input TT176: Factory Mutual (FM) approved intrinsically safe, nonincendive for hazardous locations Ambient rated to 85C (185F) Fits DIN B style connection heads Optional high-accuracy calibration to Minco RTDs for improved accuracy; see next page and page 5-22 for more information.

Ambient temperature effects: 0.009% of span per C 0.014% of span per C for spans less than 10 Warmup drift: 0.1% of span max., with Vsupply = 24 VDC and Rloop = 250 . Stable within 15 minutes. Supply voltage: TT176: 10 to 35 VDC TT246: 7.5 to 35 VDC Voltage effect 0.001% of span per volt. Reverse polarity protected. Supply current (TT246) : 3mA max. with no load. Maximum load resistance: The maximum allowable resistance of the signal carrying loop is:

Example: With supply voltage 24 VDC, maximum loop resistance is 700 . Minimum span: 10C (18F). Minimum output current: 2.2 mA. Maximum output current: 28 mA. Leadwire compensation: (3-wire RTD) 0.05% of span per up to 25 in each leg. Hazardous atmospheres: Both models may be used with Minco explosionproof connection heads. Model TT176 is also Factory Mutual (FM) approved nonincendive for use in Class I, Division 2 areas and intrinsically safe for Class I, Division 1 areas (requires approved barrier). Transmitter entity parameters: Vmax = 35 volts; Imax = 150 mA; Ci = 0 F and Li = 0 mH. Connections: Terminal block for wires AWG 22 to AWG 14. Physical: Polycarbonate case, epoxy potted for moisture resistance. Weight: 2.0 oz. (57 g).
Specifications subject to change

Specifications
Output: Linear with temperature over specified range. TT176: 4 to 20 mA TT246: 1 to 5 VDC Calibration Accuracy: 0.1% of span (0.2% of span for spans less than 10 ) Linearity: 0.1% of span, referenced to actual sensor temperature Adjustments Zero and span, 5% of span, non-interacting. Factory set. Ambient temperature: Operating: -40 to 85C (-40 to 185F) Storage: -55 to 100C (-67 to 212F)

Page 5-4

RTD input types

2 or 3-wire resistance thermometer: Element Platinum (0.00392 TCR) Platinum (0.00391 TCR) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) Platinum (0.00375 TCR) Copper (0.00427 TCR) Nickel-iron (0.00518 TCR) Nickel-iron (0.00527 TCR) Nickel-iron (0.00527 TCR) Nickel (0.00672 TCR) 100 at 0C 100 at 0C 100 at 0C 1000 at 0C 1000 at 0C 10 at 25C 604 at 0C 1000 at 70F 2000 at 70F 120 at 0C Code PA PB PD, PE PF PW CA FA FB FC NA

Special high-accuracy calibration

For high system accuracy, specify transmitters with matched calibration. Temptrans match calibrated to a sensor are always ordered as assemblies. Common examples are show in Section 2.

Specification and order options:

TT176 Model Number: TT176: 4 to 20 mA TT246: 1 to 5 VDC PB 1 K
INSTRUMENTS

RTD element code from table

Dimensions in inches (mm)

ZERO SENSOR A SPAN SIGNAL (TT246 HAS THREE SIGNAL TERMINALS) 0.188 (4.8) DIA. [2]
3

Temperature range code starting on page 5-20 [Ex: K = 0 to 200C (32 to 392F)]

TT176PB1K = Sample part number

1.30 (33.0) 0.65 (16.5)

0.26 (6.6) DIA.

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

0.320 (8.1) DIA. [2] A 1.725 (43.8) DIAMETER LED 0.725 (18.42) 1.10 (27.9) SECTION A-A

Wiring Diagrams
TB1 TB2
DC SUPPLY

4 TO 20 mA LOOP

COPPER LEADS, TWISTED PAIR

R1 CONTROLLER AND/OR INDICATOR CONTROL ROOM LINE POWER

TT176
RESISTANCE THERMOMETER

Hazardous area requirements

Refer to Mincos Application Aid #19 entitled Specifying Temperature Sensors for Hazardous Areas for more information on how to classify a hazardous area, methods of protection, and the various standards and agencies (including FM, CSA, CENELEC and ATEX). Application Aid #19 is available at www.minco.com/sensoraid/.
Specifications subject to change

Page 5-5

TT190, TT205 Thermocouple Transmitters

TT190 Thermocouple Transmitter

TT205 Thermocouple Transmitter

Overview
Model TT190 interfaces with thermocouples for use in process control and other industrial applications. It has a built-in LED indicator to help troubleshoot signal loops. A dark LED signals loss of current loop power or an open thermocouple. Model TT205 offers superior performance in an economical and small package. TT190: Hockey puck style industrial transmitter TT205: Miniature economy version 4 to 20 mA current signal Thermocouple input Factory Mutual (FM) approved intrinsically safe, nonincendive for hazardous locations Fits DIN B style connection heads

Maximum load resistance: The maximum allowable resistance of the signal carrying loop is:

Example: With supply voltage 24 VDC, maximum loop resistance is 700 . Minimum output current: 1.5 mA. Maximum output current: 28 mA. Burnout: Downscale burnout standard; upscale optional. Hazardous atmospheres: Both models may be used with Minco explosionproof connection heads. Model TT190 is Factory Mutual (FM) approved nonincendive for use in Class I, Division 2 areas and intrinsically safe for Class I, Division 1 areas (requires approved barrier). Transmitter entity parameters: Vmax = 35 volts; Imax = 150 mA; Ci = 0 F and Li = 0 mH. Connections: Terminal block for wires AWG 22 to AWG 14. Physical: Polycarbonate case, epoxy potted for moisture resistance. Weight: TT190: 2.0 oz. (57 g). TT205: 1.8 oz. (52 g).

Specifications
Output: 4 to 20 mA over specified range. Accuracy: 0.2% of span. Linearity: Voltage linear. The output signal of the TT221 is voltage linear (not temperature linear) and is intended for use with instruments which compensate for the nonlinear signal output of the thermocouples sensor. Adjustments: Zero and span, 5% of span, non-interacting. Factory set. Warmup drift: 0.2% of span max., with Vsupply = 24 VDC and Rloop = 250 . Stable within 15 minutes. Supply voltage: TT190: 10 to 35 VDC TT205: 8.5 to 35 VDC Voltage effect 0.001% of span per volt. Reverse polarity protected.

Hazardous area requirements

Refer to Mincos Application Aid #19 entitled Specifying Temperature Sensors for Hazardous Areas for more information on how to classify a hazardous area, methods of protection, and the various standards and agencies (including FM, CSA, CENELEC and ATEX). Application Aid #19 is available at www.minco.com/sensoraid/.
Specifications subject to change

Page 5-6

TT190
Ambient temperature: Operating: -40 to 85C (-40 to 185F). Storage: -55 to 100C (-67 to 212F). Ambient temperature effects: 0.018% of span per C. Cold junction compensation drift: 0.03C per C, -25 to 70C. 0.06C per C, -40 to -25C and 70 to 85C. Minimum span: 100C (180F).

TT190 Dimensions in inches (mm)

TT205
Ambient temperature: Operating: -10 to 60C (14 to 140F). Storage: -55 to 100C (-67 to 212F). Ambient temperature effects: 0.036% of span per C. Cold junction compensation drift: 0.05C per C. Minimum span: 150C (270F).

Wiring Diagram
TB2 TB1 4 TO 20 mA LOOP
COPPER LEADS, TWISTED PAIR R1 CONTROLLER AND/OR INDICATOR CONTROL ROOM LINE POWER DC SUPPLY

TT190
THERMOCOUPLE

TT205 Dimensions in inches (mm) Specification and order options

0.50 (12.7) ZERO 0.08 (2.0) MAX.

TT190

Model Number: TT190: Round TT205: Rectangular TC junction type: E = Chromel-Constantan J = Iron-Constantan K = Chromel-Alumel T = Copper-Constantan U = Ungrounded junction (required) Output: 4 to 20 mA DC Temperature range code starting on page 5-20 [Ex: AN = -17.8 to 148.9C (0 to 300F)]

SPAN 1.0 (25.4) 0.25 (6.4)

0.149 (3.8) I.D. THROUGH 1.5 (38.1)

MOUNTING USE #6 SCREW THROUGH OR #8 THREAD FORMING SCREW

0.675 (17.1) 1.09 (27.1)

U 1 AN

Wiring Diagram
TT205
1 2 3 4

DC SUPPLY 4 TO 20 mA LOOP COPPER LEADS, TWISTED PAIR R1 CONTROLLER AND/OR INDICATOR CONTROL ROOM LINE POWER

TT190JU1AN = Sample part number

THERMOCOUPLE

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specifications subject to change

Page Rev. 04/2011

Page 5-7

INSTRUMENTS

TT220 Isolated RTD Transmitter

Overview
Model TT220 is a rugged industrial transmitter designed for process control and other applications. It provides electrical isolation to 600 VRMS between the input and output. The TT220 has a built-in LED indicator to help troubleshoot signal loops. A very bright LED indicates an open sensor; a dark LED signals a shorted sensor or loss of current loop power. 4 to 20 mA current signal 2 or 3-wire RTD input Input/output isolated to 600 VRMS Factory Mutual (FM) approved intrinsically safe, nonincendive for hazardous locations Ambient rated to 85C (185F) Optional high-accuracy calibration to Minco RTDs for improved accuracy; see next page and page 5-22 for more information Example: With supply voltage 24 VDC, maximum loop resistance is 550 . Minimum span: 10C (18F). Minimum output current: 2.5 mA. Maximum output current: 28 mA. Leadwire compensation: (3-wire RTD) 0.05% of span per up to 25 in each leg. Hazardous atmospheres: Model TT220 may be used with Minco explosionproof connection heads. This model is Factory Mutual (FM) approved nonincendive for use in Class I, Division 2 areas and intrinsically safe for Class I, Division 1 areas (requires approved barrier). Transmitter entity parameters: Vmax = 35 volts; Imax = 150 mA; Ci = 0 F and Li = 0 mH. Connections: Terminal block for wires AWG 22 to AWG 14. Physical: Polycarbonate case, epoxy potted for moisture resistance. Weight: 3.0 oz. (85 g).
TT220 Isolated RTD Transmitter

Maximum load resistance: The maximum allowable resistance of the signal carrying loop is:

Specifications
Output: 4 to 20 mA over specified range, linear with temperature. Calibration accuracy: 0.1% of span (0.2% of span for spans less than 10 ). Linearity: 0.1% of span, referenced to actual sensor temperature. Adjustments: Zero and span, 5% of span, non-interacting. Factory set. Ambient temperature: Operating: -40 to 85C (-40 to185F). Storage: -55 to 100C (-67 to 212F). Ambient temperature effects: 0.018% of span per C. Warmup drift: 0.1% of span max., with Vsupply = 24 VDC and Rloop = 250 . Stable within 15 minutes. Input/output isolation: 600 VRMS. Supply voltage: 13 to 45 VDC. Voltage effect 0.001% of span per volt. Reverse polarity protected.

Hazardous area requirements

Refer to Mincos Application Aid #19 entitled Specifying Temperature Sensors for Hazardous Areas for more information on how to classify a hazardous area, methods of protection, and the various standards and agencies (including FM, CSA, CENELEC and ATEX). Application Aid #19 is available at www.minco.com/sensoraid/.

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-8

RTD input types

2 or 3-wire resistance thermometer: Element Platinum (0.00392 TCR) Platinum (0.00391 TCR) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) Platinum (0.00375 TCR) Copper (0.00427 TCR) Nickel-iron (0.00518 TCR) 100 at 0C 100 at 0C 100 at 0C 1000 at 0C 1000 at 0C 10 at 25C 604 at 0C Code PA PB PD, PE PF PW CA FA FB FC NA

Special high-accuracy calibration

For high system accuracy, specify transmitters with matched calibration. Temptrans match calibrated to a sensor are always ordered as assemblies. Common examples are shown in Section 2.

Specification and order options

TT220 PA 1 GH Model number RTD element code from table Output: 4 to 20 mA DC
INSTRUMENTS

Nickel-iron (0.00527 TCR) 1000 at 70F Nickel-iron (0.00527 TCR) 2000 at 70F Nickel (0.00672 TCR) 120 at 0C

Temperature range code starting on page 5-20 [Ex: GH = -40 to 100C (-40 to 212F)]

TT220PA1GH = Sample part number

Dimensions in inches (mm)

ZERO 0.312 (7.9) I.D. [2]
1 2 3 4 5

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

0.188 (4.8) I.D. THROUGH [2] 0.65 (16.5) 1.30 (33.0) 1.90 (48.3) DIAMETER

SPAN

LED

1.25 (31.8) 1.55 (39.4)

Wiring Diagram

DC SUPPLY COPPER LEADS, TWISTED PAIR R1 CONTROLLER AND/OR INDICATOR CONTROL ROOM LINE POWER

TT220
RESISTANCE THERMOMETER

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-9

TT221 Isolated Thermocouple Transmitter

Overview
Model TT221 is a rugged thermocouple transmitter designed for process control and other applications. It provides electrical isolation to 600 VRMS between the input and output. You can use thermocouples with either grounded or ungrounded junctions. The TT221 has a built-in LED indicator to help troubleshoot signal loops. A dark LED signals loss of loop power or an open thermocouple. 4 to 20 mA current signal Thermocouple input Input/output isolated to 600 VRMS Factory Mutual (FM) approved intrinsically safe, nonincendive for hazardous locations Ambient rated to 85C (185F) Example: With supply voltage 24 VDC, maximum loop resistance is 550 . Minimum span: 100C (180F). Minimum output current: 2.5 mA. Maximum output current: 28 mA. Burnout: Downscale burnout standard; upscale optional. Hazardous atmospheres: Model TT221 may be used with Minco explosionproof connection heads. This model is Factory Mutual (FM) approved nonincendive for use in Class I, Division 2 areas and intrinsically safe for Class I, Division 1 areas (requires approved barrier). Transmitter entity parameters: Vmax = 35 volts; Imax = 150 mA; Ci = 0 F and Li = 0 mH. Connections: Terminal block for wires AWG 22 to AWG 14. Physical: Polycarbonate case, epoxy potted for moisture resistance. Weight: 3.0 oz. (85 g).

TT221 Isolated RTD Transmitter

Maximum load resistance: The maximum allowable resistance of the signal carrying loop is:

Specifications
Output: 4 to 20 mA over specified range. Accuracy: 0.2% of span. Linearity: Voltage linear. The output signal of the TT190 and TT205 is voltage linear (not temperature linear) and is intended for use with instruments which compensate for the nonlinear signal output of the thermocouples sensor. Adjustments: Zero and span, 5% of span, non-interacting. Factory set. Ambient temperature: Operating: -40 to 85C (-40 to185F). Storage: -55 to 100C (-67 to 212F). Ambient temperature effects: 0.036% of span per C. Cold junction compensation drift: 0.03C per C, -25 to 70C. 0.06C per C, -40 to -25C and 70 to 85C. Warmup drift: 0.2% of span max., with Vsupply = 24 VDC and Rloop = 250 . Stable within 15 minutes. Input/output isolation: 600 VRMS Supply voltage: 13 to 45 VDC. Voltage effect 0.001% of span per volt. Reverse polarity protected.

Specification and order options

TT221 J Model number TC junction type: E = Chromel-Constantan J = Iron-Constantan K = Chromel-Alumel T = Copper-Constantan Output: 4 to 20 mA DC Temperature range code starting on page 5-20 [Ex: BW = 0 to 250C (32 to 482F)]

1 BW

TT221J1BW = Sample part number

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-10

Dimensions in inches (mm)

ZERO 0.312 (7.9) I.D. [2]

1 2 3 4

0.188 (4.8) I.D. THROUGH [2] 0.65 (16.5) 1.30 (33.0) 1.90 (48.3) DIAMETER

SPAN 1.25 (31.8) 1.55 (39.4)

INSTRUMENTS
LINE POWER

LED

Wiring Diagram

DC SUPPLY COPPER LEADS, TWISTED PAIR R1 CONTROLLER AND/OR INDICATOR CONTROL ROOM

TT221
THERMOCOUPLE

Hazardous area requirements

Refer to Mincos Application Aid #19 entitled Specifying Temperature Sensors for Hazardous Areas for more information on how to classify a hazardous area, methods of protection, and the various standards and agencies (including FM, CSA, CENELEC and ATEX). Application Aid #19 is available at www.minco.com/sensoraid/.

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config
Specifications subject to change

Page 5-11

TT273 Field Rangeable RTD Temperature Transmitter

Overview
Model TT273 is a 2-wire temperature transmitter for 2 or 3-lead 100 platinum RTDs. The transmitter converts the RTD temperature into a linearized 4 to 20 mA DC current signal. Because this current signal is immune to leadwire and electrical noise, the TT273 lets you obtain accurate temperature readings from RTDs thousands of feet away. An ordinary twisted pair of wires carries both the temperature signal and power for the transmitters electronics. An LED conveniently indicates the status of the control loop. The brightness is directly proportional to the loop current. A very bright LED indicates an open RTD; a dark LED signals a shorted RTD or loss of current loop power. 4 to 20 mA current signal Fits standard 35 mm DIN rail Field-calibrate to your temperature range Optional high-accuracy calibration to Minco RTDs for improved accuracy; see next page and page 5-22 for more information Optional Input/Output isolation to 600 VRMS
TT273 RTD Temperature Transmitter

Ambient temperature effects: 0.018% of span/C (0.01% of span/F). Warmup drift: 0.1% of span max., assuming Vsupply = 24 VDC and Rloop = 250 . Stable within 15 minutes. Input/output isolation (optional): 600 VRMS, 1 minute. Supply voltage: Non-Isolated: 10 to 45 volts DC with no load. Isolated: 13 to 45 volts DC with no load. Reverse polarity protected. Voltage effect: 0.001% of span per volt. Lead wire compensation: (3-wire RTD) 0.05% of span per , up to 25 in each leg. Maximum load resistance: The maximum allowable resistance of the signal-carrying loop is given by this formula: Non-Isolated:

Specifications
Output: 4 to 20 mA DC over specified range. Calibration accuracy: 0.2% of span. Linearity: 0.2% of span, reference to actual sensor temperature. Adjustments: Zero: -50 to 150C (-58 to 302F). Span: 50 to 600C (90 to 1080F). Ambient temperature: Operating: -40 to 85C (-40 to 185F). Storage: -55 to 100C (-67 to 212F).

Isolated: Maximum output current: 28 mA. Connections: Terminal block accepts wires from AWG 22 to AWG 14. Physical: Polycarbonate, DIN rail enclosure. Weight: 4.2 oz. (119 g).

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-12

RTD input types

2 or 3-wire 100 platinum RTD. Element Platinum (0.00392 TCR) Platinum (0.00391 TCR) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 at 0C 100 at 0C 100 at 0C Code PA PB PD, PE

Specification and order options

TT273 PD 1 N Model number RTD element code from table Output: 4 to 20 mA DC

Special high-accuracy calibration

For high system accuracy, specify transmitters with matched calibration. Temptrans match calibrated to a sensor are always ordered as assemblies. Common examples are shown in Section 2.

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specify and order products at:

Dimensions in inches (mm)

SLIDING CATCH

PWR 2.95 (74.9) ZERO SPAN

35 mm DIN RAIL MOUNT

DIP SWITCH RANGE SELECTION

0.886 (22.5)

3.875 (98.4)

Wiring diagram
TT273
ZERO SPAN PWR

RESISTANCE THERMOMETER

DC SUPPLY 4 TO 20 mA LOOP COPPER LEADS, TWISTED PAIR R1 CONTROLLER AND/OR INDICATOR CONTROL ROOM LINE POWER

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-13

INSTRUMENTS

Input/Output: N = Non-isolated I = Isolated Factory preset temp. range: (-25/50) (4 mA/20 mA temperature) Range is user adjustable. Refer to the Zero and Span specifications. Temperature scale: C F = Fahrenheit C = Celsius TT273PD1N(-25/50)C = Sample part number

TT274 Field Rangeable Thermocouple Temperature Transmitter

Overview
Model TT274 is a 2-wire temperature transmitter for types J and K thermocouples. The transmitter converts the thermocouples millivolt signal to a 4 to 20 mA DC current signal. Because this current signal is immune to leadwire and electrical noise, the TT274 lets you obtain accurate temperature readings from thermocouples thousands of feet away. An ordinary twisted pair of wires carries both the temperature signal and power for the transmitters electronics. With the isolation option, the mV input signal from the thermocouple is electrically isolated from the 4 to 20 mA output, allowing use of grounded thermocouples with multiple TT274s operating from the same power supply. An LED conveniently indicates the status of the control loop. The brightness is directly proportional to the loop current. A dark LED signals an open sensor or loss of current loop power. 4 to 20 mA current signal Fits standard 35 mm DIN rail Field-calibrate to your thermocouple type and temperature range Optional Input/Output isolation to 600 VRMS

TT274 Thermocouple Temperature Transmitter

Ambient temperature: Operating: -40 to 85C (-40 to 185F). Storage: -55 to 100C (-67 to 212F). Ambient temperature effects: 0.036% of span/C (0.02% of span/F). Cold junction compensation drift: 0.03C/C for -25 to 70C ambients. 0.06C/C for -40 to -25C and 70 to 85C ambients. Warmup drift: 0.1% of span max., assuming Vsupply = 24 VDC and Rloop = 250 . Stable within 15 minutes. Input/output isolation (optional): 600 VRMS, 1 minute. Supply voltage: Non-Isolated: 10 to 45 volts DC with no load. Isolated: 13 to 45 volts DC with no load. Reverse polarity protected. Voltage effect: 0.001% of span per volt. Maximum load resistance: The maximum allowable resistance of the signal-carrying loop is given by this formula: Non-Isolated: Isolated: Maximum output current: 28 mA. Connections: Terminal block accepts wires from AWG 22 to AWG 14. Physical: Polycarbonate, DIN rail enclosure. Weight: 4.2 oz. (119 g).
Specifications subject to change

Specifications
Input: Type J or K thermocouple (field selectable). Output: 4 to 20 mA DC over specified range. Accuracy: 0.2% of span. Linearity: Voltage linear. The output signal of the TT274 is voltage linear (not temperature linear) and is intended for use with instruments which compensate for the nonlinear signal output of the thermocouple sensor. Adjustments: Zero: -50C to 150C (-58F to 302F). Span: Type J: 125 to 850C (225 to 1530F). Type K: 150 to 1200C (270 to 2160F).

Page 5-14

Specification and order options

TT274 K Model number T/C element code J = Type J thermocouple K = Type K thermocouple Output: 4 to 20 mA DC

1 N

Input/Output: N = Non-isolated I = Isolated (-25/200) Factory preset temp. range: (4 mA/20 mA temperature) Range is user adjustable. Refer to the Zero and Span specifications. Temperature scale: C F = Fahrenheit C = Celsius TT274K1N(-25/200)C = Sample part number

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specify and order products at: Dimensions in inches (mm)

SLIDING CATCH

PWR 2.95 (74.9) ZERO SPAN

35 mm DIN RAIL MOUNT

DIP SWITCH RANGE SELECTION

0.886 (22.5)

3.875 (98.4)

Wiring diagram
TT274
ZERO SPAN PWR

THERMOCOUPLE

DC SUPPLY 4 TO 20 mA LOOP COPPER LEADS, TWISTED PAIR R1 CONTROLLER AND/OR INDICATOR CONTROL ROOM LINE POWER

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-15

INSTRUMENTS

Programmable Transmitters
Overview
Models TT520 and TT530 are programmable transmitters designed for process control and other applications. Both transmitters use a 4-20mA current loop output and are PC programmable to accept a signal from a thermocouple, a Resistance Temperature Detector (RTD), or a millivolt signal. Model TT520 can be mounted at the field location in a standard DIN form B head or on a DIN rail inside a local box (with an AC807 Minco DIN rail adapter), whereas model TT530 can be mounted vertically or horizontally on a DIN rail. T/C, RTD, or mV input Accurate, Stable 4-20mA Output PC and field-programmable Galvanically isolated FM Approved Intrinsically Safe Single temperature measurement TC Input: Minimum measurement range: Type E, J, K, T: 50C Max. offset: 50% of selected max. value Basic accuracy: Type E, J, K, T: <1C Cold junction compensation (CJC): <1.0C Temperature coefficient: Type E, J, K, T: < 0.05 C / Camb Sensor error detection: yes RTD Minimum type value PD (Pt100) -200C PF (Pt1000) -200C

TT520

TT530

Specifications Common Specifications:

Supply voltage: 7.2 - 30 VDC Temperature coefficient: < 0.01% of span/ C Effect of supply voltage change: < 0.005% of span/ VDC Max. wire size: AWG14 (1.5 mm2) Air humidity: 0 - 95% RH Dimensions: TT520: 1.73 x 0.84 in (44 x 20.2mm) TT530: 4.29 x .0.93 x 4.09 in (109 x 23.5 x 104mm) AC205817 USB Loop Link Programmer: TT520 and TT530 transmitters are preconfigured for ease of use. The AC205817 USB Loop Link Programmer allows the user to reconfigure the transmitter using free, Windowsbased software. Tightness (enclosure/terminal): TT520: IP 68 / IP00 TT530: IP50 / IP20 Weight: TT520: 50 g TT530: 145 g

Maximum value +850C +850C

Minimum span. 25C 25C

RTD-input: Basic accuracy PD/PF (Pt100/1000): <0.2C Temperature coefficient: <0.01C / C Current output: Signal range: 4 - 20 mA Load resistance: < (Vsup. - 7.2) / 0.023 [ ] Intrinsic Safety data: FM Approved Intrinsically Safe for Class 1, Div. 1, Groups A-D, Entity Approval (pending) Vmax: 30.0 VDC Imax: 120 mADC Pmax: 0.84 W Europe: ATEX II 1 G Meets these European requirements: EMC 2004/108/EC: Standard EN 61326 Ci: 1 nF Li: 10 H

Specifications subject to change

Page Rev. 04/2011

Page 5-16

Specifications and order options

TT520 Model Number: TT520 Temperature Transmitter TT530 DIN Rail Temperature Transmitter PD Sensor Type: PD = 100 Platinum RTD (0.00385) PF = 1000 Platinum RTD (0.00385) E = Type E Thermocouple J = Type J Thermocouple K = Type K Thermocouple T = Type T Thermocouple (-25/200) Temperature Range: Specify temperature range in either C or F. For example, -25 to +200C = 4 to 20 mA. C Temperature Units: C = Celsius F = Fahrenheit 1 Calibration: 1 = Nominal 2 = Matched to sensor 0.75% span For other calibration options, contact Minco Y Sensor Leads: Y = 2-lead RTD (or thermocouple) Z = 3-lead RTD X = 4-lead RTD TT520PD(-25/200)C1Y = Sample part number

Dimensions in inches (mm)

0.93 (23,5)
11 12 13 14

4.09 (104,0)

4.29 (109,0)

3.54 (90,0)

41 42 43 44

Wiring Diagrams

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Dimensions in inches (mm)

1.30 (33,0)

0.75 (19,1)

6 5 4

0.255 (6,48) DIA.

1.74 (44,2)

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-17

INSTRUMENTS

Programmable Transmitters w/ HART Protocol

Communication interface: HART and PC interface Temperature coefficient: < 0.005% of span/ C Effect of supply voltage change: < 0.005% of span/ VDC Max. wire size: AWG14 (1.5 mm2) Air humidity: 0 - 95% RH Dimensions: TT521: 1.73 x 0.84 in (44 x 20.2mm) TT531: 4.29 x .0.93 x 4.09 in (109 x 23.5 x 104mm)
TT531

TT521

Overview

Models TT521 and TT531 are programmable transmitters designed for process control and other applications. Both models use HART communication protocol and are PC programmable to accept a signal from a thermocouple, a Resistance Temperature Detector (RTD), or a millivolt signal. Model TT521 transmitter can be mounted at the field location in a standard DIN form B head or on a DIN rail inside a local box (with an AC807 Minco DIN rail adapter). Model TT531 can be mounted vertically or horizontally on a DIN rail. T/C, RTD, or mV input HART Communication Protocol PC and field-programmable Galvanically isolated FM Approved Intrinsically Safe Single temperature measurement Difference temperature measurement Average temperature measurement

Tightness (enclosure/terminal): TT521: IP 68 / IP00 TT531: IP50 / IP20 Weight: TT521: 50 g TT531: 145 g

AC205817 USB Loop Link Programmer: TT521 and TT531 transmitters are preconfigured for ease of use. The AC205817 USB Loop Link Programmer allows the user to reconfigure the transmitter using free, Windows-based software. TC Input: Minimum measurement range: Type E, J, K, T : 50C Max. offset: 50% of selected max. value Basic accuracy: Type E, J, K, T : <0.5C Cold junction compensation (CJC): <1.0C Temperature coefficient: Type E, J, K, T: 0.025 C / Camb Sensor error detection: yes RTD-input: RTD type PD (Pt100) PF (Pt1000) Minimum value -200C -200C Maximum value +850C +850C Minimum span. 25C 25C

HART Communication
By way of 2-wire HART communication between the process computer and the TT521 or TT531, the transmitter is programmable, readable, and controllable. Up to 15 transmitters can be controlled in a multidrop system. (Parallel connection of all transmitters on 2 wires). Set-up, configuration and control can be done from a central monitoring room. When each transmitter is connected to a 2-wire cable, a standard 4-20 mA signal can be used at the same time as the HART communication.

Basic accuracy PD/PF (Pt100/1000): <0.1C Temperature coefficient: <0.005C / C Current output: Signal range: 4 - 20 mA Load resistance: < (Vsup. - 8) / 0.023 [] Intrinsic Safety data: FM Approved Intrinsically Safe for Class 1, Div. 1, Groups A-D, Entity Approval (pending) Vmax: 30.0 VDC Ci: 1 nF Imax: 120 mADC Li: 10 H Pmax: 0.84 W Europe: ATEX II 1 G Meets these European requirements: EMC 2004/108/EC: Standard EN 61326-1
Page Rev. 04/2011

Specifications Common Specifications:

Supply voltage: 8.0 - 30 VDC
Specifications subject to change

Page 5-18

Specifications and order options

TT521 Model Number: TT521 Temperature Transmitter with HART Protocol TT531 DIN Rail Temperature Transmitter with HART Protocol PD Sensor Type: PD = 100 Platinum RTD (0.00385) PF = 1000 Platinum RTD (0.00385) E = Type E Thermocouple J = Type J Thermocouple K = Type K Thermocouple T = Type T Thermocouple (-25/200) Temperature Range: Specify temperature range in either C or F. For example, -25 to +200C = 4 to 20 mA. C Temperature Units: C = Celsius F = Fahrenheit 1 Calibration: 1 = Nominal 2 = Matched to sensor 0.75% span For other calibration options, contact Minco Y Sensor Leads: Y = 2-lead RTD (or thermocouple) Z = 3-lead RTD X = 4-lead RTD TT521PD(-25/200)C1Y = Sample part number

Wiring Diagrams

Dimensions in inches (mm)

1.30 (33,0) 0.75 (19,1) 2

HART Multidrop Wiring Diagram

1.74 (44,2) 6 5 4 0.255 (6,48) DIA.
0.93 (23,5)
11 12 13 14

TT521/TT531 Transmitters

4.09 (104,0)

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config
4.29 (109,0) 3.54 (90,0)

41 42 43 44

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-19

INSTRUMENTS

Temptran Temperature Ranges

Below is a list of commonly selected Temptran temperature ranges. The endpoints of the temperature range correspond to the Temptrans 4 and 20 mA signals. Choose the smallest possible span for best accuracy. Be sure to check the temperature limits of the sensor you specify. If you do not find the temperature range required by your application, go to www.minco.com/rangecode/ for a complete list of temperature ranges. Custom ranges are also available for a small setup charge. Contact Access: Minco Sales and Support for more information.

For more temperature ranges (over 400 options) go to www.minco.com/rangecode/

RTD Temptrans Temperature Range TT111, TT115, TT211, TT829 Range Zero F Span F Zero C Span C Platinum Other code elements* elements
MH HG QS EZ LN SA UL M EO JD MR SD MI AI MS AD AK BE GH UE L AS R DN EE DO EN B BP SH DB JZ S JH HD DV EI AC EY AN JA DS AG QN AB AA BZ -328 -325 -300 -148 -148 -140 -103 -58 -58 -58 -58 -50 -50 -50 -50 -40 -40 -40 -40 -40 -30 -30 -30 -22 -22 -20 -20 -20 -4 -4 -4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -148 100 150 32 212 100 752 122 212 302 500 100 150 275 650 120 140 160 212 302 120 130 150 122 302 120 140 180 104 122 212 65 100 120 130 150 160 200 250 300 350 400 500 550 600 800 1000 -200.0 -198.3 -184.4 -100.0 -100.0 -95.6 -75.0 -50.0 -50.0 -50.0 -50.0 -45.6 -45.6 -45.6 -45.6 -40.0 -40.0 -40.0 -40.0 -40.0 -34.4 -34.4 -100.0 37.8 65.6 0.0 100.0 37.8 400.0 50.0 100.0 150.0 260.0 37.8 65.6 135.0 343.3 48.9 60.0 71.1 100.0 150.0 48.9 54.4 65.6 50.0 150.0 48.9 60.0 82.2 40.0 50.0 100.0 18.3 37.8 48.9 54.4 65.6 71.1 93.3 121.1 148.9 176.7 204.4 260.0 287.8 315.6 426.7 537.8 PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE K PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PU PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PF PG PW PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE NA PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE CA NA PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE CA PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PW PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE CA PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE CA NA PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE CA NA PA PB PD PE CA PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE EJKT JK EJKT KJ JK EJT EJK J JK T JKT K T J ET

TT176, TT246, TT220 Elements

Thermocouple Temptrans TT190, TT221 TT205 T/C types T/C types

JT

FB FC FL NA FB FC FB

-34.4
-30.0 -30.0 -28.9 -28.9 -28.9 -20.0 -20.0 -20.0 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8 -17.8

FB FC FB FB FC

ND FB FB FC NA FC

FB FC FB FB NA NA FB FC NA NA NA NA

JKT J JK EJ

* Element codes (PA, PB, PD, PE, etc.) are defined in the Resistance/Temperature Tables on page 1-13

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-20

For more temperature ranges (over 400 options) go to www.minco.com/rangecode/

Temperature Range RTD Temptrans TT111, TT115, TT211, TT829 Other elements TT176, TT246, TT220 Elements Thermocouple Temptrans TT190, TT221 TT205 T/C types
K PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PF PU PW PA PB PD PE PU PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PF PW PF PW PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE FA FB FC NA PA PB PD PE PF FA FB

Range Zero F Span F Zero C Span C Platinum code elements*

HU BY AJ AP GV A HE AF QE GW U DA DP BI DQ KK EV BN BJ GQ EG N HL C QR DL J K LX BW LF JW HA GF SG H BU QL BK KH KP DU DX AH ED V AV BF AO KF D E BH BL 0 14 14 20 20 20 20 20 22 23 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 33.8 40 40 40 40 40 42 45 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 70 100 122 200 1300 104 122 70 100 120 240 320 122 131 80 90 100 130 150 180 230 240 250 100 104 122 167 212 257 280 302 392 400 482 572 932 1112 1472 123.8 90 100 120 140 240 92 95 100 110 120 150 230 250 300 400 220 500 302 500 -17.8 -10.0 -10.0 -6.7 -6.7 -6.7 -6.7 -6.7 -5.6 -5.0 -1.1 -1.1 -1.1 -1.1 -1.1 -1.1 -1.1 -1.1 -1.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 5.6 7.2 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 21.1 37.8 50.0 93.3 704.4 40.0 50.0 21.1 37.8 48.9 115.6 160.0 50.0 55.0 26.7 32.2 37.8 54.4 65.6 82.2 110.0 115.6 121.1 37.8 40.0 50.0 75.0 100.0 125.0 137.8 150.0 200.0 204.4 250.0 300.0 500.0 600.0 800.0 51.0 32.2 37.8 48.9 60.0 115.6 33.3 35.0 37.8 43.3 48.9 65.6 110.0 121.1 148.9 204.4 104.4 260.0 150.0 260.0

T/C types

FB FC FC

PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE FA PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE CA NA PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE CA PA PB PD PE CA PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE
INSTRUMENTS

FB

FB NA

FB FC FB FC NA

JT

FC NA NA

NA

J JK EJKT JT JK K K

J J J K K

FB FC FB

PA PB PD PE

PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE NA PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE CA FA PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE

FB FB FA FB

J ET

FB FC

T K Specifications subject to change

* Element codes (PA, PB, PD, PE, etc.) are defined in the Resistance/Temperature Tables on page 1-13

Page 5-21

Temptran Calibration & Accessories

Special high-accuracy calibration
Standard transmitters can be calibrated to the nominal resistance values of the RTD at the zero and span points. Total system error includes the tolerance of both the transmitter and the RTD sensor. If you order Minco Temptrans calibrated to the actual resistance of the RTD (traceable to NIST), this effectively eliminates the sensor tolerance from the system accuracy specifications. Temptrans match calibrated to a sensor are always ordered as assemblies. Common examples are shown in Section 2.

Free NIST traceability

With each matched sensor/transmitter set, Minco sends you calibration data traceable to the National Institute of Standards & Technology. This helps your process comply with ISO 9001 and other quality standards.

Temptran Accessories
DIN rail mounting
For easy installation in instrument cabinets. Adapters fit all Temptran models. Specify length when ordering rails. Model AC805 AC807 Description DIN EN50022 Rail Adapter for EN50022

Recalibration
Minco prints RTD resistance values right on the Temptran label to simplify recalibration. You simply connect a resistance decade box or RTD simulator in place of the RTD, dial in the correct values, and adjust zero and span. Because Minco platinum RTDs are extremely stable in typical installations (0.1C or better), you can trust the printed values for many years.

AC807 ADAPTER

Temptrans mounted to DIN rail

AC807 adapter for EN50022

Dual mounting kits

The AC103528 mounting kit fits connection head models CH105, CH107, CH328, CH330, CH342, CH343, CH357, CH358, CH405 and CH407. It holds two miniature Temptrans in a single head for use with dual RTDs. Use AC103133 for connection head models CH104, CH106 and CH306, and CH356. CH106, CH306 and CH356 also require AC103625 connection head modification.

AC103528 mounting kit

AC103133 mounting kit

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-22

Design Notes

Page 5-23

INSTRUMENTS

Loop-powered Indicators

TI196 Head-mounted Indicator

AC102765 Pipe Mounting Hardware Kit

TI350 Indicator

Overview
The display range is field programmable via coarse dip switches and two fine adjustment potentiometers. Wiring is easy. Simply connect the indicator in series with the 4 to 20 mA loop. Forward voltage drop is only 2.8 VDC. Local indication of process variable for convenient visual verification Enclosures are sealed from harsh environments to enhance product reliability and longevity Variety of mounting options allows for flexible and easy installation Compatible with 4 to 20 mA temperature transmitters for easy sensor interchangeability IP66 NEMA 4X/7 rated (only for TI196)

TI350 indicator
The TI350 features a washdown compatible digital readout for local indication of temperature. Sensors and transmitters are specified separately. Optional Temptran model TT321 will fit inside the case along with the meter. Other 4 to 20 mA transmitters may be mounted outside the case and used with this device. NEMA 4X enclosure Cable glands are installed for 0.118" to 0.256" (3mm to 6.5mm) cable

AC102765 pipe mounting hardware kit

Use AC102765 for mounting TI196 or TI350 to vertical or horizontal pipe. Kit includes plate, stainless U-bolts, nuts and washers for 2" schedule 40 pipe [ 2.375" (60mm)]. Order model number AC102765

TI196 head-mounted indicator

The TI196 includes an explosionproof connection head and digital indicator for local indication of temperature. Sensors and transmitters are specified separately. Optional Temptran models TT111, TT211, TT176, TT205 or TT190 will fit inside the connection head along with the meter. TI196 Hazardous Area Certification (explosionproof/flameproof): Class I, Div I, Groups B,C and D Class II, Div I, Groups E,F and G Class III Ex d IIC

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-24

TI196 head-mounted indicator

Specifications
Input: 4 to 20 mA DC series connection Range: User adjustable. Zero: -500 to +1000 counts. Span: 10 to 2000 counts. Accuracy: (0.1% reading + 1 count). Temperature Coefficient: Zero: 0.075 counts/C typ. Span: 0.005% of span/C typ. Linearity: (0.1% of span + 1 count). Forward Voltage Drop: 2.8 volts DC maximum. Display: 0.59 (15mm) high, 3-1/2 digit LCD, with C/F descriptor. Display Update: 3 times per second. Underrange Indication: -1 in MSD (Most Significant Digit). Overrange Indication: 1 in MSD. Connections: Terminal Block, Pluggable Decimal: User programmable to 1 position or absent (i.e. 1XX.X or 1XXX). Ambient Temperature Range: Operating: 32 to 122F (0 to 50C). Storage: -4 to 149F (-20 to 65C). Weight: 50 oz. (1420 g.) Enclosure: Aluminum, polyester-coated Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X, IP66 Dimensions (connection head): 4.5" W x 4.5" H x 3.4" D (144 mm W x 114 mm H x 87 mm D).

TI350 indicator
Specifications
Input: 4 to 20 mA DC series connection Range: User adjustable. Zero: -500 to +1000 counts. Span: 10 to 2000 counts. Accuracy: (0.1% reading + 1 count). Temperature Coefficient: Zero: 0.075 counts/C typ. Span: 0.005% of span/C typ. Linearity: (0.1% of span + 1 count). Forward Voltage Drop: 2.8 volts DC maximum.
INSTRUMENTS

Display: 0.59 (15mm) high, 3-1/2 digit LCD, with C/F descriptor. Display Update: 3 times per second. Underrange Indication: -1 in MSD (Most Significant Digit). Overrange Indication: 1 in MSD. Connections: Terminal Block, Pluggable Decimal: User programmable to 1 position or absent (i.e. 1XX.X or 1XXX). Ambient Temperature Range: Operating: 32 to 122F (0 to 50C). Storage: -4 to 149F ( -20 to 65C ). Weight: 7 oz. (200 g). Enclosure: Polycarbonate, NEMA 4X. Dimensions (box only): 2.6" W x 4.5" L x 2.2" D (65 mm W x 115 mm H x 56 mm D).

TI350 specification and order options

TI350 (0/100) C Model number TI350 Temperature range: (4 mA temp./20 mA temp.), user adjustable

TI196 specification and order options

TI196 P3 Model number TI196 Pipe thread size: P2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT (sensor and conduit) P3 = 1/2 - 14 NPT (sensor and conduit) Temperature range: (4 mA temp./20 mA temp.), user adjustable

(0/100) C

Display: C = Celsius F = Fahrenheit TI350(0/100)C = Sample part number

Note: Sensors and transmitters are specified separately.

Display: C = Celsius F = Fahrenheit TI196P3(0/100)C = Sample part number

Note: Sensors and transmitters are specified separately.

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config
Specifications subject to change

Page 5-25

CT224 12-Channel Temperature Alarm/Monitor

Overview
The CT224 consists of a 12-Channel temperature monitor/ over-temperature alarm and MincoSoft CT224 Software. It is the next generation in temperature monitoring equipment from Minco designed to meet the needs of electric machinery protection. The 12-channel scanning capability, standard RS485/RS232 interface and Windows-compatible software utility for system configuration and data logging provide over-temperature and under-temperature protection and critical feedback to safeguard expensive machinery. UL and cUL recognized to help meet regulatory compliance PC programmable with Windows compatible software makes monitoring easy and efficient, allowing quick reprogramming and extensive data logging Mix and match sensor input types for freedom to adapt to pre-installed bearing and apparatus sensors Ability to monitor 12 inputs allows you to monitor stator sensors from two motors Five outputs, relays or logic offers either internal relay trips or flexibility of external control Logic outputs can be used with external SSRs Prevent costly damage to motors, generators, transformers, and other equipment Power loss protection 24 independent trip points (2 per channel) Programmable deadband (hysteresis) Rugged steel enclosure Can be used as a 4-channel on/off controller Display High, Low, or Any valid zones Self-calibrating

Software
MincoSoft CT224 software features: Compatibility with Microsoft Windows operating system User-friendly configuration program Save unlimited set-up configurations Commission mode to test configurations before implementation Continuously displayed measurement and relay status of all 12 channels Data-logging

Applications
Generators Motors Turbines Compressors Pumps

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-26

Specifications

Input: 1 to 12 RTDs (2 or 3-wire), thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA current loops. Accepts any combination of input types. Standard Input types: RTD: -200 to 700C: PA (Platinum / 100 / 0.00392 //C) -200 to 700C: PB (Platinum / 100 / 0.00391 //C) -200 to 850C: PD/PE (Platinum / 100 / 0.00385 //C) -200 to 600C: PF (Platinum / 1000 / 0.00385 //C) -80 to 260C: NA (Nickel / 120 / 0.00672 //C) -100 to 260C: CA (Copper / 10 / 0.00427 //C) Thermocouple: -270 to 1000C: Type E -270 to 1150C: Type K -200 to 1200C: Type J -270 to 400C: Type T 4 to 20 mA current loop: Pressure (PSI, Bar), Humidity (%), Temperature (F, C), Vibration (G), and process variable (mA, VDC) Note: 4 to 20 mA inputs must be linear with respect to the measured variable. Input scan rate: 1.5 seconds maximum to scan all 12 channels. Input fault detection: Options for ignoring, sounding alarm, or tripping relays associated with the failed sensor. Other zones are unaffected. Output: 24 independent trip points (2 per channel): 5 relays, one relay is intended for use as an alarm function (but can be configured as a trip point), and one internal audible alarm. Alarm may be programmed to sound when selected relays trip. Logic output option is available for controlling external SSRs or sending a signal to another device. Relays: Form C, SPDT 10 A @ 250 VAC/24 VDC resistive load; 10 A make current; 2500 VA breaking capacity, HP at 120 VAC motor load. Trip point hysteresis (deadband): Programmable from 0 to 20 (C or F). Display: 20 x 4 line backlit LCD. 0.1C or 0.1F resolution. Front panel LEDs indicate relay and alarm status. Accuracy: 2C (3F) in 0 to 60C (32 to 140F) ambient, over entire range of the input. Supply power: 85 to 240 VAC @ 50/60 Hz. or 110 to 250 VDC, 5 watts max.; or 18 to 36 VDC, 6 watts max. Keyboard: 4 membrane type keys with audible feedback. Serial interface: RS485 or RS232 (Modbus protocol). Power loss protection: Trip points and program parameters stored in non-volatile memory. Normal operation resumes when power is restored.
Page Rev. 04/2011

Programming: Programmable from front panel or via RS485 or RS232 interface using Modbus protocol. PC software is included for data logging, commissioning, and configuration. Program settings may be password protected. Firmware fault protection: Watchdog resets microprocessor if it fails to perform program sequence. Enclosure: Steel case; NEMA 4 front panel. Ambient temperature rating: 0 to 60C (32 to 140F). Connections: Terminal blocks at rear accept wires to AWG 12. Leadwire resistance compensation: Up to 30 per leadwire for RTDs with no effect on reading. Dimensions: 7.5 x 11.5 x 2 (191 x 292 x 51 mm).
INSTRUMENTS

Mounting: Panel mount enclosure. Cutout size of 6.8" x 10.6" (173 x 269 mm). Weight: 3.8 lbs. (1.72 kg.). Approvals: UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14-M91.

Accessories
AC102734: Communication package. Includes isolated RS232 to RS485 converter and power supply.

Specification and order options

Model number Power supply A: 85-240 VAC @ 50/60 Hz / 110-250 VDC B: 18-36 VDC Output 1 1: Relays 2: Logic (5 VDC) Interface A A: RS232 B: RS485 CT224A1A = Sample part number CT224 A

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

STOCKED PARTS
Model # CT224 Power Supply Output Interface Stock Part # 85 - 240 VAC (50/60Hz) / Relays RS232 CT224A1A 110 - 250 VDC 85 - 240 VAC (50/60Hz) / CT224 Relays RS485 CT224A1B 110 - 250 VDC Note: Available up to 10 pieces or contact Minco Customer Service Specifications subject to change

Page 5-27

CT325 Miniature DC Temperature Controller

Overview
The CT325 Miniature DC Temperature Controller is designed for use with Minco Thermofoil heaters and RTD or thermistor sensors. It offers inexpensive on/off temperature control of your process or equipment with accuracy many times better than bimetal thermostats. Easily read and adjust the set point temperature using a voltmeter, then monitor the actual signal temperature at the other end. Operating from your 4.75 to 60 volt DC power supply, the controller can switch up to 4 amps power to the heater. A bright LED indicates when power is applied to the heater. The entire unit is epoxy filled for moisture resistance, with a through-hole for a mounting bolt. A terminal block provides the power input, sensor input and heater output connections. Tight control in a small package means that enclosures or panel spaces are not required which allows successful portable device implementation Simple control without complicated programming can reduce set-up time Three-wire RTD connection cancels lead resistance for highly accurate temperature readings Solid state on-off control with adjustable set point improves durability compared to electro-mechanical devices Flexible heating control compliments all Minco Thermofoil Heaters for convenient off the shelf operation Uses standard 100 or 1000 platinum RTD or 50 k thermistor sensor input Single DC power source provides power to the controller and heater up to 240 watts

CT325 DC Controller

Specifications
Input: 100 or 1000 platinum RTD, 0.00385 //C, 2 or 3-leads, or 50 k NTC thermistor, 2-lead. Setpoint range: 2 to 200C (36 to 392F) for platinum RTD input. 25 to 75C (77 to 167F) for thermistor input. Consult factory for other ranges. Setpoint stability: 0.02% of span/C. Vtemp signal: 0.010 V/C over specified range. Platinum RTD sensor 2C 0.02 V 50C 0.50 V 100C 1.00 V 200C 2.00 V Accuracy: 1% of span Linearity: 0.1% of span Deadband: 0.1C (0.2F). Input power: 4.75 to 60 VDC. Output: Open drain, 4 amps max. DC. Leadwire compensation: (3-wire RTD) 0.06C/ for 100 or 1000 platinum up to 25 per leg. Fault protection: Heater disabled on RTD short or thermistor open. No heater protection; external fuse is recommended. Operating ambient temperature range: -40 to 70C (-40 to 158F). Relative humidity: 0 to 95% non-condensing. Physical: Polycarbonate case, epoxy sealed for moisture resistance. Weight: 1 oz. (28g). Connections: Terminal block for wires AWG 22 to AWG 14. Mounting: Mounting hole for #6 screw through or #8 thread forming screw. Thermistor sensor 25C 0.25 V 50C 0.50 V 75C 0.75 V Accuracy: Linearity: 2% of span 2% of span

Applications
IV solutions for medical/surgical applications Military batteries Enclosures to maintain the temperature of electronics Ruggedized laptop LCDs and hardrives

Custom design options

Minco can customize the design of the CT325 for special applications. Specific temperature ranges, other sensor options, and special packaging are possible for volume OEM applications.

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-28

Sensor type 100 platinum RTD (0.00385 TCR) 1000 platinum RTD (0.00385 TCR) 50 k thermistor R25/R125 = 31.2

Code PD PF TF

Wiring diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Note: 50kW thermistor sensor TS665TF is available on page 10-6

Fuse DC + Power Supply

RTD

Specification and order options

CT325 PD 1 Model number Sensor type from table Power supply: 1 = 4.75 to 10 VDC 2 = 7.5 to 60 VDC
Fuse DC + Power Supply Heater
1 2 3 4 5 6

Thermistor
INSTRUMENTS

Temperature range: A = 25 to 75C (thermistor only) C = 2 to 200C (RTD only) Dead band: 1 1 = 0.1C CT325PD1C1 = Sample part number C

Heater

AC powered heaters
The CT325 can provide the control signal to an external solid state relay to switch AC power. Use a DC supply voltage suitable for both the CT325 and SSR.
CT325
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Dimensions in inches (mm)

Fuse DC + Power Supply

+

RTD

INPUT

.69 (17.5)

(27.7)
115 VAC
Neutral Line

2 OUTPUT 1

AC Solid State Relay

Fuse

Mounting Hole 1.50 (38.1)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Heater

1.00 (25.4)

0.149 (3.8) I.D. THRU Setpoint Adjust

STOCKED PARTS
Model # CT325 CT325 Sensor Type PD PD Power Supply 7.5 - 60 VDC 4.75 - 10 VDC Temp. Dead Stock Part # Range Band 2 - 200C 0.1C CT325PD2C1 2 - 200C 0.1C CT325PD1C1

Vtemp Vsetpoint Test Points GND Heat Indicator

Note: Available up to 10 pieces or contact Minco Customer Service

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-29

CT335 PC Board Mount Temp. Controller

Overview
The CT335 is an OEM micro-processor based temperature controller that offers two sensor inputs, and two outputs. This low cost, PCB mount style proportional controller is great for system integration. The CT335 multiple output options make it more versatile than other temperature controllers. Option 1) one output capable of handling up to 6 Amps. Option 2) Two open drain outputs with 3 Amps each. Option 3) one open drain output that can handle up to 3 Amps and a logic output option to work with an external SSR for higher power. Proportional and On/Off control Two inputs and two outputs (solid state) Small package designed for PCB mounting Able to handle up to 6 Amps Operates on 7.5-60 volts DC Low cost AC207473 USB to SPI Converter Kit: The AC207473 allows the user to configure the CT335 from a PC. It is ideal for prototyping and early-stage development. It consists of a CT335 USB to SPI converter, power supply, USB cable, and software CD for easy user interface.

Operation
The CT335 controller can be configured to On/Off or Proportional control. On/Off control offers faster reaction time and better accuracy over thermostats. The CT335 Proportional control minimizes temperature overshoot and gives steadier temperature control by reducing the time the heater/load stays on as the process temperature approaches the set-point. Note that actual outputs depend on the systems configuration and controlling parameters. See below. On/Off Control
On/O
PV

Specifications
Sensor Inputs: 100 at 0C Pt RTD, 2-leads (0.00385 TCR) 1000 at 0C Pt RTD, 2-leads (0.00385 TCR) Output Options: One output of 6A Two outputs of 3A each One 3A output and one logic output (0-5V)
Temperature

Controlling Parameters: Dead-band for On/Off Control: 0.1 to 10C Proportional band for Proportional Control: 0.1 to 10C Ambient: Operating temperature: -40 to 70C (-40 to 158F) Storage temperature: -55 to 85C (-67 to 185F) Relative humidity: 90%, non-condensing Accuracy: 1 C System stability determined by overall system. Power supply: 7.5 to 60VDC

Set-point

Time

Proportional Control
PV

Proportional
Set-point

Case Dimensions: 1.49x1.03x0.36" Mounting: Pins on 0.1" center for mounting on PCB

Specifications subject to change

Temperature

Physical: ABS case, epoxy potted for moisture resistance

Time

Page Rev. 04/2011

Page 5-30

Wiring with Different Output Options:

Option 1: One output of 6A

Specifications and order options

CT335 PD Model Number: CT335 Sensor Types: PD = 100 Platinum RTD (-40 to 200C) PF = 1000 Platinum RTD 1 Output Options: 1. one output of 6A 2. two outputs of 3A 3. one 3A output and 1 logic output P Control Method: O = On/Off P = Proportional 10 Dead-band or Proportional Band 1 = 0.1 C 10 = 1.0 C 100 = 10.0 C T100 Setpoint Temperature (Min = - 40C, Max = 200C): XXXX = Setpoint in 0.1C increments Example: 100 = 10.0C 103 = 10.3C -200 = -20.0C CT335PD1T100 = Sample part number

Option 2: Two outputs of 3A each

Dimensions

Option 3: One 3A output and one logic output (0-5V)

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-31

INSTRUMENTS

CT15 Temperature Controller & Alarm

CT15 Controller

Overview
The CT15 is an easy-to-use controller with sophisticated PID control. It can also be a single or 2-stage alarm (using alarm feature plus control relay) to monitor motors and generators for overheating. RTD or thermocouple input Control modes: Self-Tune, pre-set or programmable PID, or On/Off Bright red LED display Ramp to setpoint Digital sensor input correction Digital input filter adjustable for noisy or jittery processes Four security levels Setpoint limits Non-volatile memory needs no battery backup Input fault timer Alarms at one or two temperatures Alarm Relay option is programmable for high, low, absolute, or deviation, can be reset manually or automatically, and controls a single electromechanical relay with voltage-free contacts

Specifications
Selectable inputs: RTD: 2 or 3-wire, Minco types PD or PE (100 EN60751 platinum). Thermocouple: Type J (factory default), K, T (selectable). Input impedance: Thermocouple: 3 megohms minimum. RTD current: 200 A maximum. Sensor break or short protection: De-energizes control outputs to protect system. Loop break protection: Error message is initiated and output is turned off in case of shorted sensor or open heater circuit. Break time adjustable from OFF to 99 minutes. Cycle rate: 1to 80 seconds. Setpoint range: Selectable from -212 to 1371C (-350 to 2500F), input dependent. Display: One 4 digit, 7 segment, 0.3" high LED. Display shows the measured temperature unless a control key is pressed, then it will display the item value. Control action: Reverse (usually heating) or Direct (usually cooling), selectable. Ramp/Soak: One ramp, 0 to 100 hours.

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-32

Specifications continued
Accuracy: 0.25% of span 1 count. Resolution: 1 or 0.1, selectable. Line voltage stability: 0.05% over supply voltage range. Temperature stability: 4 V/C (2.3 V/F) typical, 8 V/C (4.5 V/F) max. (100 ppm/C typical, 200 ppm/C max.). Isolation: Relay and SSR outputs are isolated. Pulsed voltage output must not share a common ground with the input. Supply voltage: 100 to 240 VAC nom., +10/-15%, 50 to 400 Hz, single phase; 132 to 240 VDC, nom., +10/-20%. 5 VA maximum. Note: Do not confuse controller power with heater power. The controller does not supply power to the heater, but only acts as a switch. For example, the controller could be powered by 115 VAC, but controlling 12 VDC to the heater. Operating temperature range: -10 to 55C (14 to 131F). Memory backup: Non-volatile memory (no batteries required). Control output ratings: AC SSR (SPST): 3.5 A @ 250 VAC @ 25C (77F); derates to 1.25 A @ 55C (131F). Minimum 48 VAC and 100mA required. An SSR is recommended for longer life than a mechanical relay. Switched voltage (non-isolated): 5 VDC @ 25 mA. Mechanical relay, SPST Form A (Normally Open): 3 A resistive, 1.5 A inductive @ 250 VAC; pilot duty: 250 VA; 2 A @ 125 VAC or 1 A @ 250 VAC. Alarm relay, SPST Form A (Normally Open): 3 A resistive, 1.5 A inductive @ 250 VAC; pilot duty: 250 VA; 2 A @ 125 VAC or 1 A @ 250 VAC. Weight: 227g (8 oz.). Agency approvals: UL & CSA. Front panel rating: Type 4X (IP66).

Specification and order options

CT15 1 Model number Alarm: 0 = No 1 = Yes Input: 1 = J, K, or T thermocouple 2 = 100 platinum RTD, type PD or PE Output: 1 = Built-in AC SSR 2 = Pulsed voltage (5 VDC) 3 = Mechanical relay
INSTRUMENTS

CT15121 = Sample part number

Note: See page 5-36 for controller accessories.

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Dimensions shown in inches (mm)

1.89 (48) 1.89 (48)

5.04 (128)

1.76 (44.7) 0.45 (12) PANEL CUTOUT: 1.775" 1.775" (45 mm 45 mm) MAXIMUM PANEL THICKNESS: 0.25" (6.35 mm) DIMENSIONS IN INCHES (mm)

STOCKED PARTS
Model # Alarm No Yes Input Output Stock Part # 100 Platinum RTD Built-in AC SSR CT15021 CT15 100 Platinum RTD Mechanical Relay CT15123 Note: Available up to 10 pieces or contact Minco Customer Service Specifications subject to change

Page 5-33

CT16A Temperature Controller

CT16A Controller

Overview
This economical controller packs sophisticated PID control into a compact 1/16 DIN enclosure. A wide range of control modes, sensor input types, and relay or SSR outputs give versatile control of Thermofoil heaters and lets you easily connect to other electronics. Dual displays continuously show the set point and the actual temperature reading in resolutions of 1, 0.1, or engineering units Universal Input fits any sensor: Select from 10 thermocouple types, 4 RTD types, voltage, and current signals Isolated Outputs for safe, easy wiring Loop Break protection handles sensor or heater failure Peak / Valley records the maximum and minimum temperatures Front panel is waterproof and corrosion-resistant, making it ideal for sanitary applications. Illuminated keypad for easy operation Limit the temperatures which the operator can set via four password-protected Security Levels Controller can Self-Tune for best PID control Control modes: Self-Tune, pre-set or adjustable PID values, simple On/Off control, and open loop Fuzzy Logic provides better response time and reduces overshoot in processes with unpredictable inputs Alarms at one or two temperatures Alarm Relay option is programmable for high, low, absolute, or deviation, can be reset manually or automatically, and controls a single electromechanical relay with voltage-free contacts

Ramp & Soak option handles complex heating profiles of 16 segments with front-panel activation and a selectable time base (CT16A3) Auto / Manual option easily switches to manual control for set up or experiments (CT16A3) RS-232 or RS-485 Serial Communications access the temperature readings and all control parameters (optional) Retransmit either the sensed temperature or the set point as a voltage or current signal to a computer or recorder (optional) 4-Stage Set Point to quickly switch from one temperature to the next (optional)

Specifications
Selectable inputs: RTD: 2 or 3-wire, Minco types PD or PE (100 EN60751 platinum), PA (100 NIST platinum), PF (1000 EN60751 platinum), or NA (120 Nickel). Thermocouple: Type J (factory default), K, T, L, E, R, S, B, C, or N. DC current: 0-20 mA or 4-20 mA (use with Temptran transmitters). DC voltage: 0-10 or 2-10 VDC, -10 to 10 mVDC, scalable. Input impedance: Voltage: 5000 . Thermocouple: 3 megohms minimum. Current: 10 . RTD current: 200 A.

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-34

Specifications continued
Sensor break or short protection: Selectable output: disabled, average output before fault, or preprogrammed output. Adjustable delay: 0.0 to 540.0 minutes. Loop break protection: Error message is initiated and output is turned off in case of shorted sensor or open heater circuit. Break time adjustable from OFF to 9999 seconds. Cycle rate: 1 to 80 seconds. Setpoint range: Selectable from -212 to 2320C (-350 to 4208F), input dependent. Displays: Two, 4 digit, 7 segment, 0.3" high LEDs. Process Value red, Setpoint Value green. C or F. Control action: Reverse (usually heating) or Direct (usually cooling), selectable. Ramp/soak: (CT16A3 only) 16 separate ramp and soak times are adjustable in minutes or seconds from 0 to 9999. When the program has ended, you may choose to repeat, hold, revert to local setpoint, or turn the outputs off. Accuracy: 0.25% of span 1 count. Resolution: 1 or 0.1, selectable. Line voltage stability: 0.05% over supply voltage range. Temperature stability: 4 V/C (2.3 V/F) typical, 8 V/C (4.5 V/F) max. (100 ppm/C typical, 200 ppm/C max.). Isolation: Relay and SSR: 1500 VAC to all other inputs and outputs. SP1 and SP2 current and voltage: 500 VAC to all other inputs and outputs, but not isolated from each other. Process output (options 934, 936): 500 VAC to all other inputs and outputs. Supply voltage: 100 to 240 VAC nom., +10/-15%, 50 to 400 Hz, single phase; 132 to 240 VDC, nom., +10/-20%. 5 VA maximum. Note: Do not confuse controller power with heater power. The controller does not supply power to the heater, but only acts as a switch. For example, the controller could be powered by 115 VAC, but controlling 12 VDC to the heater. Operating temperature range: -10 to 55C (14 to 131F). Memory backup: Non-volatile memory (no batteries required).

Control output ratings: AC SSR (SPST): 2.0 A combined outputs A & B @ 240 VAC @ 25C (77F); derates to 1.0 A @ 55C (131F). An SSR is recommended for longer life than a mechanical relay. Mechanical relay, SPST Form A (Normally Open) or Form B (Normally Closed): 3 A resistive, 1.5 A inductive @ 240 VAC; pilot duty: 240 VA; 2 A @ 120 VAC or 1 A @ 240 VAC. Switched voltage (isolated): 15 VDC @ 20 mA. Current (isolated): 0 to 20 mA, 600 max. DC SSR: 1.75 A @ 32 VDC max. Alarm relay, SPST Form A (Normally Open): 3 A @ 240 VAC resistive; 1/10 HP @ 120 VAC.

Specifications and order options

CT16A 2 Model number Feature set: 2 = Standard 3 = Enhanced (ramp & soak, Auto/manual)

Alarm relay: 0 = No 1 = Yes Output A: 1 1 = Built-in AC SSR 2 = Pulsed voltage (15 VDC) for external SSR 3 = Mechanical relay, SPST (normally open) 4 = Mechanical relay, SPST (normally closed) 5 = Current 8 = DC SSR Output B: 0 0 = None 1 = Built-in AC SSR 2 = Pulsed voltage (15 VDC) for external SSR 3 = Mechanical relay, SPST (normally open) 4 = Mechanical relay, SPST (normally closed) 5 = Current -948 Options on next page (leave blank for none) CT16A2110-948 = Sample part number 1

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

See page 5-36 for Accessories.

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-35

INSTRUMENTS

CT16A - Options and Accessories

Dimensions shown in inches (mm)
1.89 (48) 1.89 (48)

Accessories for CT15 and CT16A

AC744: 1-10 A, 24 to 280 VAC SSR AC745: 1-25 A, 24 to 280 VAC SSR AC746: 1-50 A, 24 to 280 VAC SSR AC1009: 1-20 A, 0 to 100 VDC SSR

5.04 (128)

AC743: SSR heat sink for high current or ambient temperature AC996 R/C Snubber: Highly recommended to prolong relay contact life if using the mechanical relay or SSR output to drive a relay or solenoid. Also, for the CT16A AC SSR output, make sure that the coil HOLDING current is greater than 100 mA and voltage is minimum 48 VDC. AC1001: Steel 1/16 to DIN adapter plate. 127 x 127 mm gray steel with 45 x 45 mm centered hole.
AC1001

1.76 (44.7) 0.45 (12) PANEL CUTOUT: 1.775" 1.775" (45 mm 45 mm) MAXIMUM PANEL THICKNESS: 0.25" (6.35 mm)

Additional options for CT16A (board level)

AC743

934: Analog retransmission of Process Variable or Set Variable: (4 to 20 mADC) For use as recorder, transmitter or computer A/D input. Linearized 4 to 20 mA DC signal follows the Process or Set variable. Scalable. 936: Analog retransmission of Process Variable or Set Variable: (0 to 10 VDC) Similar to option 934, but output signal is linearized 0 to 10 VDC. 948: 4-Stage setpoint: Four preset setpoints may be selected by external contacts. Each set point has its own set of PID values giving controller 4 distinct recipes for different process situations. 992: RS-485 Computer communication link: Allows remote computer to read and write all control parameters. 993: RS-232 Computer communication link: Allows remote computer to read and write all control parameters.

AC996

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Page 5-36

S E C T I O N 6 : S A N I TA RY S E N S O R S

Authorized to carry 3-A symbol for sanitary applications Fast response for food, beverage and pharmaceutical processing Accurate 100 ohm platinum elements, single or dual Three styles: probe, connection head assembly, thermowell assembly

Probes ......................................................................................................................6-2 Assemblies............................................................................................................6-3 Installation and accessories .......................................................................6-4

Page 6-1

Sanitary RTD Probes

CASE LENGTH 0.125" (3.2 mm) RADIUS

Overview
Install directly into process lines for fast response. Cases, made of polished 316 stainless steel, are free of cracks and crevices that might shelter bacteria. External cables will withstand washdown; optional stainless steel armor prevents abrasion wear. Tri-clamp caps are standard. Contact Minco for other styles. Note that clamp and gasket are not part of the assembly. Get more information on page 6-4.
0.25" (6.4 mm) DIAMETER

Specifications
Sensing element: Platinum RTD, 100 0.1% at 0C, TCR = 0.00385 //C (Meets EN60751, Class B). Temperature range: Probe: -100 to 200C (-148 to 392F). External leadwires: -100 to 121C (-148 to 250F). Material: 316 stainless steel. Finish: Standard: #4 finish per 3-A standard 74-02, 32 microinches max. Pharmaceutical (optional): Polished to mirror finish and passivated. 10 microinches typical. Pressure rating: 500 psi (34.5 bar). Leadwires: AWG 22, polyimide insulation; optional stainless steel armor. Polyolefin shrink tubing wrap standard over either option. Time constant: 2 seconds. Self-heating: 50 mW/C typical in moving water. Insulation resistance: Single element probes: 1000 megohms minimum at 500 VDC, leads to case. Dual element probes: 100 megohms minimum at 100 VDC, between elements and leads to case. A

Specification and order options

S5020PD Model number: S5020PD: Single element S5022PD: Dual element Number of leads per sensing element: Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads Case length in 0.1" increments: Standard lengths: 30 = 3.0" 40 = 4.0" 50 = 5.0" Lead covering: T = Tubing A = Armor Lead length in inches Sanitary cap style: TC = Tri-clamp Nominal diameter: 10 = 1.0" 15 = 1.5" 20 = 2.0" Case finish: S = Standard finish P = Pharmaceutical finish

30

60 TC 20

S5020PDZ30A60TC20P = Sample part number

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specifications subject to change

Page 6-2

Sanitary RTD Assemblies

CH328 EPOXY-COATED ALUMINUM HEAD SHOWN. SEE PAGES 4-2 FOR OTHER MODELS. CAST IRON: MODEL CH103 POLYPROPYLENE: MODEL CH366; STAINLESS STEEL: MODEL CH335, CH360
4.6" (117 mm) 3.6" (91 mm) 1.4" (36 mm) PROBE LENGTH 0.25" (6.4 mm) RADIUS 3.6" (91 mm) 2.5" (64 mm) THERMOWELL LENGTH 1.5" (38 mm)

0.25" (6.4 mm) DIAMETER

4.6" (117 mm)

0.25" (6.4 mm) RADIUS 0.375" (9.5 mm) DIAMETER 0.23" (5.8 mm) DIAMETER

CONDUIT THREAD
PROBE ASSEMBLY

1.6" (41 mm)

CONDUIT THREAD

1.6" (41 mm)

THERMOWELL ASSEMBLY

Overview
These assemblies include a connection head for terminating RTD leads to external wiring. The fast-response thermowell assembly lets you remove the RTD probe without breaking into process lines. Cases and thermowells, made of polished 316 stainless steel, are free of cracks and crevices that might shelter bacteria.

Temperature Transmitters
Mincos Temptran transmitters provide a 4 to 20 mA signal or HART Protocol that can be sent over long distances with a simple 2-wire system. See Section 5 for complete temperature transmitter specifications. Contact Minco if transmitter is required.

Specifications
Sensing element: Platinum RTD, 100 0.1% at 0C, TCR = 0.00385 //C (Meets EN60751, Class B). Temperature range: -100 to 200C (-148 to 392F). Material: Probe: 316 stainless steel. Spring-loaded holder on thermowell version: 300 series stainless steel. Finish: Standard: #4 finish per 3-A standard 74-02, 32 microinches max. Pharmaceutical (optional): Polished to mirror finish and passivated. 10 microinches typical. Pressure rating: 500 psi (34.5 bar). Leadwires: Polyimide insulated leads, 4" (102 mm) long. Time constant: Probe assembly: 2 seconds. Thermowell assembly: 4 seconds. Self-heating: Typical value in moving water. Probe assembly: 50 mW/C Thermowell assembly: 25 mW/C. Insulation resistance: Single element probes: 1000 megohms min. at 500 VDC, leads to case. Dual element probes: 100 megohms min. at 100 VDC, between elements and leads to case.

Specification and order options

SANITARY SENSORS

AS5000PD

50 TC 15

Model number: Probe assembly: AS5010PD: Single element AS5012PD: Dual element Thermowell assembly: AS5000PD: Single element AS5002PD: Dual element Number of leads per element: Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads Probe or thermowell length in 0.1" increments: Standard lengths: 30 (3.0"), 40 (4.0"), 50 (5.0") Sanitary cap style: TC = Tri-Clamp Nominal diameter: 10 = 1.0" 15 = 1.5" 20 = 2.0" Connection head: C = Cast iron E = Epoxy coated alum. N = White polypropylene S = Stainless steel (CH335) SS = Stainless steel (CH360) Conduit thread: 3 = 1/2 - 14 NPT 4 = 3/4 - 14 NPT (N/A with N or S connection heads) Case finish: S = Standard finish P = Pharmaceutical finish

AS5000PDZ50TC15E3S = Sample part number

Specifications subject to change

Page 6-3

Installation and Accessories

Installation

Accessories
Tri-Clamp fittings, manufactured by Tri-Clover, consist of two identical pipe faces with a gasket between them. A hinged clamp holds the two flanges together.

Pipe diameter 1.5" 2.0"

Clamp part # AC101656 AC101657 Clamp for sanitary fitting

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specifications subject to change

Page 6-4

S E C T I O N 7 : M I N I AT U R E S E N S O R S

Embedment sensors install in bearings for over-temperature protection Small, rugged RTDs and thermocouples withstand rough handling and harsh environments Certified non-sparking sensors for hazardous areas Bolt-on designs for easy installation

Embedment RTDs.........................................................................7-2 to 7-3 Embedment Thermocouples.................................................7-4 to 7-5 Non-sparking Embedment Sensors ..................................7-6 to 7-7 Bolt-on sensors ..............................................................................................7-8 Economy sensors..........................................................................................7-9 Installation and accessories ................................................................7-10

Page 7-1

Embedment RTDs
Element TCR Case style A //C Case L: 0.250" (6.4 mm)
Case : 0.275" (7.0 mm)

Case style B

Case style C

Case style D
Case L: 0.300" (7.6 mm) Case : 0.080" (2.0 mm)

Case L: 0.250" (6.4 mm) Case L: 0.300" (7.6 mm) Case : 0.188" (4.8 mm) Case : 0.125" (3.2 mm) Flange : 0.250" (6.4 mm)

Platinum, 100 0.36% at 0C .00392 Platinum, 100 0.12% at 0C (Meets EN60751, Class B) Platinum, 100 0.36% at 0C Platinum, 1000 0.12% at 0C Copper, 10 0.2% at 25C Nickel, 120 0.5% at 0C
*MIL-T-24388C qualified models

Single Dual S325PA, S4026PA S11636PA* S304PD S7304PE S101907PF S324CA S326NA, S11636NA* S309PD

Single S331PA S306PD

Dual S7792PA

Single S341PA

Dual

Single

Dual

S14320PA S12414PA S14455PD S13282PD

.00385 .00385 .00385 .00427 .00672

S14405PD S308PD

S305PE S7746PE S307PE S7908PE S14456PE S13282PE S101911PF S101908PF S101912PF S101909PF S101913PF S101910PF S4026CA S332CA S342CA S4026NA S330NA S7792NA S340NA

Overview
Install miniature sensors in or beneath the babbitt layer of bearing shoes. They monitor metal temperature the most reliable indicator of bearing condition to give early warning of oil film breakdown. Machines can then be shut down and the problem corrected before catastrophic failure occurs. While no larger than many bare ceramic elements, these RTDs have metal cases and insulated leads to withstand rough handling and harsh environments. They are easy to install in drilled holes for general purpose sensing.

STOP OIL SEEPAGE! Specification and order options

S331PA 3 Model number from table Number of leads per sensing element (2, 3, or 4): CA or PD elements not available with 2 leads. 4 leads available on single elements and S14405 only. Covering over leadwires: T = PTFE insulated leads only S = Stainless steel overbraid with PTFE insulated leads F = FEP over PTFE insulated leads R = FEP over stainless steel braid and PTFE insulated leads. E = FEP over stainless steel braid, with elastomer fill and PTFE insulated leads. (max fill length 144) S11636 Covering options only: K = Polyimide insulated leads. S = Stainless steel overbraid with PTFE insulated leads. Lead length in inches

Specifications
Temperature range: -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F). Case: Tin plated copper alloy. Models S12414, S13282 and S101910: Stainless steel. Babbitt tip: Factory applied babbitt tip, available on case style A or B, reduces the danger of overheating the sensor when installed in babbitt layer. Leads: Stranded copper with PTFE insulation; stainless steel overbraid optional (one sleeve covers all leads). Polyimide insulation available on selected models (See specification and order options). Time constant: 3.0 seconds (case style A) to 1.5 seconds (case style D), typical value in moving water. Insulation resistance: 10 megohms min. at 100 VDC, leads to case. *MIL-T-24388C qualified models: PRT-EM-E2: Order S11636PA3K36B1. NRT-EM-E1: Order S11636NA3K36B1.
Specifications subject to change

36

Leadwire size (AWG): Case Number of leads style 2 3 4 6 A 24 24 24 24 B 24 24 28 28 C 24 26 30 30 D 30 30 34

(Stop here for case style C or D; no installation variable) AC1 Optional Installation/Accessory option: B0 = No babbitt metal or accessories B1 = Babbitt metal applied AC1 = Supplied with AC171 spring and AC172 series ring (case style B only) AC2 = Supplied with AC171 spring and AC1038 ring (case style B only) AC3 = Supplied with AC171 spring and AC915-1 ring (case style B only) S331PA3S36AC1 = Sample part number

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Page 7-2

STOCKED PARTS
TCR # of Lead Size Case Sensing Single or Dual Style Element Elements (//C) Leads (AWG) 0.00672 A NA Single 3 24 0.00392 A PA Single 3 24 0.00392 A PA Single 3 24 0.00392 A PA Single 3 24 0.00392 A PA Single 3 24 0.00392 A PA Single 3 24 0.00392 A PA Single 3 24 0.00392 A PA Single 3 24 0.00385 A PD Single 3 24 0.00385 A PD Single 3 24 0.00385 A PD Single 3 24 0.00385 A PD Single 3 24 0.00385 A PD Single 3 24 0.00385 A PD Single 3 24 0.00385 A PD Dual 3 24 0.00385 A PD Dual 3 24 A PD Dual 0.00385 3 24 0.00392 B PA Single 3 24 0.00392 B PA Single 3 24 0.00392 B PA Single 3 24 0.00392 B PA Single 3 24 0.00392 B PA Single 3 24 0.00392 B PA Single 3 24 0.00385 B PD Single 3 24 0.00385 B PD Single 3 24 0.00385 B PD Single 3 24 0.00385 B PD Single 3 24 0.00385 B PD Single 3 24 0.00385 B PD Single 3 24 0.00385 B PD Dual 3 28 0.00385 B PD Dual 3 28 B 0.00385 PD Dual 3 28 C 0.00392 PA Single 3 26 C 0.00392 PA Single 3 26 C 0.00392 PA Single 3 26 C 0.00392 PA Single 3 26 C 0.00392 PA Single 3 26 C 0.00392 PA Single 3 26 C 0.00385 PD Single 3 26 C 0.00385 PD Single 3 26 C 0.00385 PD Single 3 26 C 0.00385 PD Single 3 26 C 0.00385 PD Single 3 26 C 0.00385 PD Single 3 26 C PD Dual 0.00385 3 30 C PD Dual 0.00385 3 30 C PD Dual 0.00385 3 30 D PA Single 0.00392 3 30 D PA Single 0.00392 3 30 D PA Single 0.00392 3 30 D PA Single 0.00392 3 30 D PA Single 0.00392 3 30 D PA Single 0.00392 3 30 D PD Single 0.00385 3 30 D PD Single 0.00385 3 30 D PD Single 0.00385 3 30 D PD Single 0.00385 3 30 D PD Single 0.00385 3 30 D PD Single 0.00385 3 30 Note: Available up to 10 pieces or contact Minco Customer Service
Page Rev. 04/2011

Lead Covering Polyimide Polyimide Stainless Steel Overbraid PTFE Stainless Steel Overbraid PTFE Stainless Steel Overbraid PTFE Stainless Steel Overbraid PTFE Stainless Steel Overbraid PTFE Stainless Steel Overbraid PTFE Stainless Steel Overbraid Stainless Steel Overbraid Stainless Steel Overbraid PTFE Stainless Steel Overbraid Stainless Steel Overbraid PTFE PTFE Stainless Steel Overbraid Stainless Steel Overbraid PTFE Stainless Steel Overbraid PTFE Stainless Steel Overbraid PTFE Stainless Steel Overbraid Stainless Steel Overbraid Stainless Steel Overbraid PTFE Stainless Steel Overbraid Stainless Steel Overbraid PTFE Stainless Steel Overbraid PTFE PTFE Stainless Steel Overbraid Stainless Steel Overbraid PTFE Stainless Steel Overbraid PTFE Stainless Steel Overbraid Stainless Steel Overbraid Stainless Steel Overbraid PTFE Stainless Steel Overbraid Stainless Steel Overbraid PTFE Stainless Steel Overbraid PTFE PTFE Stainless Steel Overbraid PTFE Stainless Steel Overbraid PTFE Stainless Steel Overbraid

Lead Optional Stock Part # Length Babbitt tip Yes 36 S11636NA3K36B1 Yes 36 S11636PA3K36B1 No 36 S325PA3S36B0 No 36 S325PA3T36B0 No 72 S325PA3S72B0 No 72 S325PA3T72B0 No 144 S325PA3S144B0 No 144 S325PA3T144B0 No 36 S304PD3S36B0 No 36 S304PD3T36B0 No 72 S304PD3S72B0 No 72 S304PD3T72B0 No 144 S304PD3S144B0 No 144 S304PD3T144B0 No 36 S309PD3S36B0 No 72 S309PD3S72B0 No 144 S309PD3S144B0 No 36 S331PA3T36B0 No 36 S331PA3S36B0 No 72 S331PA3S72B0 No 72 S331PA3T72B0 No 144 S331PA3T144B0 No 144 S331PA3S144B0 No 36 S306PD3S36B0 No 36 S306PD3T36B0 No 72 S306PD3S72B0 No 72 S306PD3T72B0 No 144 S306PD3S144B0 No 144 S306PD3T144B0 No 36 S14405PD3S36B0 No 72 S14405PD3S72B0 No 144 S14405PD3S144B0 n/a 36 S341PA3T36 n/a 36 S341PA3S36 n/a 72 S341PA3S72 n/a 72 S341PA3T72 n/a 144 S341PA3S144 n/a 144 S341PA3T144 n/a 36 S308PD3T36 n/a 36 S308PD3S36 n/a 72 S308PD3S72 n/a 72 S308PD3T72 n/a 144 S308PD3S144 n/a 144 S308PD3T144 36 n/a S14455PD3S36 72 n/a S14455PD3S72 144 n/a S14455PD3S144 36 n/a S12414PA3T36 36 n/a S12414PA3S36 72 n/a S12414PA3S72 72 n/a S12414PA3T72 144 n/a S12414PA3S144 144 n/a S12414PA3T144 36 n/a S13282PD3T36 36 n/a S13282PD3S36 72 n/a S13282PD3T72 72 n/a S13282PD3S72 144 n/a S13282PD3T144 144 n/a S13282PD3S144 Specifications subject to change

Page 7-3

MINIATURE SENSORS

Embedment Thermocouples

Leadwire

Case style A
Case L: 0.250" (6.4 mm) Case : 0.275" (7.0 mm)

Case style B

Case style C

Case style D
Case L: 0.300" (7.6 mm) Case : 0.080" (2.0 mm)

Case L: 0.250" (6.4 mm) Case L: 0.300" (7.6 mm) Case : 0.188" (4.8 mm) Case : 0.125" (3.2 mm) Flange : 0.250" (6.4 mm)

AWG 20 stranded AWG 24 stranded AWG 24 stranded with single SS braid over both wire pairs AWG 30 solid

Single TC311 TC2162

Dual TC312 TC2303 TC2698

Single TC333 TC2084

Dual TC2096 TC2520

Single TC344

Dual TC2623 TC2837

Single

Dual

TC2741

Overview
These thermocouples are mechanically interchangeable with the RTDs on pages 7-2 and 7-3.

Specifications
Temperature range: -184 to 260C (-300 to 500F). Copper-Constantan (Type T): AWG 24: 200C (392F) maximum, AWG 30: 150C (302F) maximum. Time constant: Typical value in moving water: Grounded junction: 0.3 seconds. Ungrounded junction: 6 seconds (case style A) to 1 second (case style C). Insulation resistance: 10 megohms min. at 100 VDC, leads to case, ungrounded junctions only. Case: Tin plated copper alloy. Babbitt tip: Factory applied babbitt tip, available on case styles A and B, reduces the danger of overheating the sensor when installed in babbitt layer. Leads: See table for sizes and options. Dual element models with AWG 24 stranded leadwires are available with a single stainless steel braid over all four wires. This option is recommended for use with integral feedthroughs. See below for more information.

Specifications subject to change

Page 7-4

Specification and order options

TC311 E Model number from table Junction type: E = Chromel-Constantan J = Iron-Constantan K = Chromel-Alumel T = Copper-Constantan Junction grounding: G = Grounded U = Ungrounded Lead length in inches

36 S

Covering over leadwires: T = PTFE insulated leads only S = Stainless steel overbraid with PTFE insulated leads F = FEP over PTFE insulated leads R = FEP over stainless steel braid and PTFE insulated leads E = FEP over stainless steel braid, with elastomer fill and PTFE insulated leads (max fill length 144) (Stop here for case style C or D; no installation variable) Optional Installation/Accessory option: B0 = No babbitt metal or accessories B1 = Babbitt metal applied AC1 = Supplied with AC171 spring and AC172 series ring (case style B only) AC2 = Supplied with AC171 spring and AC1038 ring (case style B only) AC3 = Supplied with AC171 spring and AC915-1 ring (case style B only) TC311EU36SB0 = Sample part number B0

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

STOP OIL SEEPAGE!

Feedthroughs provide an oil tight seal where a cable exits a machine housing. The stainless steel tube is epoxy filled and each wire is sealed to the individual conductor. This prevents wicking of oil inside the wires as well as leakage around the wire insulation. Pressure rating to 25 psi (1.7 bar.) See page 4-11 for details. Leadwire and cable seal models FG1015 and FG3015 seal RTD or thermocouple leadwires where they exit oil-filled bearing housings of rotating equipment. Both versions include a grommet that provides the seal and allows adjustment of the wire or cable position. See page 4-12 for details. Elastomer rubber-filled cable has elastomer fill between the wires, stainless steel braid, and outer jacket. This fill can extend along the entire length of the cable, or a specified portion. The outside of the cable can be sealed with an FG1015 or FG3015 fitting. See Sensor Ordering Options on page 4-13 for additional details. Minco Application Aid #27 provides more information on the problems of oil seepage and various solutions. Download AA#27 at www.minco.com/sensoraid/
Specifications subject to change

Page 7-5

MINIATURE SENSORS

Non-sparking Embedment Sensors

Specification and order options:
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC U

RTD non-sparking embedment sensors

S102617PD Model number from next page Number of leads per sensing element (2, 3 or 4): 3 CA or PD elements not available with 2 leads 4 leads available on all single elements and dual S102618 only Covering over leadwires: F T = PTFE insulated leads only S = Stainless steel overbraid with PTFE insulated leads F = FEP over PTFE insulated leads E = FEP over stainless steel braid, with elastomer fill and PTFE insulated leads (max. fill length 144") Lead length in inches 48 (Stop here for case style C or D; no installation variable) Optional Installation/Accessory option B0 B0 = No babbitt metal or accessories B1 = Babbitt metal applied AC1 = Supplied with AC171 spring and AC172 series ring (case style B only) AC2 = Supplied with AC171 spring and AC1038 ring (case style B only) AC3 = Supplied with AC171 spring and AC915-1 ring (case style B only) S102617PD3F48B0 = Sample part number

Overview
Non-sparking embedment sensors for monitoring the temperature of thrust bearings Four case styles offer a variety of installation options Certified for use in Zone 2, Group IIC hazardous areas

Specifications
Temperature range: -50 to 200C (-58 to 392F), reducing to 125C (257F) when elastomer filled cable is ordered. Case: Tin plated copper alloy. Babbitt tip: Factory applied babbitt tip, available on case style A, B, and short style B, reduces the danger of overheating the sensor when installed in babbitt layer. Leads: RTD: stranded copper with PTFE insulation. Stainless steel braid, FEP over PTFE and FEP over stainless steel braid with elastomer fill are optional. Thermocouple: stranded, PTFE insulated, twisted pairs. Stainless steel braid, FEP over PTFE and FEP over stainless steel braid with elastomer fill are optional. Leadwire size (AWG): RTD Case style Number of leads 2 3 4 A 24 24 24 B 24 24 28 C 24 26 30 Short B 24 26 28 Thermocouple All cases 24 24

Thermocouple non-sparking embedment sensors

TC102621E U Model number from next page Junction grounding: G = Grounded U = Ungrounded 48 Lead length in inches F Covering over leadwires: T = PTFE insulated leads only S = Stainless steel overbraid with PTFE insulated leads F = FEP over PTFE insulated leads E = FEP over stainless steel braid, with elastomer fill and PTFE insulated leads (max fill length 144) (Stop here for case style C or D; no installation variable) B0 Optional Installation/Accessory option B0 = No babbitt metal or accessories B1 = Babbitt metal applied AC1 = Supplied with AC171 spring and AC172 series ring (case style B only) AC2 = Supplied with AC171 spring and AC1038 ring (case style B only) AC3 = Supplied with AC171 spring and AC915-1 ring (case style B only) TC102621EU48FB0 = Sample part number
Page Rev. 04/2011

6 24 28 30 30

8 28

Time constant: 3.0 seconds (case style A), typical in moving water. Insulation resistance: 10 megohms minimum at 100 VDC, leads to case.

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config
Specifications subject to change

Page 7-6

RTD Element

TCR Case style A //C Case L: 0.250" (6.4 mm)

Case : 0.275" (7.0 mm)

Case style B
Case L: 0.250" (6.4 mm) Case : 0.188" (4.8 mm) Flange : 0.250" (6.4 mm)

Case style C
Case L: 0.300" (7.6 mm) Case : 0.125" (3.2 mm)

Short case style B

Case L: .188" (4.8 mm) Case : .188" (4.8 mm) Flange : 0.250" (6.4 mm)

Single Platinum, 100 0.36% at 0C

Dual

Single

Dual

Single

Dual

Single

Dual

.00392 S102617PA S102617PAPA S102618PA S102618PAPA S102619PA S102619PAPA S102662PA S102662PAPA

Platinum, .00385 S102617PD S102617PDPD S102618PD S102618PDPD S102619PD S102619PDPD S102662PD S102662PDPD 100 0.12% at 0C (Meets EN60751, Class B) Platinum, 100 0.36% at 0C Platinum, 1000 0.12% at 0C Copper, 10 0.2% at 25C Nickel, 120 0.5% at 0C Thermocouple Junction Type .00385 S102617PE S102617PEPE S102618PE S102618PEPE S102619PE S102619PEPE S102662PE S102662PEPE .00385 S102617PF S102617PFPF S102618PF S102618PFPF S102619PF S102619PFPF S102662PF S102662PFPF .00427 S102617CA S102617CACA S102618CA S102619CA S102662CA S102662NA S102662NANA

.00672 S102617NA S102617NANA S102618NA S102618NANA S102619NA

Case style A
Case L: 0.250" (6.4 mm) Case : 0.275" (7.0 mm)

Case style B
Case L: 0.250" (6.4 mm) Case : 0.188" (4.8 mm) Flange : 0.250" (6.4 mm)

Case style C
Case L: 0.300" (7.6 mm) Case : 0.125" (3.2 mm)

Short case style B

Case L: .188" (4.8 mm) Case : .188" (4.8 mm) Flange : 0.250" (6.4 mm)
MINIATURE SENSORS

Single J = Iron-Constantan K = Chromel-Alumel T = Copper-Constantan

Dual

Single

Dual

Single

Dual

Single

Dual

E = Chromel-Constantan TC102620E TC102620EE TC102621E TC102621EE TC102620J TC102620JJ TC102621J TC102621JJ

TC102622E TC102622EE TC102622J TC102622JJ TC102622T TC102622TT

TC102663E TC102663EE TC102663J TC102663JJ TC102663T TC102663TT

TC102620K TC102620KK TC102621K TC102621KK TC102622K TC102622KK TC102663K TC102663KK TC102620T TC102620TT TC102621T TC102621TT

STOP OIL SEEPAGE!

Feedthroughs provide an oil tight seal where a cable exits a machine housing. The stainless steel tube is epoxy filled and each wire is sealed to the individual conductor. This prevents wicking of oil inside the wires as well as leakage around the wire insulation. Pressure rating to 25 psi (1.7 bar.) See page 4-11 for details. Leadwire and cable seal models FG1015 and FG3015 seal RTD or thermocouple leadwires where they exit oil-filled bearing housings of rotating equipment. Both versions include a grommet that provides the seal and allows adjustment of the wire or cable position. See page 4-12 for details. Elastomer rubber-filled cable has elastomer fill between the wires, stainless steel braid, and outer jacket. This fill can extend along the entire length of the cable, or a specified portion. The outside of the cable can be sealed with an FG1015 or FG3015 fitting. See Sensor Ordering Options on page 4-13 for additional details. Minco Application Aid #27 provides more information on the problems of oil seepage and various solutions. Download AA#27 at www.minco.com/sensoraid/
Specifications subject to change

Page 7-7

Bolt-on Temperature Sensors

Dimensions W x L x T (max.) 0.50 x 1.00 x 0.188" (12.7 x 25.4 x 4.8 mm) w/ 0.161" (4.1 mm) diameter hole 0.29 x 1.25 x 0.188" (7.4 x 31.8 x 4.8 mm) with 0.161" (4.1 mm) hole Temp. range Element options Case material Stainless steel Stainless steel Nickel plated copper Stainless steel Stainless steel Leadwire AWG 22, Mica-glass insulated Model -70 to 500C PD, PF, PW (-94 to 932F) S101730

-70 to 500C PD, PF, PW (-94 to 932F) -50 to 260C 0.265" (6.7 mm) ID ring lug PD, PE, PF, NB (-58 to 500F) 0.50 x 0.375 x 0.188" (12.7 x 9.5 x -50 to 260C PD, PE, PF, NB 4.8 mm) with 0.166" (4.2 mm) hole (-58 to 500F) 1 3 7 /4 - 20 x /8" long thread with /16" hex head -50 to 260C PD, PE, PF, NB M6 x 1 thread, 10 mm long, with (-58 to 500F) 10 mm hex

AWG 22, S101731 Mica-glass insulated 2 lead: AWG 24, 3 lead: S101732 AWG 26, PTFE insulated 2 lead: AWG 24, 3 lead: AWG 26, PTFE insulated with SS braid cover S101733 S101734 S101797

Overview
Bolt-on temperature sensors are designed for easy installation in industrial and commercial environments. The sensors can be mounted on machines, against process pipes, or embedded directly into a machined part. Threaded fasteners install in seconds and can be easily removed for installation at another location. These sensors are ideal for process control measurements, test and verification of existing systems, and retrofitting existing machines. Standard designs allow prototyping without high setup costs, while significant discounts are available for large quantities. Standard platinum and nickel RTD elements provide stable and reliable output compatible with most control and monitoring systems. Physically interchangeable designs allow you to easily customize your installation to different instrumentation. Minco can also provide custom RTD, thermistor or thermocouple elements in these packages, or specialized case designs to meet your application needs. Removable and reusable Wide temperature range Configurations to fit most applications Standard 100 platinum, 1000 platinum and 100 nickel elements

Specifications
Time constant: Less than 10 seconds in moving water. Insulation resistance: 10 megohms minimum at 100 VDC, leads to case. Vibration: Withstands 10 to 2000 Hz at 20 Gs minimum per MIL-STD-202. Method 204, test condition D. Element specifications* Code Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.12% at 0C PD (EN60751, Class B) PE Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.36% at 0C PF Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 1000 0.12% at 0C PW Platinum (0.00375 TCR) 1000 0.12% at 0C PS Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 10000 0.12% at 0C Nickel 0.00618 TCR) 100 0.22% at 0C NB (DIN43760 NI100, Class B) NA Nickel (0.00672 TCR) 120 0.50% at 0C NJ Nickel (0.00618 TCR) 1000 0.22% at 0C

STOCKED PARTS
Sensing Element Case Material

Specification and order options

S101732 Model number from table PD 3 Element code from table Number of leads: 2 or 3: 2 leads not recommended for PD models Leadwire covering: S G = Mica-glass (S101730 and S101731) T = PTFE (S100722, S101732, S101733, S101734, and S101797) S = Stainless steel braid over PTFE insulated leads (S100722, S101732, S101733, S101734, and S101797) Leadwire length (inches): 40" (1000 mm) standard 40 S101732PD3S40 = Sample part number

# of Lead Lead LeadStock Part # Length Covering wires Model S101730 PD Stainless Steel 3 40" Mica Glass S101730PD3G40 S101731 PD Stainless Steel 3 40" Mica Glass S101731PD3G40 40" PTFE S101732PD3T40 Nickel Plated Stainless PD 3 Copper 40" Steel over S101732PD3S40 S101732 PTFE Nickel Plated PF 2 40" PTFE S101732PF2T40 Copper 40" PTFE S101733PD3T40 Stainless PD Stainless Steel 3 S101733 40" Steel over S101733PD3S40 PTFE PF Stainless Steel 2 40" PTFE S101733PF2T40 40" PTFE S101734PD3T40 Stainless PD Stainless Steel 3 S101734 40" Steel over S101734PD3S40 PTFE PF Stainless Steel 2 40" PTFE S101734PF2T40 Note: Available up to 10 pieces or contact Minco Specifications subject to change

Page 7-8

Economy Sensors
Dimensions 2 leads: .050" x .065" x .035" thick (1.3 x 1.7 x .9 mm) Thin-Film with insulated leads 3 leads: .063" x .098" x .035" thick (1.6 x 2.5 x .9 mm) Thin-Film with insulated leads .125" x .90" ( 3.2 x 22.9 mm) .125" x .90" ( 3.2 x 22.9 mm) .140" x .40" ( 3.6 x 10.2 mm) .188" x .90" ( 4.8 x 22.9 mm) .188" x 1.25" ( 4.8 x 31.8 mm) .188" x 1.25" ( 4.8 x 31.8 mm) .188" x 2.38" ( 4.8 x 60.5 mm) Temperature range Element options Case material Leadwire Model

-50 to 150C (-58 to 302F)

PD, PF

Ceramic

AWG 32 solid enamel insulated

S102404

AWG 26, PTFE insulated -50 to 155C AWG 30, PTFE PD, PF Stainless steel (-58 to 311F) insulated -70 to 500C AWG 27, solid glass PD, PF, PW Ceramic (-94 to 932F) insulated nickel -50 to 150C Silicone AWG 24, silicone PD, PF, PW (-58 to 302F) rubber rubber insulated -50 to 230C AWG 24, PTFE with PD, PF, PW PTFE (-58 to 446F) PTFE jacket -50 to 260C PD, PF, PW, AWG 22, PTFE Aluminum (-58 to 500F) NA insulated -70 to 550C AWG 22, glass PD, PF, PW Stainless steel (-94 to 1022F) braid insulated -50 to 260C (-58 to 500F) PD, PF, PW Stainless steel

S102409 S102737 S102410 S102406 S102405 S102407 S102408

Overview
Economy sensors are designed to be a component of your final assembly. With insulated leads preattached and strain relieved, final construction is easy and reliable. Insulated leads of variable length, installed and strain relieved Wide temperature range Configurations to fit most applications Standard 100 platinum, 1000 platinum and 120 nickel elements

Specification and order options

S102408 Model number from table Element code from table Number of leads: 2 leads (not recommended for PD models) or 3 leads (only option for S102410PD) Leadwire covering: G E = Enamel (S102404) G = Glass (S102408 and S102410) R = Silicone rubber (S102406) T = PTFE (S102405, S102407, S102409, S102737) Leadwire length in inches: 40" (1000 mm) standard 40 S102408PD3G40 = Sample part number PD 3
MINIATURE SENSORS

Specifications
Insulation resistance: 10 megohms minimum at 100 VDC, leads to case. Vibration: Withstands 10 to 2000 Hz at 20 Gs minimum per MIL-STD-202. Method 204, test condition D. Element specifications* Platinum (0.00385 TCR) (EN60751, Class B) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) Platinum (0.00375 TCR) Nickel (0.00672 TCR) 100 0.12% at 0C Code PD

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

STOCKED PARTS
# of Sensing Lead Lead Case LeadStock Part # Length Covering Model # Element Material wires 2 40" Enamel S102404PD2E40 PD Ceramic 3 40" Enamel S102404PD3E40 S102404 2 40" Enamel S102404PF2E40 PF Ceramic 3 40" Enamel S102404PF3E40 Stainless S1012409 PD 3 40" PTFE S102409PD3T40 Steel Note: Available up to 10 pieces or contact Minco Customer Service Specifications subject to change

1000 0.12% at 0C PF 1000 0.12% at 0C PW 120 0.50% at 0C NA

* See descriptions for element options on each model.

Page Rev. 04/2011

Page 7-9

Installation and Accessories

Case style A
Install case style A sensor just below the babbitt layer, then puddle the babbitt metal over the sensor tip and smooth. Read Engineering Instruction #164 and 0.188" Engineering Instruction #167 for (4.8 mm) complete details.
0.278/0.281" (7.1 mm) BORE BABBIT LAYER SENSOR BEARING SHOE LEADWIRE
0.010" REF (0.25 mm)

AC172 and AC915 retaining ring for case style B

A

Case style B

BABBIT LAYER The top hat flange AC171 shape allows spring SPRING loading with the AC171 SENSOR

0.3120.001" (7.920.02 mm) BORE AC172 RING BEARING SHOE

Model AC172 AC172-3 AC915-1

A diameter sized to fit leadwires 0.175" (4.45 mm) 0.213" (5.4 mm)

Hole I.D. 0.312" (7.92 mm) 0.375" (9.53 mm) 0.312" (7.92 mm)

spring and AC172 or LEADWIRE AC915 retaining ring (order separately). Choose the economical AC172 style for lowest cost. The AC915 style allows removal and reinstallation. Slide the spring and ring over the leads, insert the sensor tip into a milled hole, and push down on the retaining ring to compress the spring and secure the sensor. Read Engineering Instruction #180 and Engineering Instruction #181.

AC190 terminal block

Two tin-plated brass terminals. PTFE body. Meets MIL-T-17600. For instructions, read Installation Instruction #107.
1.00" (25.4 mm) DIAMETER

AC191 terminal block

Two tin-plated brass terminals. PTFE body. Meets MIL-T-17600. Read Installation Instruction #121 for instructions.
0.62" (15.7 mm) DIAMETER

Case styles C and D

Pot with epoxy inside small bearing shoes. Locate near the babbitt face for best readings. Read Engineering Instruction #184.

SENSOR BABBIT LAYER SENSOR +0.005" (0.01 mm) LEADWIRE

AC192 terminal block

Three tin-plated brass terminals. Glass-filled PTFE body.
0.53" (13.5 mm) DIAMETER

AC171 spring for case style B

BEARING SHOE

Stainless steel. Outside diameter 0.240" (6.1 mm). Compressed length 0.22" (5.6 mm). To be used in conjunction with AC172 or AC915 for spring loading case style B

AC195 terminal block

Same as AC192 except polyamide-imide body for radiation resistance to 109 rads.

Feedthroughs
Feedthroughs provide an oil tight seal where a cable exits a machine housing. The stainless steel tube is epoxy filled and each wire is sealed to the individual conductor. This prevents wicking of oil inside the wires as well as leakage around the wire insulation. Pressure rating to 25 psi (1.7 bar). See page 4-12 for more information.

AC197 terminal block

Three tin-plated brass terminals. Glass-filled PTFE body.
0.75" (19.0 mm) DIAMETER

AC196 terminal block

Same as AC197 except polyamide-imide body for radiation resistance to 109 rads.

Embedment sensor engineering instructions are available at www.minco.com/sensorei/

Specifications subject to change

Page 7-10

S E C T I O N 8 : S TATO R W I N D I N G S E N S O R S

Install between stator windings for continuous protection of motors and generators Increased safety sensors for use in hazardous areas Single and dual elements offer high reliability Sensor dimensions to fit any machine Class F or Class H

Increased safety RTDs ................................................................8-2 to 8-3 Single element RTDs ..................................................................8-4 to 8-5 Dual element RTDs.....................................................................................8-6 Corona resistant RTD.................................................................................8-7 Machinery protection products.........................................................8-8

Page 8-1

Increased Safety Stator Winding Temperature Sensors

EC-Type Examination Certificate KEMA 03ATEX2240 U

Overview
Insert these thin, laminated RTDs in winding slots to detect high temperatures before insulation damage occurs. RTD temperature sensors continuously monitor conditions and provide the long term trend data that is necessary for making adjustments before unexpected alarms occur. These models are designed for use in hazardous areas, where there may be a presence of flammable gas under normal operating conditions. Strict construction guidelines prevent arcing. Certified as increased safety devices, these RTDs have component approval for Zone 1, Groups llA, llB, and llC. Pt100, Ni100, or U.S. curves CENELEC Ex e II certified Tested and certified by KEMA Quality B.V. EC-Type Examination Certificate KEMA 03ATEX2240 U Complies with European standards for electrical apparatus for potentially explosive atmospheres: ATEX Directive 94/9/EC EN 60069-0: 2006, General requirements EN 60079-7: 2007, Increased safety

Specification and order options

S100050 PD Model number from table on next page RTD length in .1" increments: 79 Example: 79 = 7.9" (200 mm) Minimum length = 20 (2.0" [51 mm]) Maximum length= 232 (23.2" [590 mm]) T Lead insulation: T = TFE K = Polyimide film RTD width in .001" increments: Example: 394 = .394" (10 mm) Minimum width = .219" (5.6 mm) for 2 or 3 leads; = .285" (7.25 mm) for 4 leads Maximum width = .956" (25.4 mm) Number of leads: Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads X = 4 leads Lead length in inches Lead configuration: T = Twisted leads F = Flat leads Lead covering: N = No jacket S = FEP jacket overall (available only with twisted lead configuration option T)

394

15 F

Specifications
Temperature limit: -50 to180C (-58 to 356F), class H Body material: High temperature epoxy glass. Leadwires: 2, 3, or 4 leads, stranded copper, AWG #22 (0.35 mm2, with TFE or polyimide insulation). Dielectric strength: 3,200 VRMS at 60 Hz, 1 mA maximum leakage current, tested momentarily (15 seconds), between the leads and external flat body surface.

S100050PD79T394Z15FN = Sample part number

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specifications subject to change

Page 8-2

Wire-wound or thin-film RTD element

Wire-wound RTDs, embedded in stator slots, are the most common method for measuring winding temperature in large motors. The wire-wound element extends through most of the body length and measures the average temperature of the winding. Thin-film RTDs are identical, except for the size of the sensing element. Because the thin-film element is small, approximately 0.08" x 0.09" (2.0 mm x 2.3 mm), it senses the temperature in only one small spot of the winding. Thin-film elements are best suited for shorter length stator sensors.

Thickness Width

Length

Lead Length

Wire-wound RTD elements

Thickness Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.12 at 0C Meets IEC 751, Class B S100050PD S100051PD S100052PD S100053PD S100054PD Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.5 at 0C S100050PE S100051PE S100052PE S100053PE S100054PE Nickel (0.00618 TCR) 100 0.2 at 0 C Meets DIN 43760 S100050NB S100051NB S100052NB S100053NB S100054NB Platinum (0.00392 TCR) 100 0.5 at 0C S100050PA S100051PA S100052PA S100053PA S100054PA

Thin-film RTD elements

Thickness Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.12 at 0C Meets IEC 751, Class B S200050PD S200051PD S200052PD S200053PD S200054PD Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.5 at 0C S200050PE S200051PE S200052PE S200053PE S200054PE Nickel (0.00618 TCR) 100 0.2 at 0 C Meets DIN 43760 S200050NB S200051NB S200052NB S200053NB S200054NB Platinum (0.00392 TCR) 100 0.5 at 0C S200050PA S200051PA S200052PA S200053PA S200054PA

0.079" [2.0 mm] 0.098" [2.5 mm] 0.118" [3.0 mm] 0.138" [3.5 mm] 0.157" [4.0 mm]

Specifications subject to change

Page 8-3

STATOR RTDs

0.079" [2.0 mm] 0.098" [2.5 mm] 0.118" [3.0 mm] 0.138" [3.5 mm] 0.157" [4.0 mm]

Single Element Stator Winding RTDs

Overview
Flat, laminated stick RTDs fit in slots between stator windings to monitor temperature rise and prevent overheating. The National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) recognizes embedded detectors as a standard protection for motor and generator insulation. Unlike on-off devices, RTDs provide continuous sensing for earlier warning without unnecessary tripouts. The sensing elements of stator RTDs extend through most of the body length to provide an average temperature reading. This eliminates the danger of a point-type sensor missing a localized hot spot. Six sensors are recommended for each motor, two per phase. Locate sensors near the hottest point of the windings for best performance. Minco stator RTDs meet the specifications of ANSI C50.10-1990, general requirements for synchronous motors.

Specifications
Temperature limit: Class F: 155C (311F) Class H: 180C (356F). Body material: Class F: Epoxy glass Class H: High temperature epoxy glass. Standard sizes (others available): Thickness inches (mm) Length inches (mm) Standard body width inches (mm) 0.030 (.76) 0.050 (1.3) 0.078 (2.0) 0.125 (3.2) 6.0 (152) 10.0 (254) 11.0 (279) 12.0 (305)

0.219 (5.6) 0.260 (6.6) 0.305 (7.7) 0.315 (8.0) 0.344 (8.7) 0.406 (10) 0.455 (12) 0.500 (13) 0.563 (14) 0.656 (17) 0.750 (19) 0.875 (22) 1.000 (25)

Custom designs
Minco designs and builds custom models for many applications. We offer unmatched capabilities because we control all steps of the production from element to finished product. Examples of special options include: Thermocouple elements Thermistor elements (PTC or NTC) Dual sensors with different elements (for example, one copper and one platinum element) Ex rated sensors for equipment in hazardous areas. See page 8-2 for more information. Electrically conductive coating Special leadwire or cable

Note: Order any width from 0.219" (5.6mm) to 2.500" (64mm)

Leadwires: 2, 3, or 4, stranded copper with PTFE or polyimide insulation. Other leadwire coverings available. 0.125" thick: AWG 18. 0.078" thick: AWG 22. 0.050" thick: AWG 26. 0.030" thick: AWG 30 (no lead bulge); AWG 18 (0.110" lead bulge); Cable (0.110" lead bulge). Dielectric strength: 3200 VRMS at 60 Hz, tested between the leads and external flat body surface for 1 to 5 seconds.

Specifications subject to change

Page 8-4

Class F (155C) RTDs

Element Model thickness: 0.030" (.76mm) 0.050" (1.3mm) 0.078" (2.0mm) 0.125" (3.2mm)

Platinum (0.00392 TCR) S1320PA1 S7682PA S11PA S8015PA 100 0.5% at 0C Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.12% at 0C S8009PD1 S8013PD S8011PD S8015PD (Meets EN60751, Class B) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) S8009PE1 S8013PE S8011PE S8015PE 100 0.5% at 0C Copper (0.00427 TCR) 10 0.2% at 25C Nickel (0.00672 TCR) 120 0.5% at 0C S1120CA1 S23CA S1140NA1 S24NA S3CA S4NA S8015CA S8015NA

Class H (180C) RTDs

Element Model thickness: 0.030" (.76mm) 0.050" 0.078" 0.125" (1.3mm) (2.0mm) (3.2mm) S8016PA

Specification and order options

S3CA Model number from table Body length: Specify in 0.1" increments (Example: 110 = 11.0 inches) Leadwire insulation: T T = PTFE K = Polyimide Body width: 344 Specify in 0.001" increments (Example: 344 = 0.344 inches) Minimum body widths: S8015, 2 or 3-lead: 320 S8015, 4-lead: 420 S8016, 2 or 3-lead: 320 S8016, 4-lead: 420 S100305: 310 S100415: 310 All other 2 or 3-lead models: 219 All other 4-lead models: 320 Number of leads: Z Y = 2 leads (PA, PE, NA only) Z = 3 leads X = 4 leads Lead length in inches 36 S3CA110T344Z36 = Sample part number 110

Platinum (0.00392 TCR) S1420PA1 S7401PA S13PA 100 0.5% at 0C

1 Platinum (0.00385 TCR) S8010PD 100 0.12% at 0C S100305PD2 S8014PD S11016PD S8016PD (Meets EN60751, Class B) S100415PD3

Platinum (0.00385 TCR) S8010PE1 S8014PE S8012PE S8016PE 100 0.5% at 0C Copper (0.00427 TCR) S1220CA1 S7401CA S18CA S8016CA 10 0.2% at 25C Nickel (0.00672 TCR) S1240NA1 S7401NA S15NA S8016NA 120 0.5% at 0C
Notes:
1

Leadwires: AWG 30; lead bulge: 0.045" thick, extending into the body a maximum of 0.62". Leadwires: AWG 18; lead bulge: 0.110" thick, extending into the body a maximum of 1.75". Leadwires: AWG 30 with PTFE jacket overall; lead bulge: 0.110" thick, extending into the body a maximum of 1.75".

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specifications subject to change

Page 8-5

STATOR RTDs

Dual Element Stator Winding RTDs

LEAD LENGTH BODY LENGTH BODY WIDTH

Overview
Dual element stator winding RTDs provide extra protection for motors and generators. The second element can be a back up in case of damage, or use one element for input to a temperature display at the machine and the other for control room monitoring. Standard models are available with thickness options of 0.030" to 0.125", with sensing elements to match most instrumentation. Leadwires: 2 or 3 (per element) stranded copper with PTFE or polyimide insulation. Other leadwire coverings available. 0.125" thick: AWG 18. 0.078" thick: AWG 22. 0.050" thick: AWG 26. 0.030" thick: AWG 30. Dielectric strength: 3200 VRMS at 60 Hz, tested between the leads and external flat body surface for 1 to 5 seconds.

Custom designs
Minco designs and builds custom models for many applications. We offer unmatched capabilities because we control all steps of the production from element to finished product. Examples of special options include: Thermocouple elements Thermistor elements (PTC or NTC) Dual sensors with different elements (for example, one copper and one platinum element) Ex rated sensors for equipment in hazardous areas. See page 8-2 for more information. Electrically conductive coating Special leadwire or cable

Class H (180C) RTDs

Element Model for thickness: 0.030" * 0.050" 0.078" 0.125" Platinum (0.00392 TCR) S9030PAPA S9050PAPA S9078PAPA S9125PAPA 100 0.5% at 0C Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.12% at 0C S9030PDPD S9050PDPD S9078PDPD S9125PDPD (Meets EN60751, Class B) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) S9030PEPE S9050PEPE S9078PEPE S9125PEPE 100 0.5% at 0C Copper (0.00427 TCR) S9030CACA S9050CACA S9078CACA S9125CACA 10 0.2% at 25C Nickel (0.00672 TCR) S9030NANA S9050NANA S9078NANA S9125NANA 120 0.5% at 0C
*Model has a lead bulge 0.045" (0.11mm) thick, extending into the body a maximum of 0.62" (1.6mm).

Specifications
Temperature limit: 180C (356F), class H. Body material: High temperature epoxy glass. Standard sizes: Thickness 0.030 (.76mm) inches (mm) Length 2.0 to 35.0" inches (mm) (51 to 899 mm) Body width 0.425 to 1.065 inches (mm) (10.8 to 27.0 mm) 0.050 0.078 0.125 (1.3mm) (2.0mm) (3.2mm) 2.0 to 48.0" (51 to 1219.2 mm) 0.425 to 2.500 (10.8 to 63.5 mm)

Specification and order options

S9078PAPA 120 T Model number from table Body length: Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 120 = 12.0") Leadwire insulation: T = PTFE K = Polyimide Body width: Specify in 0.001" increments (Ex: 500= 0.500")

500 Z

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Number of leads per element: Y = 2 leads (PA, PE, NA only) Z = 3 leads Lead length in inches 36 S9078PAPA120T500Z36 = Sample part number
Specifications subject to change

Page 8-6

Corona Resistant Stator RTD

Overview
Motor manufacturers that use variable speed drives for flexibility and high performance can experience corona related problems. PWM inverters can create high voltage spikes exceeding 1600 volts. Minco has answered the call with a corona resistant RTD. This RTD is specifically designed for the latest generation of variable frequency drives for AC motors. Minco uses special materials and manufacturing techniques to create an RTD that is virtually corona-proof, eliminating the need for expensive reactors or filters for the sensors.** Designed for AC motors with variable frequency drives (VFD) Proprietary design* resists detrimental effects of corona Protect expensive motors with an inexpensive overtemperature warning system Tested to 10,000 VAC without failure Widths from 0.305" to 1.25" Lengths from 7" to 30" 120
S8025: corona resistant RTD

Specification and order options

S8025 PA Model Number Sensing element PA = Platinum, 100 0.5%, 0.00392 Body length: Specify in 0.1" increments (Example: 120 = 12.0") Minimum = 70; maximum = 300 Leadwire insulation: T = PTFE K = Polyimide Body width: Specify in 0.001" increments (Example: 500 = 0.500") Minimum = 305 (2 and 3 lead models) Minimum = 344 (4 lead models) Maximum = 1250

Specifications - Model S8025

Temperature: 180C (356F); Class H. Thickness: 0.030" (0.075" max. thickness over lead bulge). Length: 7" to 30". Width: 0.305" to 1.25" (2 and 3 lead models); 0.344" to 1.25" (4 lead models). Leadwires: 2, 3, or 4 AWG #22, stranded copper; PTFE or polyimide insulation. Element: Platinum; 100 0.5% at 0C; 0.00392 TCR. Body material: Polyimide, corona resistant. Dielectric strength: Body: 8000 VRMS at 60 Hz; Leads and leadwire exit (0.5" into body): 5000 VRMS at 60 Hz. Z 500 T

Number of leads per element: Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads X = 4 leads 36 Lead length in inches Leadwire configuration F F = Flat T = Twisted S8025PA120T500Z36F = Sample part number

LEAD LENGTH

BODY LENGTH

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config
BODY WIDTH

Notes: * Patent pending ** Reducing the effects of corona on motor windings is the responsibility of the motor manufacturer

Specifications subject to change

Page 8-7

STATOR RTDs

Machinery Protection Products

CT224 12-channel temperature alarm/monitor
The CT224 consists of a 12-Channel Temperature Monitor and MincoSoft CT224 Software. It is the next generation in temperature monitoring equipment from Minco designed to meet the needs of electric machinery protection. The 12-channel scanning capability, standard RS485/RS232 interface and Windows-compatible software utility for system configuration and data logging provide overtemperature and undertemperature protection and critical feedback to safeguard expensive machinery. UL and cUL recognized to help meet regulatory compliance Mix and match sensor input types for freedom to adapt to pre-installed bearing and apparatus sensors Ability to monitor 12 inputs allows you to monitor stator sensors from two motors See page 5-26 for details. See page 10-5 for details.

End turn RTD

Model S3238 Thermal-Ribbon is designed to sense stator temperatures in motors and generators. With an alternative installation method to the stick-type sensors in this section, S3238 is used on the end turns of stator windings and provides an easy way to add overtemperature protection when the stator is not being rewound.

CT15 temperature alarm

Alarm shuts down motor on over-temperature to prevent catastrophic failure Monitors single 100 platinum RTD (PD or PE) 1 or 2 relays with independent trip points for warning and shutdown Microprocessor-based Front panel programmable with four security levels 100 to 240 VAC supply power Compact DIN case with water resistant front panel

Anti-condensation space heaters

Flexible silicone rubber insulation Mount on windings or housings to prevent moisture buildup 2.5 to 10 watts per square inch at 120 or 240 volts Variety of sizes to 60 (1.5 m) UL component recognition Available from stock

See pages 5-32 for details.

Go to www.minco.com/heater/ for more information.

Specifications subject to change

Page 8-8

S E C T I O N 9 : H VAC S E N S O R S

Complete range of sensors/transmitter assemblies made for easy installation, high reliability, and compatibility with almost any Building Automation System Accurate and stable sensing ensures maximum energy efficiency Optional matched system calibration of transmitters and sensors offer increased accuracy RTDs, thermistors and humidity sensing for a variety of applications in critical environments

Chill-Out combination sensor..................................................9-2 to 9-3 Averaging temperature sensors................................................................9-4 Duct and outside air temperature sensors.........................................9-5 Room air temperature sensors...................................................................9-6 Flexible Thermal-Ribbon pipe sensors...............................................9-7 Humidity sensor/transmitter assembly..................................9-8 to 9-9 Hazardous area humidity assembly ...................................9-10 to 9-11 Intrinsically safe humidity assembly...................................9-12 to 9-13 Thermal Vial temperature sensing system..................9-14 to 9-15 Refrigeration and freezer temperature system.............................9-16 Fluid immersion temperature sensors ...............................................9-17 Elements and probes ....................................................................................9-18 Temptran 4 to 20 mA transmitters .......................................................9-19 Design Notes ......................................................................................................9-20

Page 9-1

Chill-OutTM Combination Sensor

Bendable Aluminum

Overview
Two sensors in one easily installed package: a solid state low temperature cut-out ("Freeze Stat") and an averaging resistance temperature sensor. Digital alarm signal to RTU, PLC or an electronic control; 24VAC-powered. Solid state design and rugged 3/8" diameter tubing eliminate concerns of gas leaks or kinking the capillary during installation. Mount in any direction horizontal installation is not required. Easily formed aluminum or ultra flexible plenum-rated PVC coated galvanized steel armor sensor case. Relay and control circuitry self contained in rugged housing. Mounts on either side of enclosure with a locknut (included). Failure detection feature relay changes state if power is lost 4 to 20 mA temperature loop output available with optional Temptran (ordered separately see Section 5 for more information)
Ultra Flexible PVC Coated Steel Armor

Specification and order options

AS103759 PF 38 N Model number Element Type: PF = 1000 RTD (0.00385 Platinum) Switching Temperature: 38F Specify 30 to 44F Relay reset option: N = Non-latching (auto reset) L = Latching (manual reset) E = Latching (panel mounted reset)
Note: option E requires enclosure L

Specifications
Switching temperature: 38F factory pre-set, user adjustable from 30F to 44F. Accuracy: 0.9F (0.5C) typical. Power requirement: 24V AC or DC. Relay contact: User specified Standard relay, SPDT (2" x 4" utility box) 0.3 A at 125 VAC, Max. Voltage 125 VAC, or 1A at 30 VDC, Max. Voltage 110 VDC Optional power relay, DPST (4" x 4" utility box) 25 A at 277 VAC 25 A at 120 VAC 1 HP at 120 VAC 2 HP at 277 VAC Sensor case length: 10 feet standard, lengths up to 50 feet available by special order. Connection: AWG 18 leadwires.
Chill-Out Sensor installation example

10 A

Case length: 10 feet Case type: A = Aluminum B = Brass Relay Rating: 1 = 0.3A 2 = 25A, VAC powered controller/coil 3 = 25A, VDC powered controller/coil
Note: option 2 or 3 requires enclosure L

Enclosure: N = No enclosure S = Standard utility box (2 x 4) L = Large utility box (4 x 4) W = Weatherproof utility box (2 x 4)

AS103759PF38N10A1S = Sample part number

Order Replacement Relays

Model number External Relay AC103779 AC103780 25A 24VAC Coil 25A 24VDC Coil
Specifications subject to change

Page 9-2

Chill-Out Sensor Interface

SET POINT ADJUSTMENT RESET SWITCH (OPTIONAL) LED

Setpoint Adjustment
36F 34F 38F 40F

32F

42F

TEMPERATURE SENSOR [RED] TEMPERATURE SENSOR [RED] ALARM OUTPUT [BLUE] (NC CONTACT, OPENS WHEN POWER APPLIED) ALARM OUTPUT [ORANGE] (NO CONTACT, CLOSES WHEN POWER APPLIED) 24VAC (COM) [BLACK] 24VAC [WHITE]

30F

44F

Standard and Large Utility Boxes

2.0 REF L .5 FT

No Enclosure

2.5 REF

10.0 FT .5 FT

.375

.375

- 14 NPSM (Z)
- 14 NPSM

Weatherproof Utility Box

2.0 REF L .5 FT

Typical Installation with Relay

110 VAC OUTPUT (H)
SET POINT ADJUSTMENT RESET SWITCH (OPTIONAL) LED

8 HOT

110 VAC
NEUTRAL

0
TEMPERATURE SENSOR [RED] TEMPERATURE SENSOR [RED] ALARM OUTPUT, NC [BLUE] ALARM OUTPUT, NO [ORANGE] 24VAC (N) [BLACK] 24VAC (H) [WHITE]

.375
110 VAC OUTPUT (N)
NEUTRAL

- 14 NPSM
24 VAC or 24 VDC
HOT

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specify and order products at:

Specifications subject to change

Page 9-3

HVAC SENSORS

HOT

Averaging Temperature Sensors

Overview
Sense temperature of air streams in ducts and plenums. Sensors include a junction box with gasket to prevent leakage and vibration noise. These sensors have a continuous element to sense true average temperature along their entire length. They provide accurate composite readings in locations where air may be stratified into hot and cold layers. Rigid averaging sensors have a brass case. Bendable models have aluminum sheaths (copper on special order), formable to a radius of 4". Bendable sensors can criss-cross ducts to average temperatures in two dimensions. See page 5-2 for optional 4 to 20 mA temperature transmitters.
Bendable Averaging Sensor Enclosure: W 2.12" (54 mm) H 4.00" (102 mm) D 1.75" (44 mm) Sheath Diameter: 0.188" (4.8 mm)

Rigid Averaging Sensor Enclosure: W 2.12" (54 mm) H 4.00" (102 mm) D 1.75" (44 mm)

Sheath Diameter: 0.188" (4.8 mm)

Specification and order options: Rigid averaging sensors

S456PE Y Model number from table Number of leads: Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads

Specifications
Temperature range: Probe: -45.5 to 135C (-50 to 275F). Gasket: 100C (212F) max. Leadwires: AWG 22, PTFE insulated, 8" (200 mm) long. Moisture resistance: Meet MIL-STD-202, Method 104, Test Condition B.

12

Special options:
Lengths to 100 feet(30 m) Sensor only, no box Weatherproof connection box Thermistor averaging sensors

Insertion depth in inches: 1 inch = 25.4 mm Standard lengths: 12, 18, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72" S456PEY12 = Sample part number

Bendable averaging sensors

S457PE Z Model number from table Number of leads: Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads Insertion length in feet: 1 foot = 0.3 m Standard lengths: 6, 12, 24 feet

Model numbers
RTDs TCR Rigid (Tolerance: 0.25% at 70F) //C averaging sensors 0.00391 S423PB *Platinum 100 at 0C 0.00385 S456PE *Platinum 100 at 0C 0.00385 S493PF *Platinum 1000 at 0C 0.00375 S492PW *Platinum 1000 at 0C Nickel-iron 1000 at 70F 0.00527 S421FB Nickel-iron 2000 at 70F 0.00527 S422FC *HW 3000 at -30.2C 0.00262 S20080PX
* These averaging sensors use a proprietary sensing element that closely matches the platinum curve over the specified range.

Bendable averaging sensors S447PB S457PE S475PF S488PW S445FB S446FC S15215PX
Case Diam.

24

S457PEZ24 = Sample part number

STOCKED PARTS
Case Length 12.0ft 12.0ft Aluminum Sheath 24.0ft PE 24.0ft 0.188" (4.8mm) 12.0" Brass 2 18.0" 12.0" PF Brass 2 18.0" Note: Available up to 10 pieces or contact Minco Customer Service Sensing Element Case Material # of Leadwires 2 3 2 3 Stock Part # S457PEY12 S457PEZ12 S457PEY24 S457PEZ24 S456PEY12 S456PEY18 S493PFY12 S493PFY18

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specify and order products at:

Specifications subject to change

Page 9-4

Duct and Outside Air Temperature Sensors

Overview
Sense temperature of air streams in ducts and plenums. Sensors include a junction box with gasket to prevent leakage and vibration noise. These point-sensing thermometers feature a fast-responding aluminum sensing tip. Custom options include a NEMA 4 weatherproof connection box and an all stainless steel probe. Outside air sensors are designed to mount on conduit outside your building. They include an elbow type enclosure and sun shield. See page 5-2 for optional 4 to 20 mA temperature transmitters.
Duct Point Sensor Enclosure: W 2.12" (54 mm) H 4.00" (102 mm) D 1.75" (44 mm)

Specifications
Temperature range: Probe: -45.5 to 135C (-50 to 275F). Gasket: 100C (212F) max. Leadwires: AWG 22, PTFE insulated, 4" (100 mm) long. Moisture resistance: Point sensors meet MIL-STD-202, Method 104, Test Condition B

Probe Diameter: 0.25" (6.4 mm) 0.188" (4.8 mm) at tip

Outside Air Sensor Dimensions: L 5.6" (142 mm) H 1.6" (41 mm) W 1.3" (33 mm)

Special options
Weatherproof connection box All stainless steel probe

Specification and order options: Duct point sensors

S450PD Y Model number from table Number of leads: Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads (RTD only)
HVAC SENSORS

Model numbers
Element RTDs Platinum 100 0.1% at 0C Platinum 100 0.1% at 0C (Meets EN60751, Class B) Platinum Platinum Nickel-iron Nickel-iron HW Thermistors 1000 0.1% at 0C 1000 0.1% at 0C 1000 0.12% at 70F 2000 0.12% at 70F 3000 at -30.2C TCR Duct point Outside air //C sensors sensors 0.00391 S408PB 0.00385 S450PD 0.00385 0.00375 0.00527 0.00527 0.00262 R25 R125 29.2 23.5 S451PF S484PW S406FB S407FC S100060PX TS430TA TS431TB S414PB S454PD S455PF S486PW S412FB S413FC S100062PX TS428TA TS429TB

12

Insertion depth in inches: 1 inch = 25.4 mm Standard lengths: 3, 6, 12, 18" Minimum: 3" S450PDY12 = Sample part number

Outside air sensors

S414PB Z Model number from table Number of leads: Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads (RTD only) S414PBZ = Sample part number

Thermistor 2,252 1% at 25C Thermistor 10,000 1% at 25C

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specifications subject to change

Page 9-5

Room Air Temperature Sensors

Compact Wall-mount Dimensions: W 3.12" (79 mm) H 2.09" (54 mm) D 1.80" (46 mm) Explosionproof Wallmount Dimensions: W 1.60" (41 mm) H 5.55" (141 mm) D 2.05" (52 mm) Full Size Wall-mount Dimensions: W 2.75" (70 mm) H 4.50" (114 mm) D 1.56" (40 mm) Flush Wall-mount Dimensions: W 2.75" (70 mm) H 4.50" (114 mm) D 0.18" (5 mm)

Moisture resistance: Meets MIL-STD-202, Method 104, Test Condition B. Transmitters: Full size sensors with 2 leads can use Temptran transmitter model TT115 installed within the sensor enclosure. A variety of transmitters are available for all other sensor models. Transmitters must be installed in a separate enclosure from the sensor.

Specification and order options: Compact and full size

S472PB Model number from table Y Number of leads: Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads 4 Lead length in inches: (stocked only in 4") K0 Knockouts (full size only): K0= No knockouts K1= Knockouts for wiremold raceway S472PBY4K0 = Sample part number
Note: For replacement cover only, order part AC692KO or AC692K1 for full size, AC551 for compact.

Overview
Mincos room air sensors are available with a variety of enclosures that meet most standard and explosionproof HVAC/R installations. The sensors can be match calibrated with a Minco Temptran (temperature transmitter) for increased accuracy and reliability. Room air sensors are designed for wall mounting. Choose from two plastic enclosure styles with brushed aluminum faceplates or a flushmount stainless steel model. The full-size enclosure and flushmount fit over standard junction boxes. The full size enclosure has optional knockouts for Wiremold raceway surface wiring. Just remove knockouts with pliers. This enclosure may also include a 4-20 mA temperature transmitter; specify model AS200655. The compact room air sensor mounts directly on drywall. The explosionproof sensor housing is UL listed and CSA approved for Class I, Groups C and D; Class II, Groups E, F, and G; and Class III. Download Application Aid #19 for more hazardous area information and the various standards and agencies (including FM, CSA, CENELEC and ATEX) at www.minco.com/sensoraid/. Element

Explosionproof and flush-mount

S100147PD Y Model number from table Number of leads: Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads S100147PDY = Sample part number

STOCKED PARTS
Sensing # of Lead Lead Covering Stock Part # Element Leadwires Length PF 2 6" PTFE S101456PFY Note: Available up to 10 pieces or contact Minco Customer Service

TCR Compact //C room air sensors

Full size room air sensors

Explosionproof wall-mount sensors

Flush mount room air sensors

RTDs Platinum 100 0.1% at 0C Platinum 100 0.1% at 0C (Meets EN60751, Class B) Platinum Specifications 1000 0.1% at 0C Temperature range: Platinum -45.5 to 100C (-50 to 212F) 1000 0.1% at 0C Temperature range (with TT115 transmitter): Nickel-iron 1000 0.12% at 70F Zero: -40 to 10C (-40 to 50F) Nickel-iron Span: 25 to 100C (45 to 180F) 2000 0.12% at 70F Max upper temperature: 85C (185F) HW Leadwires: 3000 at -30.2C Full size and compact: AWG 22, Thermistors PTFE insulated, 4" (100 mm) long. Thermistor 2,252 1% at 25C Explosionproof and flush mount: AWG 26, Thermistor PTFE insulated, 6" (150 mm) 10,000 1% at 25C inside cover. Page 9-6

0.00391 S405PB 0.00385 S448PD 0.00385 S449PF 0.00375 S483PW 0.00527 S403FB 0.00527 S404FC

S472PB S473PD S474PF S489PW S470FB S471FC S100147PD S101456PD S100148PF S101456PF S101608PW S101456PW

0.00262 S1000064PX S1000063PX

R25

R125 TS426TA TS427TB TS424TA TS425TB TS100149TA TS101769TA TS100150TB TS101769TB

Page Rev. 04/2011

29.2 23.5

Flexible Thermal-Ribbon Pipe Sensors

Overview
Flexible Thermal-Ribbon sensors mount on the pipe surface so theres no expense of a pipefitter to drain, drill, and tap the pipe for a thermowell because there is no thermowell! When properly installed and insulated, the accuracy and response of a Thermal-Ribbon equals an immersed thermowell assembly. Options include stainless steel braid over leadwires to prevent abrasion damage and pressure-sensitive adhesive for easier mounting (smooth surfaces only). See Section 5 for optional 4 to 20 mA temperature transmitters.

Specifications
Body material: Silicone rubber with polyimide backing. Temperature range: RTD: -62 to 200C (-80 to 392F). Thermistor: -45.5 to 135C (-50 to 275F). Leadwires: AWG 24, silicone rubber. Moisture resistance: Meets MIL-STD-202, Method 104, Test Condition B.

Model numbers
Element RTDs Platinum 100 0.1% at 0C Platinum 100 0.1% at 0C (Meets EN60751, Class B) Platinum 1000 0.1% at 0C Nickel-iron 1000 0.12% at 70F Nickel-iron 2000 0.12% at 70F HW 3000 at -30.2C Thermistors Thermistor 2,252 1% at 25C Thermistor 10,000 1% at 25C TCR //C Model 0.00391 0.00385 0.00385 0.00527 0.00527 0.00262 R25 /R125 29.2 23.5 S464PB S467PD S468PF S462FB S463FC S100001PX TS436TA TS437TB

Note: Tape the Thermal-Ribbon in place beneath a layer of insulation.

Mounting accessories:
AC766 mounting kit Provides a pipe-mounted enclosure for transmitters and connections. Kit includes junction box, 5 ft. nylon strap, buckle, 4 wire nuts, and 6 ft. of #20 stretch tape. #20 stretch tape High temperature self-fusing silicone rubber tape for mounting Thermal-Ribbons to pipes. 1" wide rolls, 6 or 36 foot lengths. #6 RTV adhesive Room temperature vulcanizing adhesive for attaching ThermalRibbons to surfaces. 3 oz. (89 ml) tube.

Specification and order options

S467PD Z Model number from table Number of leads: Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads (RTD only) YS = 2 leads, stainless steel braid ZS = 3 leads, stainless steel braid (RTD only)
HVAC SENSORS

36 A

Lead length in inches

Adhesive backing: A = No adhesive B = Pressure-sensitive adhesive S467PDZ36A = Sample part number

STOCKED PARTS
Case Sensing Diameter Element FB Case Material # of Lead Lead Case LeadStock Part # Length Covering Length wires

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config
Page Rev. 04/2011

Silicone Rubber w/ Silicone 2 36" 0.5" S462FBY36B Polyimide Backing Rubber 0.5 Silicone Rubber w/ Silicone FC 2 36" 0.5" S463FC36A (12.7mm) Polyimide Backing Rubber 0.5" S467PDZ36A Silicone Rubber w/ Silicone PD 3 36" Polyimide Backing Rubber 0.5" S467PDZ36B Note: Available up to 10 pieces or contact Minco Customer Service Specifications subject to change

Page 9-7

Humidity Sensor/Transmitter Assembly

Space Wall/Duct Outside Air (OSA)

Overview
Minco humidity and humidity/temperature transmitters are designed using an advanced microprocessor. Digital signal processing allows these transmitters to precisely match the characteristics of the humidity sensor to a wide range of RH and temperature values found in the many applications the product serves. The humidity sensor is composed of an integrated circuit (IC) with a stable polymer element and platinum RTD that is used for temperature compensation. This sensor offers outstanding resistance to airborne contaminant and chemicals, and is protected by a sintered stainless steel filter which resists condensation. Wall/Duct/OSA mounting configurations Accuracies of 1% or 2% RH Temperature compensated Temperature output option Two-point field calibration NIST traceable calibrations

Specifications
Ambient Temperature: Operating: Room: -10 to 150F (-23 to 65C), non-condensing. Wall/Duct/OSA: -10 to 185F (-23 to 85C), non-condensing. Storage: Room: -58 to 150F (-50 to 65C), non-condensing. Wall/Duct/OSA: -58 to 185F (-50 to 85C), non-condensing. Supply voltage: 9.5 to 35 VDC, non-polarized. Voltage effect: .001% of span/volt from 9.5 to 35 VDC. Loop resistance: The maximum allowable resistance of the signal-carrying loop, including extension wires and load resistors, is given by this formula: Rloopmax = (Vsupply - 9.5)/0.02 AMPS. For example, if supply voltage is 24 VDC, the loop resistance must be less than 725 . Adjustments: Zero and span field adjustments, non-interacting. Time Constant: 50 seconds in slow moving air. Connections: Screw terminals (22-14 AWG wire). Weight: Room: 0.19 lb (.084 kg). Wall/Duct/OSA: 1.20 lb (0.55 kg). Minimum output current: 3.5 mA Maximum output current: 23 mA.

Applications
Building environmental control systems (HVAC), hospitals, food storage, warehouses, clean rooms, pharmaceutical, freezers, drying equipment, and emissions monitoring.

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specifications subject to change

Page 9-8

Humidity Transmitter AH429 and AH439

Output: 4-20 mA DC = 0% to 100% RH. Sensing Element: Capacitive monolithic IC. Accuracy: Includes temperature, linearity, hysteresis, and repeatability. 1% from 10% to 80% RH @ 25 to 35C or 2% from 0% to 90% RH @ 25C (3% from 0% to 90% RH @ 15 to 50C) (5% from 0% to 90% RH @ 0 to 82C)

AH429 = Humidity Transmitter AH439 = Humidity/Temperature Transmitter AH439 Specification and order options
AH439 Model number: R Enclosure D: Duct mount, 8" probe length O: Outside Air/Wall mount, 4" probe length with shield, weather resistant enclosure S: Space mount W: Wall mount, 4" probe length, weather resistant enclosure R: Remote probe, 4" probe length 1 Outputs: 4 to 20 mA DC N10 Calibration accuracy (humidity transmitter) N10: 1% from 10% to 80% (25 to 35C) with NIST certificate N20: 2% from 0% to 90% (25 to 35C) with NIST certificate S20: 2% from 0% to 90% (25 to 35C) S Temperature transmitter range EN: -20F to 140F S: 0F to 100F A: 20F to 120F BI: 30F to 130F KK: 30F to 180F N: 32F to 122F H: 40F to 90F More temperature range codes starting on page 5-20 or www.minco.com/rangecode/ T1 Sensing element cover (omitted on S space mount models) T0= Sintered stainless steel; pressed on cover T1= Sintered stainless steel; screw on cover T2= Slotted stainless steel; screw on cover (NA on "O" outside air models) To order enclosure D, O, S or W, stop here. To order enclosure R (remote probe), add: A Probe mounting location A = Side mounting B = Bottom mounting 48 Remote probe cable length (in inches) 48" and 96" are standard lengths AH439R1N10ST1A48 = Sample part number

Temperature Transmitter (AH439 only)

Output: 4-20 mA DC over the specified temperature range. Sensing element: 1000 platinum; 2 lead resistance thermometer, 0.00385 TCR. Accuracy: Includes resistance thermometer tolerance, calibration accuracy, linearity, and ambient temperature effects. .75% of Temptran span for 32 to 122F ambient. 1.50% of Temptran span for -13 to 185F ambient.

AH429 Specification and order options

AH429 Model number: R Enclosure D: Duct mount, 8" probe length O: Outside Air/Wall mount, 4" probe length with shield, weather resistant enclosure S: Space mount W: Wall mount, 4" probe length, weather resistant enclosure R: Remote probe, 4" probe length 1 Output: 4 to 20 mA DC N10 Calibration accuracy (humidity transmitter) N10: 1% from 10% to 80% (25 to 35C) with NIST certificate N20: 2% from 0% to 90% (25 to 35C) with NIST certificate S20: 2% from 0% to 90% (25 to 35C) T1 Sensing element cover (omitted on "S" space mount models) T0= Sintered stainless steel; pressed on cover T1= Sintered stainless steel; screw on cover T2= Slotted stainless steel; screw on cover (NA on "O" outside air models) To order enclosure D, O, S or W, stop here. To order enclosure R (remote probe), add: A Probe mounting location A = Side mounting B = Bottom mounting 48 Remote probe cable length (in inches) 48" and 96" are standard lengths AH429R1N10T1A48 = Sample part number

Specifications subject to change

Page 9-9

HVAC SENSORS

Hazardous Area Humidity Assembly

Overview
Models AH71_, AH72_, and AH73_ series are 2-wire temperature compensated humidity transmitters that are FM and CFM approved for use in hazardous locations. Intrinsically safe models are available with an optional temperature transmitter output. The AH73 is also available with an optional digital display for remote indication of relative humidity and temperature. The transmitters utilize a thin film capacitive humidity sensor which provides outstanding sensitivity and chemical robustness. The transmitter converts the humidity sensors signal into a 4 to 20 mA DC current, which changes proportionally from 4 mA at 0% RH to 20 mA at 100% RH. The optional temperature loop produces a second 4 to 20 mA DC output where the current changes from 4 mA at the lowest temperature of the range, to 20 mA at the top of the temperature range. The leads that supply power also carry the current signal. Accuracy of 2.5% RH Temperature compensated Temperature output option Two-point field calibration NIST traceable calibrations

Specifications
Output(s): Humidity: 4 to 20 mA DC = 0% to 100% RH. Temperature: 4 to 20 mA DC over specified range (optional) Humidity Range: 0 100% RH Sensing Element: Humidity: Thin film capacitive element. Temperature: 1000 ohm platinum RTD, 0.00385 TCR Temperature Effect: 0.03% RH/C 1% from 10C to 85C Operating Temperature: Transmitter: -40 to 176F (-40 to 80C), non-condensing. -4 to 176F (-20 to 80C), non-condensing, model AH73. Sensor: -40 to 302F (-40 to 150C). Storage Temperature: -58 to 185F (-50 to 85C), non-condensing. Supply voltage: 9.5 to 28 VDC for intrinsically safe (IS) models. 16.5 to 28 VDC for explosionproof (XP) models. Voltage effect: 0.001% of span/volt from 9.5 to 28 VDC. Loop resistance: The maximum allowable resistance of the signal-carrying loop, including extension wires and load resistors, is given by this formula: IS: Rloopmax = (Vsupply - 9.5)/0.02 AMPS. For example, if supply voltage is 24 VDC, the loop resistance must be less than 725 . XP: Rloopmax = (Vsupply - 16.5)/0.02 AMPS. For example, if supply voltage is 24 VDC, the loop resistance must be less than 375 .

Applications
Building automation systems (HVAC), hospitals, food storage, warehouses, clean rooms, pharmaceutical, drying equipment, and emissions monitoring.

Specifications subject to change

Page 9-10

Accuracy: Includes linearity, hysteresis, repeatability, and voltage effects. Humidity: 2.5% from 10% to 80% RH @ 25C, 3.5% from 80% to 90% RH @ 25C. Temperature: 0.5F(0.27C) @ 77F (25C) or +/- 0.75% of span, whichever is greater. Adjustments: Zero and Span field adjustments, non-interacting. Time Constant: 50 seconds in slow moving air. Connections: Screw terminals (22-14 AWG wire). Weight: AH71_ AH72_, AH73_ 2.84 lbs (1.29 kg). 4.46 lbs (2.02 kg).

Accessories:
Sintered Filter Replacement Slotted Filter Replacement Pipe Mounting Kit for AH72/AH73 Wall Mounting Kit for AH71 Duct Mounting Kit for AH71 Part Number: AC103512 Part Number: AC103513 Part Number: AC102765 Part Number: AC103168 Part Number: AC103253

Specification and order options

AH73 Model number AH71 Industrial grade humidity transmitter with optional temperature transmitter, CH106 connection head, display NA AH72 Industrial grade humidity transmitter with optional temperature transmitter, connection head, display NA AH73 Industrial grade humidity transmitter with optional temperature transmitter, connection head, display available Probe diameter 1 = 0.375" Pipe Thread Code Code Process 1/ - 14NPT P3 2 1/ - 14NPT P4 2 P5 G1/2A P6 G1/2A Probe length L60 = 6" L120= 12" Filter type T1= Sintered stainless steel T2= Slotted stainless steel Transmitter model number HT480 = Explosionproof with intrinsically safe sensor (transmitter code NT only) HT490 = Intrinsically safe
HVAC SENSORS

Min. output current: 3.8 mA. Max. output current: 22 mA. Filter: 60 micron stainless-steel sintered filter (replacement P/N : AC103512) Factory Mutual Approvals: Explosionproof with intrinsically safe sensor: Suitable for the following hazardous area locations: Class I, Division 1, 2, Groups B, C, D Class II, Division 1, 2, Groups E, F, G Class III, Division 1, 2 Intrinsically safe installation: Suitable for the following hazardous area locations: Class I, Division 1, 2, Groups A, B, C, D Class II, Division 1, 2, Groups E, F, G Class III, Division 1, 2 Class I, Zone 0, AEx ia IIC T4 Non-Incendive: Suitable for the following hazardous area locations: Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D Class II, Division 2, Groups F, G Class III, Division 2 Transmitter entity parameters: Vmax = 28 volts; Imax = 100 mA; Ci = 0.037 F and Li = 0 mH. Transmitter ranges: Code NT EN S A BI KK N H Transmitter range No temperature transmitter -20F to 140F 0F to 100F 20F to 120F 30F to 130F 30F to 180F 32F to 122F 40F to 90F 1 P3

Conduit 1/ - 14NPT 2 3/ - 14NPT 4 1/ - 14NPT 2 3/ - 14NPT 4

L120

T1

HT490

Display C = Display, metric units (AH73_series only) F = Display, English units (AH73_series only) N = No display (AH71_ and AH72_ series only) Signal output 1 = 4 to 20mA Calibration accuracy (humidity transmitter) N25 2.5% from 10% to 80% (25C) with NIST certificate S25: 2.5% from 10% to 80% (25C) Temperature transmitter range from table

1 N25

EN

AH731P3L120T1HT490F1N25EN = Sample part number

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config
Page Rev. 04/2011

Specifications subject to change

Page 9-11

Intrinsically Safe Humidity Assembly

Temperature Effect: 0.03% RH/C 1% from 10C to 85C Operating Temperature: Transmitter: -40 to 176F (-40 to 80C), non-condensing. -4 to 176F (-20 to 80C), non-condensing, model AH75. Sensor: -40 to 176F (-40 to 80C), Storage Temperature: -58 to 185F (-50 to 85C), non-condensing.

Overview
Models AH74 and AH75 are 2-wire temperature compensated humidity transmitters that are FM and CFM approved as intrinsically safe for use in hazardous locations. Both models are available with an optional temperature transmitter output. AH75 incorporates a digital display for remote indication of relative humidity and temperature. The transmitters utilize a thin film capacitive humidity sensor which provides outstanding sensitivity and chemical robustness. The transmitter converts the humidity sensors signal into a 4 to 20 mA DC current, which changes proportionally from 4 mA at 0% RH to 20 mA at 100% RH. The optional temperature loop produces a second 4 to 20 mA DC output where the current changes from 4 mA at the lowest temperature of the range, to 20 mA at the top of the temperature range. The leads that supply power also carry the current signal. Accuracy of 2.5% RH Temperature compensated Temperature output option Two-point field calibration NIST traceable calibrations

Supply voltage: 9.5 to 28 VDC . Voltage effect: 0.001% of span/volt from 9.5 to 28 VDC. Loop resistance: The maximum allowable resistance of the signal-carrying loop, including extension wires and load resistors, is given by this formula: Rloopmax = (Vsupply - 9.5)/0.02 AMPS). Accuracy: Includes linearity, hysteresis, repeatability, and voltage effects. Humidity: 2.5% from 10% to 80% RH @ 25C, 3.5% from 80% to 90% RH @ 25C. Temperature: 0.5F(0.27C) @ 77F (25C) or +/- 0.75% of span, whichever is greater. Adjustments: Zero and Span field adjustments, non-interacting. Time Constant: 50 seconds in slow moving air. Connections: Screw terminals (22-14 AWG wire). Weight: AH74 AH75 0.54 lbs (245 g). 0.61 lbs (276 g).

Min. output current: 3.8 mA. Max. output current: 22 mA. Filter: 60 micron stainless-steel sintered filter (replacement P/N : AC103512) Factory Mutual Approvals: Intrinsically safe: Suitable for the following hazardous area locations: Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D Class I, Zone 0, AEx ia IIC T4 Non-Incendive: Suitable for the following hazardous area locations: Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D Transmitter entity parameters: Vmax = 28 volts; Imax = 100 mA; Ci = 0.037 F and Li = 0 mH.

Applications
Building automation systems (HVAC), hospitals, food storage,warehouses, clean rooms, pharmaceutical, drying equipment, and emissions monitoring.

Specifications
Output(s): Humidity: 4 to 20 mA DC = 0% to 100% RH. Temperature: 4 to 20 mA DC over specified range (optional). Humidity Range: 0 100% RH Sensing Element: Humidity: Thin film capacitive element. Temperature: 1000 ohm platinum RTD.

Specifications subject to change

Page 9-12

Transmitter ranges: Code NT EN S A BI KK N H Transmitter range No temperature transmitter -20F to 140F 0F to 100F 20F to 120F 30F to 130F 30F to 180F 32F to 122F 40F to 90F

Dimensions: Probe Location A

4.550

2.200

CONNECTION BOX PROBE

Specification and order options

AH75 Model Number: AH74 - Humidity Transmitter with Optional Temperature Transmitter , No Display AH75 - Humidity Transmitter with Optional Temperature Transmitter, with Display Probe Diameter: 1 = 0.375" Probe Location / Cable Bushings Option: Please refer to dimensional drawings for probe Location. C1 = Probe Location A (Rear) / Single Cable Gland C2 = Probe Location A (Rear) / Dual Cable Glands C3 = Probe Location A (Rear) / Single Conduit Fitting, 1/2" NPT C4 = Probe Location A (Rear) / Dual Conduit Fittings, 1/2" NPT C5 = Probe Location B (Bottom) / Single Cable Gland C6 = Probe Location B (Bottom) / Dual Cable Glands C7 = Probe Location B (Bottom) / Single Conduit Fitting, 1/2" NPT C8 = Probe Location B (Bottom) / Dual Conduit Fittings, 1/2" NPT
Note: If a temperature loop is desired, dual cable glands or dual conduit fittings must be selected unless special cable is used during installation. Please refer to National Electrical Code ANSI/NFPA 70 for installation in accordance with US requirements, or Canadian Electrical Code, C22.1 for installation in accordance with Canadian requirements.
4.550 SENSOR CAP 4.350 3.550

INSERTION DEPTH

1 C1

Probe Location B
INSERTION DEPTH

4.550

T1

Filter Type: T1 = Sintered Stainless Steel T2 = Slotted Stainless Steel HT490 Transmitter Model Number: HT490 = Intrinsically Safe Transmitter C Display: C = Display, Metric Units (AH75_ Series Only) F = Display, English Units (AH75_ Series Only) N = No Display 1 Signal Output: 1 = 4-20mA N25 Calibration Accuracy: N25 = 2.5% from 10% to 80% (25C) with NIST Certificate S25 = 2.5% from 10% to 80% (25C) Temperature Transmitter Range from table

SENSOR CAP

PROBE

CONNECTION BOX

4.550

3.550 4.350

AH751C1L40T1HT490C1N25S = Sample part number

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specify and order products at:

Specifications subject to change

Page 9-13

HVAC SENSORS

L40

Probe Length: L40 = 4"

2.200

Thermal Vial Temperature Sensing System

TCR: .00385 //C nominal from 0C to 100C. Operating temperature range: Probe and vial: -200 to 120C (-328 to 248F). Transmitter: -25 to 85C (-13 to 185F). Insulation resistance: 1000 megohms minimum at 500 VDC, leads to probe case. Leads: AWG #22, stranded, TFE insulated, with TFE jacket overall. Thermal vial: Polyethylene bottle with cap.

Overview
Ideal for ultralow freezers, laboratories, blood banks, walk-in freezers and refrigerators, even incubators anywhere accurate sensing of the contents instead of the air is a vital concern. Sealed Polyethylene Thermal Vial eliminates spillage and contamination. Simply fill with fluid such as ethylene glycol, alcohol, water, or a cryopreservative to accurately emulate the material being stored or processed. Large (50 mm x 50 mm) footprint of the single well vial provides stability on a shelf or rack. Holds 175 ml (6 oz) of fluid. Other vial configurations are available. See next page. Platinum RTD probe is constructed of 316 Stainless Steel and operates to -200C (-328F). Metal shielded cable is rugged and washdown proof. 4 to 20 mA transmitter is match calibrated to the RTD for improved system accuracy. System accuracy is a variable NIST certificate and calibration data supplied at no additional cost. Additional accessories available. Customizable for validation requirements. Connection box and indicator are polycarbonate and NEMA 4X sealed to be washdown proof.

Thermowell: Delrin material. Transmitter: 4-20 mA output; 8.5 to 35 VDC loop powered. Connection box: Polycarbonate enclosure, NEMA 4X.

Specification and order options

AS103282 PD Model number Sensing element, .00385 TCR: PM = 100 Platinum .06%, Class A PD = 100 Platinum .12%, Class B PF = 1000 Platinum .12% 72 Cable length in inches D Vial configuration: S = Single thermowell, standard vial D = Dual thermowell T = Triple thermowell M = Single thermowell, miniature vial L = Single thermowell, large vial C Connection box type: C = Indicating C F = Indicating F B = Non-indicating 75 System accuracy: 75 = .75% of span 50 = .50% of span 20= .20% of span or .1C, whichever is greater EZ Temptran temperature range code: EZ = -100/0C (-148/32F) M = -50/50C (-58/122F) C = 0/100C ( 32/212F) More ranges starting on page 5-20. AS103282PD72D75CEZ = Sample part number

Specifications
Probe case: Stainless steel. Element: Platinum. Resistance (excluding leadwire resistance): PM platinum: 100.00 .06% at 0C (32F) (Class A). PD platinum: 100.00 .12% at 0C (32F) (Class B). PF platinum: 1000.00 .12% at 0C (32F).

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specifications subject to change

Page 9-14

Page Rev. 04/2011

Thermal Vial Accessories

.45 REF [11.4]

7/16 HEX TFE JACKET OVER TFE INSULATED LEADS CONNECTION BOX (TEMPERATURE INDICATOR TYPE SHOWN) PROBE .188 [4.78] 3.20 .06 [81 1.5]

2.5 REF [64]

Temperature Meter

4.52 REF [115]

Span Zero

STRIP .5 [13] MIN DUAL THERMOWELL OPTION SHOWN CABLE GLAND (2) THERMAL VIAL (BOTTLE & CAP WITH 1, 2, OR 3 THERMOWELLS)

MODEL TI350 www.minco.com

2.55 REF [64.8] UTILITY BOX TOP VIEW

Available Accessories
Dual/triple well bracket Air sensor bracket Single well bracket

Description Single well bracket Dual/triple well bracket Air sensor bracket

Model AC101540 AC102732 AC102074

HVAC SENSORS

Large Mini Dual Single Triple

Description Single Dual Triple Mini Large

Capacity 6 oz. 8 oz. 8 oz. 2 oz. 32 oz. 175 ml 250 ml 250 ml 60 ml 1000 ml

Model AC101394 AC102026 AC102647 AC103316 AC102551

Loop-powered indicating

Non-indicating

Description Loop-powered indicating Non-indicating

Model TI350 CH102777

Specifications subject to change

Page 9-15

Refrigeration & Freezer Temperature System

Overview
Ideal for refrigerated rooms, freezers, cold storage facilities and laboratories anywhere an accurate, rugged, and weatherproof temperature sensor is needed. 100 platinum RTD probe is constructed of 316 stainless steel to be resistant to most chemicals, including ammonia. Operates to -452F (-269C). 4 to 20 mA transmitter is epoxy potted to protect circuitry from condensation and ice. Operates in ambient temperatures down to -13F (-25C). Transmitter is match calibrated to RTD for 0.75% system accuracy. Free NIST certificate. Enclosure is gasketed and moisture resistant. RTD probe is available in lengths ranging from 2 inches to 48 inches, and the probe can be center-mounted for throughthe-wall installation, or end-mounted for flush-to-the-wall mounting.

Specification and order options

AS100279 PD 67 Assembly number 100 platinum RTD

Specifications
Temperature range: Probe: -269 to 260C (-452 to 500F). Transmitter: -25 to 85C (-13 to 185F). RTD probe: 100 platinum, 0.00385 TCR. Transmitter: 4-20 mA output, 8.5 to 35 VDC loop powered. 2.75 (70) 0.10 (2.5) 2.30 (58) PROBE LENGTH

Probe length: Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 67 = 6.7 inches) Temperature range for 4-20 mA output: M M = -50 to 50C (-58 to 122F) AD = -40 to 48.9C (-40 to 120F) DN = -30 to 50C (-22 to 122F) S = -18 to 37.8C (0 to 100F) BY = -10 to 40C (14 to 104F) Other ranges are available starting on page 5-20. AS100279PD67M = Sample part number

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

- 14 NPT [3]

4.50 (114)

0.25 (6.4) DIA. 7 8 HEX

Specifications subject to change

Page 9-16

Fluid Immersion Temperature Sensors

5.8" (147 mm)

THERMOWELL LENGTH U

- 14 NPT

0.375" (9.5 mm) DIAMETER

OPTIONAL TRANSMITTER

CONNECTION HEAD

THERMOWELL

REDUCED PROBE TIP

Overview
Immersion sensors include stainless steel thermowells for insertion directly into fluid streams. The sensing probe may be removed without breaking the fluid seal. Brass thermowells are also available. See page 5-2 for optional 4 to 20 mA temperature transmitters.

Specification and order options: Fluid immersion temperature sensors

S479PD Y Model number from table Number of leads: Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads

Specifications
Temperature range: -45.5 to 260C (-50 to 500F). Leadwires: AWG 22, PTFE insulated, 4" (100 mm) long. Thermowell pressure rating: 1880 psi (130 bar). Moisture resistance: Meets MIL-STD-202, Method 104, Test Condition B.

60

Thermowell length U: Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 60 = 6.0 inches) Standard thermowell lengths are 3" and 6", contact factory for other lengths S479PDY60 = Sample part number

Model numbers
Element Platinum 100 0.1% at 0C Platinum 100 0.1% at 0C (Meets EN60751, Class B) Platinum 1000 0.1% at 0C Platinum 1000 0.1% at 0C Nickel-iron 1000 0.12% at 70F Nickel-iron 2000 0.12% at 70F HW 3000 at -30.2C
* Maximum temperature is 130C (266F). Note: These sensors are intended for use in slow-moving fluid streams. For applications where fluid velocity exceeds 3 ft/s, you may need to use a thermowell assembly as an alternative. Please consult Access: Minco Sales and Support for technical guidance.
Page Rev. 04/2011

Replacement stainless steel thermowells

TCR //C 0.00391 0.00385 0.00385 0.00375 0.00527 0.00527 0.00262 Model number S478PB S479PD S480PF S490PW* S476FB* S477FC* S100061PX* TW488 U 60 Thermowell length U: Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 60 = 6.0 inches) Standard thermowell lengths are 3" and 6", contact factory for other lengths TW488U60 = Sample part number Model number

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specifications subject to change

Page 9-17

HVAC SENSORS

Elements & Probes

Model numbers Overview
These models feature fast-responding RTD or thermistor elements in aluminum cases (except stainless steel on S482PW) with PTFE insulated leadwires. They can be assembled into probes or used separately as all-purpose sensors. Probes consist of elements assembled into stainless steel extension tubes. They are not suitable for direct fluid immersion but may be used with thermowells. See Section 4 for thermowell options. See Section 5 for optional 4 to 20 mA temperature transmitters. Element RTDs Platinum 100 0.1% at 0C Platinum 100 0.1% at 0C (Meets EN60751, Class B) Platinum 1000 0.1% at 0C Platinum 1000 0.1% at 0C Nickel-iron 1000 0.12% at 70F Nickel-iron 2000 0.12% at 70F HW 3000 at -30.2C Thermistors Thermistor 2,252 1% at 25C Thermistor 10,000 1% at 25C CASE LENGTH 1.0" (25.4 mm) SENSING TIP 0.250" (6.4 mm) DIAMETER 0.188" (4.8 mm) DIAMETER TCR Elements //C 0.00391 S402PB 0.00385 S458PD 0.00385 0.00375 0.00527 0.00527 0.00262
R25/ R125

Probes

411PB S460PD S461PF S485PW S409FB S410FC S100837PX TS440TA TS441TB

S459PF S482PW S400FB S401FC S100057PX TS438TA TS439TB

29.2 23.5

LEAD LENGTH

Probe

Specifications
Temperature range: -45.5 to 135C (-50 to 275F). Leadwires: AWG 22, PTFE insulated. Standard lengths are 4", 12" and 18". Moisture resistance: Meets MIL-STD-202, Method 104, Test Condition B. Insulation resistance: 1000 megohms min. at 500 VDC, leads to case.

Specification and order options: Probes

S411PB 60 Model number from table Case length: Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 60 = 6.0 inches) Minimum length is 3" Z Number of leads: Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads (platinum only) 4 Lead length in inches S411PB60Z4 = Sample part number

Element
LEAD LENGTH 2.00"* (50.8 mm) 0.188" (4.8 mm) DIAMETER MODEL S482PW IS 2.4" (60.3 mm) LONG

Elements
S458PD Model number from table Z Number of leads: Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads (platinum only) 4 Lead length in inches S458PDZ4 = Sample part number

STOCKED PARTS
Case Diameter Sensing Element # of Lead Lead Case Case LeadLength Covering Length Material wires PTFE PTFE 12.0" Stock Part # S460PD120Z12 S458PDZ24

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

12.0" Case: 0.250 (6.4mm) PD Aluminum 3 Tip: 0.188 (4.8mm) 24.0" Note: Available up to 10 pieces or contact Minco Customer Service

Specifications subject to change

Page 9-18

Temptran 4 to 20 mA Transmitters

Most HVAC sensors are available with companion 4 to 20 mA transmitters. See page 5-2 for suitable models. (Room air thermometers use model TT115, which has the same specifications as TT111). Temptran temperature transmitters convert low-level RTD output to a standard current signal that is immune to lead resistance and electrical noise. You can get accurate readings from points thousands of feet away.

How to order transmitters

To order HVAC/R sensors with integral transmitters, specify both the RTD and the Temptran part numbers.

Transmitters are mounted in the junction box on duct sensors, or in the connection head of fluid immersion sensors. Outside air thermometers and ThermalRibbons: Transmitters are furnished separately. Install in an enclosure near the sensor, but away from excessive ambient temperatures.

High-accuracy calibration
Standard transmitters are calibrated to the nominal resistance values of the RTD at the zero and span points. Total system error includes the tolerance of both the transmitter and the RTD sensor. If you order Minco Temptrans calibrated to the actual resistance of the RTD (as measured in Mincos metrology lab), this effectively subtracts the sensor tolerance from system accuracy specifications. For example, consider a transmitter with a range of 0 to 500C. The transmitter itself is accurate to 1.0C (0.2% of span, including calibration accuracy and linearity). The RTD interchangeability contributes an additional error of 0.3C at 0C and 2.8C at 500C. Total system error would be 1.3C at 0C and 3.8C at 500C. When you calibrate the sensor and transmitter as a set, the sensor error disappears, reducing system error to 1.0C over the full range all for a nominal extra cost.

Full size wall mount thermometers use the TT115 circuit-board style Temptran. The enclosure is thermally designed to minimize heating of the sensor by transmitter electronics.

Free NIST traceability

With each matched sensor/transmitter set, Minco sends you calibration data traceable to the National Institute of Standards & Technology. This helps you comply with ISO 9001 and other quality standards.

Recalibration
Minco prints RTD resistance values right on the Temptran label to simplify recalibration. You simply connect a resistance decade box or RTD simulator in place of the RTD, dial in the correct values, and adjust zero and span. Because Minco RTDs shift less than 0.05F per year in a typical HVAC installation, the printed values remain valid for many years.
HVAC SENSORS

0.75% guaranteed accuracy

Minco guarantees a system accuracy (current signal vs temperature) of 0.75% of span when you order specially calibrated Temptrans with any RTD in the HVAC/R Sensors Section. (An RTD with standard transmitter will deviate about 1-2% of span.) Tighter accuracies are available on special order.

See Section 5 for complete details and ordering information.

Specifications subject to change

Page 9-19

Design Notes

Page 9-20

S E C T I O N 1 0 : T H E R M A L- R I B B O N S

Fast response surface sensing in aerospace, medical, and industrial devices Thin, flexible RTDs and thermocouples offer easy, non-invasive installation Rugged laminated construction for use in extreme environments Polyimide, silicone rubber, Mylar insulation

Thermal-Ribbons.........................................................................10-2 to 10-3 Thermal-Tabs..................................................................................10-2 to 10-3 Discoil Thermal-Ribbons ..........................................................................10-4 Strip sensing Thermal-Ribbons ...............................................................10-5 Thermistor Thermal-Ribbons....................................................................10-6 Thermocouple Thermal-Ribbons...........................................................10-6 Installation and accessories.......................................................................10-7 Non-invasive sensors design kit .............................................................10-8

Page 10-1

Thermal-Tab and Thermal-Ribbon Sensors

Install these compact sensors anywhere for accurate point sensing and fast response. All Thermal-Tab modules use a thin-film RTD element. All Thermal-Ribbon models conform to EN60751 Class B tolerance when ordered with a PD platinum element. Fast response surface sensing in aerospace, medical and industrial devices Rugged lamination construction Polyimide, silicone rubber or Mylar insulation

Thermal-Tab Specifications
Dimensions W x L x Tmax 0.20 x 0.50 x 0.08" (5 x 12 x 2 mm) 0.20 x 0.60 x 0.08" (5 x 15 x 2 mm) 0.20 x 0.60 x 0.08" (5 x 15 x 2 mm) 0.20 x 0.60 x 0.12" (5 x 15 x 3 mm) 0.20 x 0.60 x 0.045" (5 x 15 x 1.15 mm) 0.30 x 0.60 x 0.10" (7 x 15 x 2.5 mm) 0.40 x 0.80 x 0.08" (10 x 20 x 2 mm) Element options PD, PF, PW Insulation

All models are RoHS compliant Temperature range Leadwires Time Features constant* Model

Polyimide with -50 to 155C elastomer cover coat -58 to 311F -50 to 200C -58 to 392F -50 to 260C -58 to 500F

AWG 26, 0.8 sec. PTFE insulated AWG 26, PTFE or polyimide insulated AWG 26, PTFE or polyimide insulated AWG 24, Silicone insulated AWG 26, PTFE or polyimide insulated AWG 22, PTFE or polyimide insulated AWG 26, PTFE or polyimide insulated AWG 26, PTFE or polyimide insulated 1.0 sec.

Stocked for S665 immediate shipment Platinum models in stock S17624

PD, PF, PW, PS, NB, NA, Polyimide NJ PD, PF, PW, PS PD, PF, PW Polyimide film

0.4 sec.

Highest temperature S100820 capability Waterproof; suitable for continuous S667 immersion Thinnest profile S100725

Silicone rubber with -50 to 155C elastomer cover and -58 to 311F foil backing Polyimide film -50 to 200C -58 to 392F -50 to 200C -58 to 392F -50 to 200C -58 to 392F

1.3 sec.

PD, PF, PW

0.6 sec.

PD, PF, PW, PS, NB, NA, Polyimide film NJ PD, PF, PW, PS, NB, NA, Polyimide film NJ PD, PF, PW, PS, NB, NA, Silicone rubber NJ

1.2 sec.

Heavier leadwire for applications requiring S100724 ruggedized design Larger surface area for easier handling and maximum adhesive bond S100723

0.9 sec.

0.40 x 0.80 x 0.08" (10 x 20 x 2 mm)

-50 to 220C -58 to 428F

1.5 sec.

High temperature rating, available with S100721 wide range of element options

Thermal-Ribbon Specifications
0.20 x 1.50 x 0.030" (5.1 x 38.1 x 0.8 mm) 0.30 x 0.30 x 0.025" (7.6 x 7.6 x 0.7 mm) 0.75 x 0.75 x 0.04" (19 x 19 x 1.0 mm FA Mylar FA Polyimide -200 to 200C -328 to 392F AWG 34, 0.15 sec. PTFE insulated Wire-wound nickel-iron for high resistance in small package Wire-wound element Wire-wound nickel-iron flat element for high resistance S38

PD, PE

Polyimide with foil backing

-200 to 200C -328 to 392F

AWG 28, 0.15 sec. PTFE insulated

S651

-200 to 150C -328 to 302F

AWG 30, 0.3 sec. PTFE insulated

S25

Notes: Tmax is measured over the lead bulge.*Time constant is in water at 1 m/sec.

Specifications, continued
Leadwire insulation codes S25, S38, S651, S665, S667 S17624, S100721, S100723, S100724, S100725, S100820 Leave blank T = PTFE insulated wires

K = Polyimide insulated wires

Specifications subject to change

Page 10-2

Sensing elements
Sensing element specifications** Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.12% at 0C (EN60751, Class B) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 0.22% at 0C Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 1000 0.12% at 0C Platinum (0.00375 TCR) 1000 0.12% at 0C Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 10,000 0.12% at 0C Nickel-iron (0.00518 TCR) 604 0.26% at 0C Nickel (0.00618 TCR) 100 0.22% at 0C (DIN43760 NI100, Class B) Nickel (0.00672 TCR) 120 0.50% at 0C Nickel (0.00618 TCR) 1,000 0.22% at 0C (DIN43760 NI1000, Class B)
** See table on previous page for element options on each model.

Specifications and order options

Code PD PE PF PW PS FA NB NA NJ S17624 PD Z Model number from table Sensing element from table Number of leads: Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads (N/A on S25, S38) X = 4 leads (N/A on S25, S38 or S665/S667) T Leadwire insulation code from table at left 24 Lead length in inches: S665/S667: 60" max. A Adhesive backing: A = No adhesive B = Pressure-sensitive adhesive (PSA) Stop here for all models except S665 or S667. For models S665 and S667, add: C Compliancy: C = RoHS Compliance S665PDY40AC = Sample part number
Notes: PSA reduces temperature range to -20 to 177C (-4 to 350F) and adds 0.005" (0.1 mm) to thickness.

Waterproof model
Model S667 is waterproof and suitable for continuous immersion. Use it to monitor the temperature of water in a tank or container, or on equipment that must withstand wash-down or immersion. Check with Minco for suitability in other liquids.

Custom Thermal-Ribbon designs

Minco can custom-wind Thermal-Ribbon elements in virtually any shape and size. We can profile sensing elements to provide increased sensitivity in selected zones, and provide packaging to perfectly fit your applications. Contact Access: Minco Sales and Support today to discuss your application.

Specify and order products at: www.minco.com/sensors_config STOCKED PARTS

Model # Sensor Insulation Time Sensing # of Leadwire Lead Pressure Sensitive RoHS Constant Element Leadwires Insulation Length Adhesive Backing Compliant Stock Part # 2 PTFE 40 No Yes S665PDY40AC 3 PTFE 40 No Yes S665PDZ40AC PD 2 PTFE 40 Yes Yes S665PDY40BC -50 to 155 C 0.8 Sec -58 to 311 F 3 PTFE 40 Yes Yes S665PDZ40BC PTFE 40 No Yes S665PFY40AC PF 2 PTFE 40 Yes Yes S665PFY40BC 3 Silicone 40 No Yes S667PDZ40AC 2 Silicone 40 No Yes S667PDY40AC -50 to 155 C 1.3 Sec PD -58 to 311 F 3 Silicone 40 Yes Yes S667PDZ40BC 2 Silicone 40 Yes Yes S667PDY40BC PD 3 PTFE 40 Yes Yes S17624PDZT40B PTFE 40 Yes Yes S17624PFYT40B PF 2 PTFE 40 No Yes S17624PFYT40A -50 to 200 C 1.0 Sec -58 to 392 F PTFE 40 Yes Yes S17624PDYT40B 2 PD PTFE 40 No Yes S17624PDYT40A 3 PTFE 40 No Yes S17624PDZT40A -50 to 200 C 0.15 Sec FA 2 PTFE 36 No Yes S38FAY36A -58 to 392 F 3 PTFE 24 No Yes S651PDZ24A -50 to 200 C 0.15 Sec PD -58 to 392 F 2 PTFE 24 No Yes S651PDY24A -50 to 200 C 0.3 Sec FA 2 PTFE 36 Yes Yes S25FAY36B -58 to 392 F Temp. Range Specifications subject to change

S665

Polyimide w/ Elastomer Cover Coat

S667

S17624

Polyimide

S38 S651 S25

Polyimide Polyimide w/ Foil Backing Mylar

Note: Available up to 10 pieces or contact Minco Customer Service

Page 10-3

THERMALRIBBONS

Silicone Rubber w/ Elastomer Cover and Foil Backing

Discoil Thermal-Ribbons
Overview
Install these compact sensors anywhere for accurate point sensing. Discoil RTD elements are wound on a single plane for faster time response.

Specifications
Dimensions W x L x Tmax 0.79 x 1.87 x 0.055" (20 x 47.5 x 1.4 mm) solder pad version shown Element options Insulation Temperature range Leadwires Time Features constant* Only 0.010" thick over element, fast time response, platinum PD accuracy available Model

PD, PE

Polyimide (clear polyester available)

-73 to 200C -100 to 392F

(Optional) AWG 24, PTFE insulat- 0.10 sec. ed

S17422

1.00 x 1.25 x 0.090" (25.4 x 31.8 x 2.3 mm)

PB11, PB22 PD12, PE22

Silicone rubber with polyimide backing

-62 to 220C -80 to 428F

AWG 24, silicone rubber 0.2 sec. insulated

High temperature rating, platinum PD accuracy available

S32 S385

1.00 x 1.25 x 0.065" (25.4 x 31.8 x 1.7 mm) FA Polyimide -200 to 200C -328 to 392F AWG 26, PTFE insulated 0.15 sec. High resistance nickel-iron element S39

Notes: Tmax is measured over the lead bulge. *Time constant is in water at 1 m/sec.

Sensing elements
Sensing element specifications** Platinum (0.00391 TCR) Platinum (0.00391 TCR) Platinum (0.00391 TCR) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) (EN60751, Class B) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) Copper 427 Nickel 672 100 0.5% at 0C 100 0.11% at 0C 100 0.22% at 0C 100 0.12% at 0C 100 0.36% at 0C 100 0.5% at 0C 100 0.22% at 0C 10 0.20% at 25C 120 0.3% at 0C Code PA PB11 PB22 PD, PD12 PE (Discoil) PE (Strip sensing) PE22 FA CA NA

Specification and order options

S32 PB22 Z Model number from table Sensing element from table Number of leads: Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads X = 4 leads W = Solder pads (S17422 only) Lead length in inches (Specify 0 for solder pads, option on S17422 only)

36 A

Nickel-iron (0.00518 TCR) 604 0.26% at 0C

Adhesive backing: A = No adhesive B = Pressure-sensitive adhesive (PSA) S32PB22Z36A = Sample part number
Notes: PSA reduces temperature range to -20 to 177C (-4 to 350F) and adds 0.005" (0.1 mm) to thickness.

** See table above for element options on each model.

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specifications subject to change

Page 10-4

Strip Sensing Thermal-Ribbons

Overview
These models average temperatures along their length to eliminate point measurement errors. Wrap them around cylinders or adhere them to flat surfaces.

Specifications
Dimensions W x L x Tmax 0.50 x 1.25 x 0.050" (12.7 x 31.8 x 1.3 mm) Element Insulation options PA, PE, CA, NA Polyimide Temperature Lead- Time Features range wires constant* -73 to 200C -100 to 392F 0.17 sec. Easy motor installations Platinum PD accuracy Model

S3238 S34 S386

0.375 x 4.00 x 0.075" (9.5 x 101.6 x 1.9 mm) PB22 PD12 PE22 0.375 x 4.00 x 0.065" (9.5 x 101.6 x 1.7 mm) FA FA
Notes: Tmax is measured over the lead bulge. *Time constant is in water at 1 m/sec. Refer to Sensing Elements Table on Page 10-4

Silicone -62 to 220C rubber w/ poly-80 to 428F imide backing Polyimide Mylar

AWG 0.6 sec. 26, PTFE insu-200 to 200C lated 0.2 sec. -328 to 392F -100 to 150C -148 to 302F 0.3 sec.

Wire-wound nickel-iron for high resistance, thin S35 element Wire-wound S2 nickel-iron,low cost

Model S3238
Model S3238 is specially designed to sense stator temperatures in motors and generators. An alternative to the stick sensors, the S3238 mounts on the end turns of stator windings and provides an easy way to add overtemperature protection when the stator is not being rewound.

Specification and order options

S34 PB22 Y Model number from table (except S3238) Sensing element from table Number of leads: Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads (required on CA) X = 4 leads (PD only) 36 Lead length in inches: 36" stocked (42" on S2) A Adhesive backing: A = No adhesive B = Pressure-sensitive adhesive (PSA) S34PB22Y36A = Sample part number
Notes: PSA reduces temperature range to -20 to 177C (-4 to 350F) and adds 0.005" (0.1 mm) to thickness.

S3238 specification and order options

S3238 PA Y Model number S3238 Sensing element from table Number of leads: Y = 2 leads (not available on CA) Z = 3 leads X = 4 leads T Lead insulation: T = PTFE K = polyimide TS = SS braid over PTFE 36 Lead length in inches: 36" stocked U Lead configuration: T = Twisted U = Untwisted A Adhesive backing: A = No adhesive B = Pressure-sensitive adhesive (PSA) S3238PAYT36UA = Sample part number
THERMALRIBBONS

STOCKED PARTS
Sensing # of Temperature Time Leadwire Lead Constant Element Leadwires Insulation Length Range 96 PA 3 PTFE 36 -73 to 200 C S3238 Polyimide 0.17 Sec -100 to 392 F NA 3 PTFE 96 CA 3 PTFE 96 Silicone Rubber with -62 to 220 C S34 0.6 Sec PB22 3 PTFE 36 Polyimide Backing -100 to 392 F PD12 3 PTFE 36 Silicone Rubber with -62 to 220 C S386 0.6 Sec Polyimide Backing -100 to 392 F PE22 2 PTFE 96 -200 to 200 C S35 Polyimide 0.2 Sec FA 2 PTFE 36 -328 to 392 F Note: Available up to 10 pieces or contact Minco Customer Service Model # Sensor Insulation Pressure Sensitive Adhesive Backing No No No No No No No No Stock Part # S3238PAZT96UA S3238PAZT36UA S3238NAZT96UA S3238CAZT96UA S34PB22Z36A S386PD12Z36A S386PE22Y96A S35FAY36A Specifications subject to change

Page 10-5

Thermistor Thermal-Tab
Overview
Model TS665 and TS667 offer extremely sensitive NTC thermistors for applications with small temperature changes. Model TS667 also features waterproof construction, making it suitable for continuous immersion.

Specifications
Dimensions W x L x Tmax 0.20 x 0.47 x 0.079" (5.0 x 12.0 x 2.0 mm) 0.20 x 0.60 x 0.118" (5.0 x 15.2 x 3.0 mm) Element Insulation options Polyimide with elastomer cover coat TF, TK -50 to 125C Silicone rubber with (-58 to 257F) elastomer cover and foil backing Temp. range Leadwires AWG 26, PTFE insulated AWG 24, Silicone insulated Time Feature constant 0.8 sec. Small, low-cost Waterproof, suitable for continuous immersion Model

TS665

1.3 sec.

TS667

Notes: Tmax is measured over the lead bulge. TS665 is suitable for the CT325 temperature controller (page 5-20). *Time constant is in water at 1 m/sec.

Sensing elements
Sensing element specifications** NTC thermistor 50k 1% at 25C NTC thermistor 10k 1% at 25C Code TF TK

Specification and order options

TS665 TF Y 40 A Model number from table Sensing element from table Number of leads: Y = 2 leads Lead length in inches: 40" stocked, 60" max. Adhesive backing: A = No adhesive B = Pressure-sensitive adhesive (PSA) C Compliancy: C = RoHS compliant TS665TFY40AC = Sample part number
Note: PSA reduces temp. range to -20 to 177C (-4 to 350F) and adds 0.005" (0.1 mm) to thickness.

** See table above for element options on each model.

www.minco.com/sensors_config

Specify and order products

STOCKED PARTS
Sensing # of Temperature Time Leadwire Lead Pressure Sensitive RoHS Stock Part # Constant Element Leadwires Insulation Length Adhesive Backing Compliant Range TF 2 PTFE 40 No Yes TS665TFY40AC Polyimide w/ TK 2 PTFE 40 No Yes TS665TKY40AC -50 to 125 C TS665 Elastomer 0.8 Sec -58 to 257 F TF 2 PTFE 40 Yes Yes TS665TFY40BC Cover Coat TK 2 PTFE 40 Yes Yes TS665TKY40BC Note: Available up to 10 pieces or contact Minco Customer Service Model # Sensor Insulation

Thermocouple Thermal-Ribbon
Overview
TC40 is a patch-style thermocouple that adheres to all types of surfaces for quick and easy mounting.

Specifications
Dimensions W x L x Tmax Junction type Insulation Temp. range Leadwires Time constant Features Model 0.75 x 0.75 x 0.065" (19.1 x 19.1 x 1.7 mm) E, J, K, or T Polyimide -200 to 200C (-328 to 392F) AWG 24, solid PTFE insulated 0.6 sec. Surface mounting TC40

Specification and order options

Model number Junction type: E, J, K, or T Covering over leadwires: T = PTFE only S = Stainless steel braid 36 Lead length in inches: 36" and 144" are stocked for type J, K, T Adhesive backing: A A = No adhesive B = Pressure-sensitive adhesive (PSA) TC40JT36A = Sample part number TC40 J T
Note: PSA reduces temperature range to -20 to 177C (-4 to 350F) and adds 0.005" (0.1 mm) to thickness.

Notes: Tmax is measured over the lead bulge. *Time constant is in water at 1 m/sec.

Page 10-6

Thermal-Ribbon Installation and Accessories

Thermal-Ribbons lend themselves to a variety of installation methods. You should avoid repeated bending during the installation process, and Thermal-Ribbons should not flex in use unless they are specifically designed to do so. Take care to secure leadwires so they do not pull against sensor bodies. Leadwires should be routed along the sensed surface a short distance so that they do not sink heat away from the sensing element. Listed below are some standard installation methods.

#6 RTV cement
Room temperature vulcanizing cement for mounting silicone rubber Thermal-Ribbons to flat or curved surfaces. It is available in 3 oz. (89 ml) tubes. Contact Minco for other adhesives usable with Kapton or Mylar Thermal-Ribbons.

Shrink bands
Minco shrink bands are pre-stretched plastic strips with adhesive at both ends. Use them to mount Thermal-Ribbons to cylinders. Simply wrap the band around the sensor and cylinder, secure the ends, and heat to shrink in place. To order, specify band width and cylinder diameter.

Pressure sensitive adhesive

PSA (option B in part number) is the simplest mounting method, but it is restricted to flat surfaces and temperatures below 177C (350F). PSA is usually factory applied to the mounting surface of the Thermal-Ribbon. To install, just remove the backing paper and press in place.

#21 Polyimide tape

High temperature tape with silicone-based adhesive. Useful for quick mounting of Thermal-Ribbon or Thermal-Tab sensors to flat surfaces. Makes a strong but removable bond to most smooth and clean surfaces. Maximum operating temperature is 150C. 0.5 inch wide x 108 ft. long roll.

#20 stretch tape

High temperature silicone rubber tape for mounting ThermalRibbons to pipes or other cylinders as shown above. It comes in 1" wide rolls, 6 or 36 feet long.

Thermal Ribbons for pipe sensing

Thermal Ribbons make a practical, economical alternative to traditional immersed sensors for sensing fluid temperatures in pipes or tanks. They mount directly on pipe surfaces, so there is no need to tap and drain systems to install thermowells. If the Thermal-Ribbon is installed correctly, tests show that the thermal response is as quick and accurate as traditional invasive sensors. See page 9-7 for Thermal-Ribbons specially designed for pipe sensing.

Minco manufactures flexible Thermofoil etched-foil heaters for precision temperature control of critical applications. We can integrate heaters with ThermalRibbons and other sensors and controllers to provide complete turnkey thermal solutions. Learn more about Thermofoil heater solutions at www.minco.com/heater/
Specifications subject to change

Page 10-7

THERMALRIBBONS

Non-Invasive Sensors Design Kit

Non-Invasive Sensors Design Kit
The Non-Invasive Sensors Design Kit will make you look at temperature sensing in a whole new way. Learn and develop new techniques for accurate and fast responding temperature measurement without disrupting the design integrity of your application. The Design Kit provides products and instructions to accurately sense temperature in places that would otherwise be difficult with traditional invasive sensing methods. Included in this kit: 2 - 100 ohm (Platinum 385) Thermal-Ribbons 1 - 100 ohm (Platinum 385) Thermal-Tab 1 - 100 ohm (Platinum 385) Bolt-on Sensor 1 - Temptran temperature transmitter, 4-20mA, 0-100C span #20 Stretch Tape, 6' (1.8 m) roll Start-up Guide Precautions, Recommendations and Applications Technical Specifications Temperature vs. Resistance Tables Engineering Instructions Whitepaper - Resistance Thermometry Model Number TB-S1

Other Design Kits

Flexible Heaters Prototype Design Kit

The Flexible Heaters Prototype Design Kit allows you to easily test and prototype a heating concept before starting on a journey of custom-built-to-order product. Filled with polyimide and silicone rubber Thermofoil heaters, instructions and technical data, this kit will help you move towards successfully integrating flexible heaters into your application. Model Number TB-H1

Flex Circuits Design Kit

The Flex Circuits Design Kit provides tools and information to help you go from inception to physical mock-up, while gaining the knowledge needed to successfully integrate different types of flex circuits into your application. The kit contains comprehensive flex circuit training materials including a hard cover case of more than 25 flex circuit materials and finished circuits, and an offer for a FREE mechanical circuit sample. Model Number TB-F1

Page 10-8

S E C T I O N 1 1 : E L E M E N TS

Accurate sensing from -200 to 600C (-328 to 1112F) Wide choice of sizes and styles for application versatility Low cost thin-film elements Wire wound elements
Wire-wound elements..................................................................................11-2 Thin-film elements ..........................................................................................11-2 Installation ............................................................................................................11-3 Extension leads..................................................................................................11-3 Design Notes ......................................................................................................11-4

Page 11-1

Wire-wound & Thin-film Elements

Overview: Wire-wound Elements
Use these elements for general purpose sensing in probes or equipment. PD models meet EN60751, Class B.

Overview: Thin-film Elements Specifications

Thin film elements offer low cost and resistances to 10k . Tolerance: 0.12% (EN60751 Class B) To order optional 0.06% tolerance (EN60751 Class A), change 12 to 06 for 0.06% (EN60751 Class A). Not available with S101162PD, S101163PF, or S19827PS. Material: Aluminum oxide substrate with fused glass cover. Dimensional tolerance: 400, 600C elements: 0.02" (0.5 mm). SMT models: Length x Width 0.008 (0.2 mm), Thickness 0.004 (0.1 mm). TCR: 0.00385 //C. Repeatability: 0.1C or better. Stability: Drift less than 0.1C/year in normal use. Vibration: Withstands 20 Gs minimum at 10 to 2,000 Hz. Shock: Withstands 100 Gs minimum sine wave shock of 8 milliseconds duration.

Specifications

Temperature range: See table below. Some elements may be used down to -269C in certain applications. Contact factory for advice on cryogenic use. Element Body: Glass-coated ceramic Resistance Tolerance: 0.1% at 0C Lead Length Tolerance: 0.4" (10.2mm) TCR: 0.00385 //C Element Diameter tolerance: 0.005" (0.13 mm) Element Length tolerance: 0.06 (1.5 mm) Repeatability: 0.1C or better Stability: Drift less than 0.1C/year (normal use) Vibration: Withstands 20 Gs minimum at 10 to 2,000 Hz. Shock: Withstands 100Gs minimum sine wave shock of 8 milliseconds duration Dimensions in inches (mm) 550C wire-wound elements 0.040 (1.020) 0.45 (11.4) 0.058 (1.47) 0.077 (1.96) 0.100 (2.54) 0.135 (3.43) 0.077 (1.96) 0.135 (3.43) 0.40 (10.2) 0.30 (7.6) 0.40 (10.2) 0.40 (10.2) 1.00 (25.4) 1.20 (30.5) R (0C)

Order options: order part number from table.

Temp. range -20 to 550C (-4 to 1022F) Leads 0.006 (0.15 mm) Platinum 0.010 (0.25 mm) Platinum clad palladium 0.014 (0.35 mm) Platinum clad palladium 0.014 (0.35 mm) Platinum clad palladium 0.010 (0.25 mm) Platinum clad palladium 0.014 (0.35 mm) Platinum clad palladium Model S200PD S201PD S202PD S203PD S204PD S212PG S214PG

1.0 (25) 1.0 (25) 1.0 (25) 1.0 (25) 1.0 (25) 1.0 (25) 1.0 (25) 500 100

-100 to 550C (-148 to 1022F)

All 400C and 600C thin-film element parts - STOCKED PARTS

0.063 (1.6) 0.126 (3.2) 0.016 (41) THICK 100 1000 0.05 (1.3) 0.07 (1.7) 0.10 (2.5) 0.20 (5.0) 0.08 (2.0) 0.09 (2.3) 0.025 (0.7) THICK Lead length: 0.4 (10) 0.04 (1.1) THICK Lead length: 0.6 (15) 0.05 (1.3) THICK Lead length S245: 0.6 (15) S249: 0.4 (10) 0.05 (1.3) THICK Lead length S247: 0.6 (15) S251: 0.4 (10) 100 1000 10000 -50 to 400C (-58 to 752F) -70 to 400C (-94 to 752F) -70 to 600C (-94 to 1112F) -70 to 400C (-94 to 752F) -70 to 600C (-94 to 1112F) -50 to 150C Solder contacts: (-58 to 302F) SMT Tin plated, (surface mount 0.020 (.51 mm) technology) 0.010 (0.25 mm) Ag .0004 / mm / lead 0.010 (0.25 mm) Ag .0004 / mm / lead 0.010 (0.25 mm) Ag .0004 / mm / lead 0.008 (0.20 mm) Pt/Ni .003 / mm / lead 0.010 (0.25 mm) Ag .0004 / mm / lead 0.008 (0.20 mm) Pt/Ni .003 / mm / lead S101162PD S101163PF S100144PD12 S101503PF12 S19827PS12 S245PD12 S249PD12 S247PF12 S251PF12

100

0.08 (2.0) 0.20 (5.0)

1000

Note: Contact Minco Customer Service for quantities available

Page 11-2

Installation & Accessories

Installation
Ceramic elements can be assembled into probes or potted inside holes in heat sinks and platens. Ceramic cement is recommended for high temperature potting. Epoxy is recommended for intermediate temperatures. Round elements provide the best time response in round sheaths and holes. Flat thin film elements can be bonded to surfaces. Elements are calibrated at the end of their leads. The leads have resistances ranging from 0.6 to 2.4 per foot, so you should connect extension leads as close as possible to the end of the element leads to maintain tolerance. Minco can supply elements with extension leadwires welded onto the sensor leads. Use the standard models below or contact us for a quote on your custom design. One final note: Ceramic elements are fragile and can suffer damage or loss of accuracy from improper installation. In many cases, the best alternative is to buy a complete encased probe assembly from Minco. Take advantage of our expertise and equipment for best overall performance and value.

Model AC888
Insulation: Mica/glass, glass braid over connections Maximum temperature: 550C (1022F). Lead Maximum diameter over lead bundle in inches (mm) 3 leads 4 leads AWG 2 leads 22 0.16 (4.0) 0.20 (5.1) 0.20 (5.1)

Model AC889
Insulation: Polyimide, FEP tubing over connections Maximum temperature: 200C (392F). Lead AWG 22 26 30 Maximum diameter over lead bundle in inches (mm) 2 leads 3 leads 4 leads 0.14 (3.5) 0.16 (4.0) 0.17 (4.3) 0.13 (3.3) 0.15 (3.8) 0.15 (3.8) 0.11 (2.8) 0.12 (3.0) 0.12 (3.0)

Model AC101828
Insulation: Glass braid, glass braid over connections Maximum temperature: 550C (1022F). Lead Maximum diameter over lead bundle in inches (mm) 3 leads 4 leads AWG 2 leads 27 0.10 (2.5) 0.12 (3.0) 0.13 (3.3) solid leads

#8 high temperature cement

#8 comes as a powder in 1 oz. packages. Just add water to form a potting compound rated to 850C (1562F).

Extension lead specification and order options

AC887 Z
Extension leads

Model number Number of leads: Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads X = 4 leads Lead gauge (AWG)

Extension leads
All elements are available with factory-welded extension leads insulated with PTFE, polyimide, or mica/glass.

26 L

Lead length in inches 48 AC887Z26L48 = Sample part number

Model AC887
Insulation: PTFE, FEP tubing over connections Maximum temperature: 200C (392F). Lead AWG 22 24 26 28 30 Maximum diameter over lead bundle in inches (mm) 2 leads 3 leads 4 leads 0.15 (3.8) 0.16 (4.0) 0.18 (4.6) 0.14 (3.5) 0.14 (3.5) 0.17 (4.3) 0.13 (3.3) 0.14 (3.5) 0.14 (3.5) 0.13 (3.3) 0.13 (3.3) 0.13 (3.3) 0.11 (2.8) 0.12 (3.0) 0.12 (3.0)

Specify and order products at:

www.minco.com/sensors_config
ELEMENTS

Specifications subject to change

Page 11-3

Design Notes

Page 11-4

SECTION 12: REFERENCE

Subject index ....................................................................................12-2 to 12-3 Part number index.........................................................................12-4 to 12-5 Design notes .....................................................................................12-6 to 12-7 Industry specifications..................................................................................12-8 Next steps.............................................................................................................12-9

Page 12-1

Subject Index
3-A sensors.......................................See sanitary sensors 4 to 20mA transmitters .................................5-2 to 5-15 Accessories ............................................................Section 4 Extension wire/leads .................................4-14, 11-3 For controllers .........................................................5-36 For loop-powered indicators.............................5-22 For miniature sensors...........................................7-10 For probes........................................................4-2, 4-14 For sanitary sensors.................................................6-4 For Temptrans (transmitters) .............................5-22 For Thermal-Ribbons ...................................9-7, 10-7 Seals ............................................................4-11 to 4-13 Accuracy, designing for.................................................1-7 Adhesive ..................................................................9-7, 10-7 Alarms, temperature .........................................5-32, 5-34 Alpha...........................................................................See TCR Assemblies.............................................................Section 2 Adding extensions...................................................4-9 Custom ......................................................................2-24 European style ........................................................2-22 Explosionproof/flameproof ................2-10 to 2-15 Flameproof ...............................................2-16 to 2-21 High temperature .......................................2-8 to 2-9 Humidity ......................................................9-8 to 9-13 Immersion, direct ........................................2-4 to 2-5 Sanitary ........................................................................6-3 Spring-loaded, tip sensitive.....................2-2 to 2-3 Thermowell....................................................2-6 to 2-9 Transmitter .........................2-2 to 2-9, 2-12 to 2-15, ......................................2-18 to 2-23, 6-3, 9-8 to 9-13 Armor.....................................Available for most sensors ATEX..............................................................See flameproof Averaging RTDs ...................................................9-2 to 9-4 Babbitted sensors....................................7-2 to 7-5, 7-10 Bayonet fittings.................................................4-9 to 4-10 Bayonet mount probes ..........3-6 to 3-7, 3-10 to 3-11 Bearing sensors (Embedment)..............7-2 to 7-5, 7-8 Bendable RTDs..........................................3-13, 9-2 to 9-4 Bolt-on sensors.................................................................7-8 Building automation.....................................See HVAC/R Cable, elastomer rubber filled..................................4-13 Cable, extension ............................................................4-14 Cable seal .........................................................................4-12 Calibration....................................................1-8, 5-22, 9-19 Callendar-Van Dusen equation ................................1-14 Cement...................................................................10-7, 11-3 CENELEC ........2-16 to 2-21, 4-3, 7-6 to 7-7, 8-2 to 8-3 Ceramic elements .......................................See elements Chemical compatibility table....................................1-16 Chemical protection tubing......................................3-18 Chill- Out Combination Sensor......................9-2 to 9-3 Class A sensors..............................3-12, 3-13, 9-14, 11-2 Class F sensors ...................................................8-4 to 8-5 Class H sensors ....................................................8-2 to 8-7 Connection heads ..............................................4-2 to 4-3 Controllers ........................................................5-26 to 5-36 Couplings............................................................................4-9 Cryogenic sensors.........................................................11-2 CSA .........................2-10 to 2-15, 4-2 to 4-3, 5-26, 5-27, ..................................................................5-33, 9-6, 12-8 Custom design .............1-4, 1-7, 1-9, 2-24, 3-15, 3-16, ..................................................................5-28, 8-6, 10-3 Cut-to-length probes ..............3-2, 3-3, 3-4, 3-10, 3-18 DIN 43760 ........................................................................12-8 Dual sensors RTDs..................................2-2, 2-4, 2-6, 2-10 to 2-11, ...........................................2-13 to 2-17, 2-20 to 2-23, ...................................................3-2, 3-13, 6-2, 6-3, 7-2, .......................................................7-3 to 7-4, 8-6, 9-14 Thermocouples ............2-3, 2-5, 2-7, 2-12 to 2-13, .....................2-18 to 2-19, 2-23, 3-3, 3-7, 7-3 to 7-5 Transmitter mount ................................................5-22 Duct sensors .........................................................9-2 to 9-5 Discoil ................................................................................10-4 Economy sensors .............................................................7-9 Elastomer filled cable ..................................................4-13 Electrically isolated probes .............................3-8 to 3-9 Electrically isolated transmitters.................5-8 to 5-11 Element comparison ....................................1-10 to 1-15 Element letter codes.....................................1-13 to 1-14 Elements....................................................Section 11, 9-18 Embedment sensors.....................See bearing sensors EMCS sensors...................................................See HVAC/R EN60751 ...........................................................................12-8 End-turn sensor.....................................................8-8, 10-5 European style sensors................................2-22 to 2-23 Explosionproof connection heads ...............4-2 to 4-3 Explosionproof sensors......................2-10 to 2-15, 9-6, .......................................................................9-10 to 9-11 Extension wire.....................................................4-14, 11-3 Extension fittings.............................................................4-9 Factory Mutual (FM) ...............2-10 to 2-15, 4-2 to 4-3, ....................................5-2 to 5-11, 9-10 to 9-13, 12-8 Fast response, probes........................................3-4 to 3-5 Feedthroughs .................................................................4-11 FEP tubing .......................................................................3-18 Field cut off, probes.................3-2, 3-3, 3-4, 3-10, 3-18 Fittings Bayonet .......................................................4-9 to 4-10 Fluid seal...................................4-4 to 4-5, 4-10, 4-12 Pressure.....................................4-4 to 4-5, 4-10, 4-12 Spring-loaded.................................................4-4, 4-10 Flameproof connection heads.......................4-2 to 4-3 Flameproof sensors.......................................2-10 to 2-21 Fluid immersion fittings.............4-4 to 4-5, 4-10, 4-12 Fluid immersion sensors .......See immersion sensors Freeze stat .............................................................9-2 to 9-3 Freezer sensors ...............................................9-14 to 9-16 Hazardous Area ......See explosionproof, flameproof, ......................................................7-6 to 7-7, 8-2 to 8-3 Heaters ......................................www.Minco.com/heater Anti-condensation...................................................8-8 Flexible Thermofoil.........................1-2, 10-7, 10-8 High temperature elements ......................11-2 to 11-3 High temperature probes...........................3-10 to 3-13 Higher accuracy......................1-7, 1-8, 1-10, 5-22, 9-19 HVAC/R sensors....................................................Section 9 Humidity sensors & transmitters ...........................Sec 9 Humidity sensor/transmitter assembly.........................................................9-8 to 9-9 Explosionproof humidity assembly....................................................9-10 to 9-11 Intrinsically safe humidity assembly ................................9-12 to 9-13 IEC 751 .............................................................See EN60751 Immersion sensors ........................2-4 to 2-9, 2-22, 3-5, .......................6-2 to 6-3, 9-17 to 9-18, 10-2 to 10-3 Increased safety stator sensors......................8-2 to 8-3 Indicators, temperature...............................5-24 to 5-36 Ingress protection codes............................................1-15 Installation Bearing sensors ......................................................7-10 Sanitary sensors........................................................6-4 Thermal-Ribbons...........................................9-7, 10-7 Ceramic elements..................................................11-3 Interchangeability tolerance.....................................1-11 Intrinsically safe humidity assembly.......9-12 to 9-13 Intrinsically safe transmitters......................5-2 to 5-11, .......................................................................5-16 to 5-19 Isolated tip probes .............................................3-8 to 3-9 Isolated transmitters .......................................5-8 to 5-11 ISO 9001...................................................................1-2, 12-8 JIS C 1604-1989..............................................................12-8 Leadwire seal ..................................................................4-12 Leadwires 2, 3 or 4 wire systems ...........................................1-12 AWG/mm2 conversion..........................................1-15 Custom.........................................................................1-7 Extension...............................................................4-14, 11-3 Resistive effects of................................................1-7, 1-12 Limits of error, thermocouples.................................1-11 Literature, related ................www.minco.com/sensors Loop-powered indicator .............................5-24 to 5-25 Materials..............................................................................1-6 Selection guide .....................................................1-16 Meter, temperature.......................................5-24 to 5-27 Metric accessories.........................................................4-10 Metric RTDs.....................................2-16 to 2-23, 3-5, 7-6 Miniature sensors ................................................Section 7 Accessories...............................................................7-10 Bearing embedment .........................7-2 to 7-7, 7-8 Bolt-On.........................................................................7-8 Economy......................................................................7-9 Installation................................................................7-10 Non-sparking embedment......................7-6 to 7-7 MIL-T-24388C(SH) .................................................7-2, 12-8 NEMA.................2-10 to 2-21, 4-2 to 4-3, 5-24 to 5-27, ...............................................8-4, 9-5, 9-14, 9-18, 12-8 NBS (NIST) Monograph 175, based on ITS-90 ...1-11, ......................................................................................12-8

Page 12-2

Nipples.................................................................................4-9 NIST traceability ..............................1-7, 1-8, 5-22, 9-10, ................................................................9-12, 9-14, 9-19 Oil seals & feedthroughs .............................4-11 to 4-13 PFA tubing .......................................................................3-18 Pipe-mounting hardware .............................................9-7 Pipe sensors ...............................See immersion sensors Pressure fittings.............................4-4 to 4-5, 4-10, 4-12 Probes...........................................................Section 3, 9-18 Calculating length............................2-24, 4-5 to 4-9 Cut-to-length......................3-2, 3-3, 3-4, 3-10, 3-18 Quality standards .................................................1-2, 12-8 Refrigeration systems...................................9-14 to 9-16 Repeatability (definition)..............................................1-7 Resistance/temperature tables.................1-13 to 1-14 Room air sensors..............................................................9-6 RS-232 interface..................................................5-34, 5-36 RS-485 interface..................................................5-34, 5-36 RTDs Averaging.......................................................9-2 to 9-4 Bayonet.............................................................3-6, 3-10 Bendable .............................................3-13, 9-2 to 9-4 Bearing, miniature .................7-2, 7-3, 7-6, 7-7, 7-8 Ceramic .........................................................Section 11 Compared to other sensors................1-10 to 1-11 Cryogenic..................................................................11-2 Cut-to-length kit ....................................................3-18 Duct..................................................................9-2 to 9-5 Element type comparison...................1-10 to 1-11 Explosionproof .....2-10 to 2-11, 2-14 to 2-15, 9-6 Extension wire .............................................4-14, 11-3 Fast response, probes .....................3-4 to 3-5, 9-18 Flameproof....................2-10 to 2-11, 2-14 to 2-17, .......................................................................2-20 to 2-21 Flexible ........................................9-2, 9-7, Section 10 Fluid sensing...2-4, 2-6, 2-8, 2-22, 3-5, 6-2 to 6-3, ............................................9-17 to 9-18, 10-2 to 10-3 High temperature....2-8, 3-10, 3-12, 11-2 to 11-3 Immersion .......2-4, 2-6, 2-8, 2-22, 3-5, 6-2 to 6-3, ............................................9-17 to 9-18, 10-2 to 10-3 Increased safety ...........................................8-2 to 8-3 Industry specifications.........................................12-8 Interchangeability .................................................1-11 Isolated tip probes...................................................3-8 Leadwire resistance......................................1-7, 1-12 Mineral-insulated...................................................3-13 Motor.....................................................Section 8, 10-5 Outside air...................................................................9-5 Probes ...................................................Section 3, 9-18 Process style ............................................................3-13 Resistance vs. temperature.................1-13 to 1-14 Room air ......................................................................9-6

Sanitary............................................................Section 6 Stator winding ..............................................Section 8 Tip-sensitive.................2-2, 2-4, 2-6, 3-2, 3-3, 3-6, 3-14 Transparent ...........................HDG01 Flexible Heaters ....................................................................Design Guide Vibration-resistant .........3-2, 3-4 to 3-6, 3-8, 3-10, ..........................3-12, 3-13, 7-6 to 7-7, 11-2 to 11-3 Rubber filled cable........................................................4-13 SAMA RC21-4-1966 ......................................................12-8 Sanitary sensors ...................................................Section 6 Selection guide .................................................1-4 to 1-16 Self-heating........................................................................1-7 SensorCalc........................................................1-13 to 1-15 Sensor comparison .......................................1-10 to 1-11 Shrink bands ...................................................................10-7 Shortening probes........................................................3-18 Sleeves (PFA, FEP for probes)....................................3-18 Specifications for temperature sensors ................12-8 Spring-loaded holders........................................4-4, 4-10 Stability (definition) ........................................................1-7 Stainless steel armor ........Available for most sensors Stator winding detectors.......................Section 8, 10-5 Tables, temperature ......................................1-13 to 1-14 Tape, high-temperature .....................................9-7, 10-7 TCR (Temperature Coefficient of Resistance), definition .................................................1-15 Temperature controllers..............................5-26 to 5-36 Temptrans ................................................See transmitters Terminal blocks .....................................................4-3, 7-10 Testing .................................................................................1-7 Thermal Vial .....................................................9-14 to 9-15 Thermal-Ribbons...............................................Section 10 Custom configuration..........................................10-3 Installation .......................................................9-7, 10-7 Pipe mount.................................................................9-7 Thermal-Tabs ...................................................10-2 to 10-3 Thermistors....................8-4, 8-6, 9-4 to 9-7, 9-18, 10-6 Compared to other sensors ...............................1-10 Interchangeability .................................................1-11 Resistance vs. temperature ................................1-14 Thermocouples Bayonet.............................................................3-7, 3-11 Bearing, miniature ......................................7-4 to 7-7 Compared to other sensors................1-10 to 1-11 Explosionproof ........................................2-12 to 2-13 Extension wire ........................................................4-14 Flameproof.....................2-12 to 2-13, 2-18 to 2-19 Flexible Thermal-Ribbons...................................10-6 High temperature..................................................3-11 Immersion...................................................................2-9 Isolated tip probes...................................................3-9 Limits of error..........................................................1-11

Millivolt vs. temperature table..........................1-14 Probes ..............................................................Section 3 Tip-sensitive.............................2-3, 2-7, 3-2, 3-3, 3-7 Vibration-resistant...............3-2, 3-3, 3-7, 3-9, 3-11 Thermostats ..........................HDG01 Flexible Heaters ....................................................................Design Guide Thermowells ...................................4-6 to 4-8, 4-10, 9-17 Thin-film sensors ................................................10-2, 11-2 Time constant, defined..................................................1-7 Tip-sensitive sensors...................2-2 to 2-7, 3-2 to 3-4, ............................................................................3-6 to 3-8 Tolerance, RTDs and thermistors.............................1-10 Transmitters .......................................1-8, Section 5, 9-19 Assemblies with....................Section 2, 9-8 to 9-16 Connection head compatibility.............4-2 to 4-3 CSA ...2-10 to 2-15, 4-2 to 4-3, 5-32 to 5-33, 12-8 Current output................................5-2 to 5-17, 9-19 Factory Mutual (FM)........2-10 to 2-15, 4-2 to 4-3, ....................................5-2 to 5-11, 5-16 to 5-19, 12-8 Field rangeable .......................................5-12 to 5-19 Hazardous area ...............5-2 to 5-11, 5-16 to 5-19 Installation .............................................1-8, Section 5 Intrinsically safe ..............5-2 to 5-11, 5-16 to 5-19 Isolated...............................5-8 to 5-11, 5-16 to 5-19 NEMA..........................................................................5-22 Nonincendive ..................5-2 to 5-11, 5-16 to 5-19 RTD .................5-2, to 5-5, 5-8 to 5-9, 5-12 to 5-13, ............................................................5-16 to 5-19, 5-22 Special calibration .............................1-8, 5-22, 9-19 Temperature ranges ....................................5-20 to 5-21, ......................................www.minco.com/rangecode Thermocouple ..................5-6 to 5-7, 5-10 to 5-11, .......................................................................5-14 to 5-19 UL recognized component......................5-2 to 5-3 Voltage output .............................................5-4 to 5-5 Wiring diagrams.............Section 5 product pages Tri-clamp ................................................................6-2 to 6-4 Tubing, chemical-resistant.........................................3-18 Underwriters Laboratories (UL) ......5-2, 5-24 to 5-27, ..........................................................5-32 to 5-34, 12- 8 Unions..................................................................................4-9 User-shortenable probes ..See Cut-to-length probes Wheatstone bridge.......................................................1-12 Wires................................................................See leadwires

Note: Minco reserves the right to change stock and standard sensor and instrument specifications and designs without notice. For complete design control, contact Minco for a unique part number.

Page 12-3

REFERENCE

Part Number Index

Accessories #6 RTV adhesive ......9-7, 10-7 #8 high temperature cement .................11-3 #20 stretch tape...............9-7, 10-7 #21 Polyimide tape .......................10-7 AC171 ...................7-10 AC172 ...................7-10 AC190 ...................7-10 AC191 ...................7-10 AC192 ...................7-10 AC195 ...................7-10 AC196 ...................7-10 AC197 ...................7-10 AC551......................9-6 AC692......................9-6 AC717 ...................4-11 AC718 ...................4-11 AC743 ...................5-36 AC744 ...................5-36 AC745 ...................5-36 AC746 ...................5-36 AC766......................9-7 AC805 ...................5-22 AC807 ...................5-22 AC887 ...................11-3 AC888 ...................11-3 AC889 ...................11-3 AC915 ...................7-10 AC958 ...................4-11 AC961 ...................4-11 AC996 ...................5-36 AC1001.................5-36 AC1009.................5-36 AC1015.................4-12 AC1039 ...................4-3 AC3015.................4-12 AC100324............4-13 AC100375............3-18 AC100427 ..............4-3 AC101122 ..............4-3 AC101377 ..............4-3 AC100427 ..............4-3 AC101248............3-18 AC101377 ..............4-3 AC101394............9-15 AC101540............9-15 Assemblies AS700.........2-10, 2-14 AS701....................2-10 AS702.........2-10, 2-14 AS703....................2-10 AS704.........2-10, 2-14 AS706....................2-12 AS707....................2-12 AS708....................2-12 AS709....................2-12 AS720.........2-10, 2-14 AS721....................2-10 AS722.........2-10, 2-14 AS723....................2-10 AS724.........2-10, 2-14 AS725....................2-10 AS726....................2-12 AS727....................2-12 AS728....................2-12 AS729....................2-12 AS760.........2-10, 2-14 AS761....................2-10 AS762.........2-10, 2-14 AS763....................2-10 AS766....................2-12 AS767....................2-12 AC101656 ..............6-4 AC101657 ..............6-4 AC101750......4-6, 4-7 AC101828............11-3 AC101926 ..............4-3 AC102026............9-15 AC102074............9-15 AC102551............9-15 AC102647............9-15 AC102708 ..............4-3 AC102732............9-15 AC102734............5-27 AC102765.5-24, 9-11 AC103133 ...4-3, 5-22 AC103168............9-11 AC103253............9-11 AC103316............9-15 AC103512............9-11 AC103513............9-11 AC103528 ...4-3, 5-22 AC203350...........3-14, .....................3-15, 3-16 AS800.........2-16, 2-20 AS801.........2-16, 2-20 AS802.........2-16, 2-20 AS803.........2-16, 2-20 AS804.........2-16, 2-20 AS805.........2-16, 2-20 AS806....................2-18 AS807....................2-18 AS808....................2-18 AS809....................2-18 AS810.........2-16, 2-20 AS811.........2-16, 2-20 AS812.........2-16, 2-20 AS813.........2-16, 2-20 AS814.........2-16, 2-20 AS815.........2-16, 2-20 AS816....................2-18 AS817....................2-18 AS818....................2-18 AS819....................2-18 AS830.........2-16, 2-20 AS831.........2-16, 2-20 AS832.........2-16, 2-20 AS833.........2-16, 2-20 AS834.........2-16, 2-20 AS835.........2-16, 2-20 AS836....................2-18 AS837....................2-18 AS838....................2-18 AS839....................2-18 AS840.........2-16, 2-20 AS841.........2-16, 2-20 AS842.........2-16, 2-20 AS843.........2-16, 2-20 AS844.........2-16, 2-20 AS845.........2-16, 2-20 AS846....................2-18 AS847....................2-18 AS848....................2-18 AS849....................2-18 AS860.........2-16, 2-20 AS861.........2-16, 2-20 AS862.........2-16, 2-20 AS863.........2-16, 2-20 AS864.........2-16, 2-20 AS865.........2-16, 2-20 AS866....................2-18 AS867....................2-18 AS868....................2-18 Connection Heads CH103......................4-2 CH104......................4-2 CH106......................4-2 CH301......................4-2 CH302......................4-2 CH328......................4-3 CH330......................4-3 CH335......................4-2 CH339......................4-2 CH342......................4-3 CH343......................4-3 AS869....................2-18 AS870.........2-16, 2-20 AS871.........2-16, 2-20 AS872.........2-16, 2-20 AS873.........2-16, 2-20 AS874.........2-16, 2-20 AS875.........2-16, 2-20 AS876....................2-18 AS877....................2-18 AS878....................2-18 AS879....................2-18 AS5000....................6-3 AS5002....................6-3 AS5004....................2-2 AS5005....................2-2 AS5010....................6-3 AS5012....................6-3 AS5140....................2-6 AS5141....................2-6 AS5145....................2-7 AS5146....................2-7 AS5160....................2-8 AS5165....................2-9 AS5191....................2-3 AS5192....................2-3 AS5200....................2-4 AS5201....................2-4 AS5205....................2-5 AS5206....................2-5 AS5240 .................2-22 AS5241 .................2-22 AS5245 .................2-22 AS5246 .................2-22 AS100279 ............9-16 AS103282 ............9-14 AS103759...............9-2 Fittings FG110-1 ..................4-4 FG111 ......................4-4 FG112 ......................4-4 FG113-1 ..................4-4 FG114-1 ..................4-4 FG116 ......................4-4 FG117 ......................4-4 FG120 ......................4-5 FG122 ......................4-5 FG126 ......................4-5 FG130 ......................4-5 FG132 ......................4-5 FG140 ......................4-5 FG141 ......................4-5 FG142 ......................4-5 FG143 ......................4-5 FG144 ......................4-9 FG145 ......................4-5 FG151 ......................4-5 FG180 ......................4-9 FG210 ......................4-4 FG213 ......................4-4 FG214 ......................4-4 FG215 ......................4-4 FG216 ......................4-4 FG310 ......................4-4 RTDs S2............................10-5 S3 ..............................8-4 S4 ..............................8-4 S11............................8-4 S13............................8-4 Level LT364.....................3-16 Indicators TI196......................5-24 TI350 ..........5-24, 9-15 Humidity AH429 .....................9-8 AH439 .....................9-8 AH471 ...................9-10 AH472 ...................9-10 AH473 ...................9-10 AH474 ...................9-12 AH475 ...................9-12 Design Kits TB-F1 .....................10-8 TB-H1 ....................10-8 TB-S1 .....................10-8 Controllers CT15..............5-32, 8-8 CT16A ...................5-34 CT224. ..........5-26, 8-8 CT325....................5-28 CT335....................5-30 CH356......................4-3 CH357......................4-3 CH358......................4-3 CH359......................4-2 CH360......................4-2 CH366......................4-2 CH405......................4-3 CH407......................4-3 CH102777............9-15 FG313 ......................4-4 FG314 ......................4-4 FG537 ......................4-9 FG556 ......................4-9 FG563 ......................4-9 FG579 ......................4-9 FG602 ......................4-9 FG709 ......................4-9 FG714 ......................4-9 FG801 ......................4-4 FG802 ......................4-4 FG810 ......................4-4 FG854 ......................4-9 FG911 ......................4-4 FG912 ......................4-4 FG914 ......................4-4 FG1015 .................4-12 FG3015 .................4-12 FG101072...............4-4 FG101078...............4-4 FG101080...............4-4 MFG811................4-10 MFG812................4-10 MFG816................4-10 MFG817................4-10 MTW1208 ............4-10 S15............................8-4 S18............................8-4 S23............................8-4 S24............................8-4 S25 .........................10-2 S32 .........................10-4 S34 .........................10-5 S35 .........................10-5 S38 .........................10-2 S39 .........................10-4 S44............................3-6 S51............................3-2 S52............................3-8 S53............................3-2 S54............................3-2 S56............................3-2 S57............................3-2 S59............................3-2 S71 .........................3-10 S72 .........................3-10 S73 .........................3-10 S74 .........................3-10 S80 .........................3-10 S81 .........................3-10 S151 .........................3-2 S153 .........................3-2 S154 .........................3-2 S156 .........................3-2 S157 .........................3-2 S159 .........................3-2 S200.......................11-2 S201.......................11-2 S202.......................11-2 S203.......................11-2 S204.......................11-2 S212.......................11-2 S214.......................11-2 S245.......................11-2 S247.......................11-2 S249.......................11-2 S251.......................11-2 S304 .........................7-2 S305 .........................7-2 S306 .........................7-2 S307 .........................7-2 S308 .........................7-2 S309 .........................7-2 S324 .........................7-2 S325 .........................7-2

Page 12-4

RTDs cont. S326 .........................7-2 S330 .........................7-2 S331 .........................7-2 S332 .........................7-2 S340 .........................7-2 S341 .........................7-2 S342 .........................7-2 S385.......................10-4 S386.......................10-5 S400.......................9-18 S401.......................9-18 S402.......................9-18 S403 .........................9-6 S404 .........................9-6 S405 .........................9-6 S406 .........................9-5 S407 .........................9-5 S408 .........................9-5 S409.......................9-18 S410.......................9-18 S411.......................9-18 S412 .........................9-5 S413 .........................9-5 S414 .........................9-5 S421 .........................9-4 S422 .........................9-4 S423 .........................9-4 S445 .........................9-4 S446 .........................9-4 S447 .........................9-4 S448 .........................9-6 S449 .........................9-6 S450 .........................9-5 S451 .........................9-5 S454 .........................9-5 S455 .........................9-5 S456 .........................9-4 S457 .........................9-4 S458.......................9-18 S459.......................9-18 S460.......................9-18 S461.......................9-18 S462 .........................9-7 S463 .........................9-7 S464 .........................9-7 S467 .........................9-7 S468 .........................9-7 S470 .........................9-6

S471 .........................9-6 S472 .........................9-6 S473 .........................9-6 S474 .........................9-6 S475 .........................9-4 S476.......................9-17 S477.......................9-17 S478.......................9-17 S479.......................9-17 S480.......................9-17 S482.......................9-18 S483 .........................9-6 S484 .........................9-5 S485.......................9-18 S486 .........................9-5 S488 .........................9-4 S489 .........................9-6 S490.......................9-17 S492 .........................9-4 S493 .........................9-4 S551 .........................3-2 S553 .........................3-2 S554 .........................3-2 S556 .........................3-2 S557 .........................3-2 S559 .........................3-2 S601 .........................3-4 S602 .........................3-4 S603 .........................3-4 S604 .........................3-4 S614 .........................3-4 S623 .........................3-5 S628 .........................3-5 S634 .........................3-5 S639 .........................3-5 S651.......................10-2 S665.......................10-2 S667.......................10-2 S844 .........................3-6 S851 .........................3-2 S852 .........................3-8 S853 .........................3-2 S854 .........................3-2 S856 .........................3-2 S857 .........................3-2 S859 .........................3-2 S874 .........................3-6 S881 .........................3-2 S882 .........................3-8

S883 .........................3-2 S884 .........................3-2 S886 .........................3-2 S887 .........................3-2 S889 .........................3-2 S912.......................3-12 S913.......................3-12 S914.......................3-12 S932.......................3-13 S933.......................3-13 S942.......................3-13 S943.......................3-13 S944.......................3-13 S953.......................3-13 S1120.......................8-4 S1140.......................8-4 S1220.......................8-4 S1240.......................8-4 S1320.......................8-4 S1420.......................8-4 S3238............8-8, 10-5 S4026.......................7-2 S5020.......................6-2 S5022.......................6-2 S7304.......................7-2 S7401.......................8-4 S7682.......................8-4 S7746.......................7-2 S7792.......................7-2 S7908.......................7-2 S8009.......................8-4 S8010.......................8-4 S8011.......................8-4 S8012.......................8-4 S8013.......................8-4 S8014.......................8-4 S8015.......................8-4 S8016.......................8-4 S8025.......................8-7 S9030.......................8-6 S9050.......................8-6 S9078.......................8-6 S9125.......................8-6 S11016 ....................8-4 S11636 ....................7-2 S12414 ....................7-2 S13282 ....................7-2 S14320 ....................7-2 S14405 ....................7-2

S14455 ....................7-2 S14456 ....................7-2 S15215 ....................9-4 S17422..................10-4 S17624..................10-2 S19827..................11-2 S20080 ....................9-4 S100001..................9-7 S100050..................8-2 S100051..................8-2 S100052..................8-2 S100053..................8-2 S100054..................8-2 S100057 ...............9-18 S100060..................9-5 S100061 ...............9-17 S100062..................9-5 S100063..................9-6 S100064..................9-6 S100144 ...............11-2 S100147..................9-6 S100148..................9-6 S100305..................8-4 S100415..................8-4 S100721 ...............10-2 S100723 ...............10-2 S100724 ...............10-2 S100725 ...............10-2 S100820 ...............10-2 S100837 ...............9-18 S101162 ...............11-2 S101163 ...............11-2 S101456..................9-6 S101503 ...............11-2 S101608..................9-6 S101730..................7-8 S101731..................7-8 S101732..................7-8 S101733..................7-8 S101734..................7-8 S101797..................7-8 S101907..................7-2 S101908..................7-2 S101909..................7-2 S101910..................7-2 S101911..................7-2 S101912..................7-2 S101913..................7-2 S102404..................7-8

S102405..................7-8 S102406..................7-8 S102407..................7-8 S102408..................7-8 S102409..................7-8 S102410..................7-8 S102617..................7-6 S102618..................7-6 S102619..................7-6 S102662..................7-6 S102737..................7-8 S200050..................8-2 S200051..................8-2 S200052..................8-2 S200053..................8-2 S200054..................8-2 S205459 ...............3-14 Thermistors TS424.......................9-6 TS425.......................9-6 TS426.......................9-6 TS427.......................9-6 TS428.......................9-5 TS429.......................9-5 TS430.......................9-5 TS431.......................9-5 TS436.......................9-7 TS437.......................9-7 TS438 ....................9-18 TS439 ....................9-18 TS440 ....................9-18 TS441 ....................9-18 TS665 ....................10-6 TS667 ....................10-6 TS100149 ...............9-6 TS100150 ...............9-6 TS101769 ...............9-6 Thermocouples TC40.......................10-6 TC171 ....................3-11 TC173 ....................3-11 TC311.......................7-4 TC312.......................7-4 TC333.......................7-4 TC344.......................7-4 TC354.......................3-2 TC355.......................3-2

TC356.......................3-2 TC357.......................3-2 TC358.......................3-2 TC359.......................3-2 TC360.......................3-7 TC361.......................3-7 TC2084 ....................7-4 TC2096 ....................7-4 TC2162 ....................7-4 TC2198 ....................3-9 TC2303 ....................7-4 TC2520 ....................7-4 TC2623 ....................7-4 TC2698 ....................7-4 TC2741 ....................7-4 TC2837 ....................7-4 TC102620 ...............7-6 TC102621 ...............7-6 TC102622 ...............7-6 TC102663 ...............7-6 Thermowells TW201.....................4-6 TW203.....................4-6 TW204.....................4-6 TW222.....................4-7 TW228.....................4-7 TW234.....................4-7 TW238.....................4-7 TW239.....................4-7 TW248.....................4-7 TW252.....................4-7 TW447.....................4-7 TW477.....................4-7 TW488..........4-6, 9-17 TW1204 ..................4-7 TW1218 ..................4-7 TW1219 ..................4-8 TW1220 ..................4-8 TW1231 ..................4-7 TW1237 ..................4-7 Transmitters TT111............5-2, 9-19 TT115............9-6, 9-19 TT176.......................5-4 TT190.......................5-6 TT205.......................5-6 TT211.......................5-2

TT220.......................5-8 TT221 ....................5-10 TT246.......................5-4 TT273 ....................5-12 TT274 ....................5-14 TT363 ....................3-15 TT520 ....................5-16 TT521 ....................5-18 TT530 ....................5-16 TT531 ....................5-18 Wire/Cable WS122B ................4-14 WS122R ................4-14 WS122W...............4-14 WS122Y ................4-14 WS126B ................4-14 WS126R ................4-14 WS126W...............4-14 WS126Y ................4-14 WS222R ................4-14 WS222W...............4-14 WS322S ................4-14 WS326S ................4-14 WS426S ................4-14 WS522T ................4-14 WT120G ...............4-14 WT120S ................4-14 WT120T ................4-14 WT124G ...............4-14 WT124S ................4-14 WT124T ................4-14

Page 12-5

REFERENCE

Design Notes

Page 12-6

Design Notes

Page 12-7

REFERENCE

Industry Specifications for Sensors

ISO 9001: 2000 / AS/EN/SJAC9100 (Registrar: TV)
Mincos Quality Assurance system has been audited and certified to this internationally recognized standard.

JIS C 1604-1989
Issued by: Japanese Standards Assn. Specifies 100 0.00385 platinum thermometers in accordance with EN60751, but also makes provision for 0.003916 TCR. Minco can supply RTDs to either curve.

ATEX DIRECTIVE 94/9/EC

Issued by: European Commission Minco has qualified specific models of sensors and accessories used in potentially hazardous areas to these international requirements. * Temperature range of individual models may vary.

MIL-T-24388C(SH)
Issued by: U.S. Naval Sea Systems Command RTDs and thermocouples for shipboard use. Included are platinum RTDs with 0.00392 TCR and nickel models with 0.00672 TCR. See Section 7 for bearing embedment RTDs qualified to this specification. Minco does not currently offer probe or thermowell models to MIL-T-24388.

CENELEC
Issued by: European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization Minco has qualified specific models of sensors and accessories used in potentially hazardous areas to these international requirements.

NBS (NIST) Monograph 175, based on ITS-90

Issued by: National Institute of Standards and Technology Sets general standards for thermocouples, including millivolt tables, limits of error, and wire color codes. All Minco thermocouples confirm to this specification.

CSA
Issued by: Canadian Standards Assn. CSA Standards are met through recognized testing labs, such as Underwriters Labs, whose testing covers both the U.S. and Canada (see UL).

SAMA RC21-4-1966
Issued by: Scientific Apparatus Makers Association Specifies various curves for platinum, nickel, and copper RTDs. The platinum curve, available from Minco, has a resistance of 98.129 at 0C and TCR of 0.003923. Placing a fixed resistor of 1.871 in series with this element makes it fit the EN60751 curve.

DIN 43760
Issued by: Deutsches Institut fr Normung (Germany) Specifies resistance curves and tolerance for nickel RTDs. Platinum curves are now covered under IEC EN60751.

UL
Issued by: Underwriters Laboratories Selected Minco temperature controllers and temperature transmitters are UL-Listed, and/or UL Recognized Components (see product listings for details).

FM
Issued by: Factory Mutual Selected temperature sensors and Temptran transmitter models are certified compliant to FM specifications and requirements for use in hazardous areas, for the purposes of safety and property loss prevention.

Additional Quality system standards

Minco also has the capability of meeting MIL-Q-9858, MIL-I-45208, FDA-GMP, and 10CFR50 and -21.

IEC EN60751 (IEC 751)

Issued by: International Electrotechnical Commission IEC 751 has the widest international scope of any RTD standard. It calls for platinum RTDs, 100 at 0C, TCR 0.00385 //C, in one of two tolerance classes: Class A: 0.06% at 0C. Class B: 0.12% at 0C. All Minco RTDs with PD element code meet Class B. Selected models have Class A as an option.

Page 12-8

||